Home Screenwriting Products Screenwriter Community Screenwriting Store
ScriptBuddy - Screenwriting Software for the Web

Screenwriter Community

Back to List of Published Screenplays
View/Leave Feedback

Kira
by Cecilio Hernandez (cecilioh@ymail.com)

Rated: R   Genre: Science Fiction/Fantasy   User Review:
NOT YET
RATED

The Anti-Drug Alliance or A.D.A. is a front for drug trafficking through the state of Florida. The A.D.A. secretly funds the Situation Control Team or S.C.T. an elite group dedicated to hiding the existance of alien life. Both created by Senator De La Paz. In the year 2038, the Avahcians come to Earth in the R.S.S. Viata to co-exist. 26 Years later they are followed by the Renoobians in the R.S.S. Vremea. In the midst is a love story that death could not part, between Renoobian Princess Kira and Human Amos De La Paz.


This screenplay is copyrighted to its author. All rights reserved. This screenplay may not be used or reproduced without the express written permission of the author.



KIRA

FADE IN:

INT. DASAN HIGH SCHOOL ARENA, RENOOBIA - DAY
                                                            
ARENA FLOOR
                                                            
The Arena is filled to maximum capacity with spectators
there to see the High School Martial Arts Competition. The
Arena Floor is covered in black padded mats where the
competetors are fighting. The crowd cheers as they watch two
seventeen year old girls representing their high schools
fight. TIARRA has her dark hair with purple highlights
pulled back in a pony tail. Her short and thin frame is
misleading as she appears playful, and fragile but in
reality is a gifted and agressive fighter. Tiarra wears
black Muay Thai fighter shorts and a matching sports top as
she toys with her opponent. The other girl who is similar in
stature has her blonde hair rolled into a bun and wears a
traditional red Gi. Her opponent becomes frustrated as she
knows Tiarra is only trying to tire her out. Tiarra dances
around her like a boxer stepping back from kicks and ducking
punches with a smile as she taunts the young girl by
throwing the occassional jab with no intent on making
contact.
                                                            
LOCKER ROOM TUNNEL
                                                            
ARELY is in the dimly lit concrete tunnel that leads from
the locker room to the Arena Floor. Arely has prominent aqua
blue colored eyes that stand out even more from her light
skin, and dark hair which she has braided into a pony tail.
Arely is dressed in the same fashion as Tiarra as they are
there representing the same school only Tiarra represents
the Junior class and she the Senior class. Arely is wrapping
her hands with black hand wrap that will fit under her black
padded fighting gloves as she slowly walks toward the Arena
Floor. The entire time Arely is looking at her hands making
sure they are wrapped tight as she concentrates for her
upcoming fight.
                                                            
ARENA FLOOR
                                                            
Tiarra smiles showing her opponent her blue mouth guard as
she leans in and taps her on the side of her head making her
angry. Her opponent finally has enough and jumps close to
her kneeing and kicking Tiarra. Tiarra struggles to block
her ribs and upper thighs from such a close distance as the
girl alternates her legs. Tiarra blocks her upper body so
her opponent will not hit her up top, she closes her eyes in
pain from the kicks to her sides until she spits out her

2.

mouth guard and yells. Tiarra simotaneously hits her
opponents inner thighs with both arms and then pushes her
back with a straight kick to her sternum creating space
between them. Tiarra jumps toward the girl delivering a
flying knee to her opponents chin. Tiarra follows through
with the kick landing behind the girl in a fighting stance,
she looks back and sees the girl stagger backward. Tiarra
sees the blank expression on her opponents face and realizes
that the girl is knocked out however remains on her feet.
Tiarra steps toward her and gives her a soft nudge sending
the girl falling to the mat flat on her back. As soon as her
opponent's back hits the mat, the bell rings ending the
fight, the ring of the bell is immediately followed by
Tiarra's entrance music playing over the arena's loud
speakers. Tiarra steps away with a cocky smile and shrugs
her shoulders at the audience. The referee walks up to her
and raises her hand as most of the audience claps and yells
celebrating her victory. As a show of good sportsmanship
Tiarra stays looking at her opponent until she wakes up and
looks at Tiarra. Tiarra nods that she is okay and then
raises her other hand to fully celebrate her victory. The
medical technicians hold her head still as they fit her with
a neck brace. Tiarra's opponent hits the mat with her fist
angry that she lost.
                                                            
LOCKER ROOM TUNNEL
                                                            
Arely pauses and looks up at the speakers along the hallway
when she hears Tiarra's entrance music play. Arely smiles
knowing that Tiarra won and begins to fit her black padded
gloves on. Arely leans against the wall tightening her
gloves when out of the corner of her eye she notices IANA
standing on the opposite side of the wall staring at her.
Iana is dressed in a uniform similar to Arely's only hers is
blue and silver which are her school's colors. Iana crosses
her arms with a cocky grin trying to psych Arely out. Tiarra
comes jogging in and slows down next to Arely with a smile,
she looks on her other side and simply nods her head at Iana
acknowledging her. Iana's eyes follow Tiarra as she
continues running to the locker room. Iana looks back and
focuses her attention back on Arely.
                                                            
                       IANA
      (Cocky voice)
I see the princess passed on the
head protector.
                                                            
Before Arely can answer her, two emergency medical
technicians cut in between the girls pushing Tiarra's
opponent out on a hovering gurney. Tiarra's opponent has a
neck brace on and has tears rolling down her face with her
eyes closed in pain. Arely looks at the girl and nods her
head, she looks up at Iana with a grin.
                                                            

3.

                       ARELY
I only use a head protector when I
am training, or when I feel my
opponent is a threat, and I am not
in a training room, so what does
that tell you?
                                                            
                       IANA
Before you become too cocky
Princess, Do not forget that I am
a Three-Time Defending Territory
Champion.
      (Points at Arely)
I can defeat you twice before the
bell finishes echoeing off of
these walls.
                                                            
Iana puts her finger down, and takes a step closer to Arely
and speaks to her in a devious tone.
                                                            
                       IANA
What would be the fun in that? I
want to make you cry.
                                                            
                       ARELY
      (Scoffs)
You are something else.
                                                            
                       IANA
You are one to talk, Half-breed.
                                                            
                       ARELY
I meant personality-wise, but if
you really want to make this about
our genetic make up, bring it, and
I will rearrange yours.
                                                            
Arely spreads her arms out at her sides, and slightly raises
her chin making the gesture to fight. Iana slowly nods and
takes a small step backward.
                                                            
                       IANA
Rearrange my genetic make up and
make me into what? A pathetic
human like your absent father?
                                                            
Arely's eyes water as she holds back her anger wanting to
hit Iana. Iana smiles knowing she is getting into Arely's
mind and taunts her.
                                                            
                       IANA
      (Taunting)
Come on, let your Renoobian side
free your human emotions. Prove to
            (MORE)

4.

                       IANA (cont'd)
everyone that being a half-breed
means you are weak.
                                                            
                       ARELY
I may have human traits because of
the blood that flows through my
veins, however weakness is not one
of them.
                                                            
                       IANA
Show me.
                                                            
                       ARELY
I will show you out there, if I
touch you right here, right now, I
will just disqualify myself.
                                                            
                       IANA
How about we fight later tonight
in an unsanctioned match, I want
to see you bleed in a real fight.
That is if you are able to stand
after I am done with you here.
                                                            
                       ARELY
Just name the location.
                                                            
                       IANA
      (Laughs)
Oh how silly of me, it skipped my
mind, I can not fight tonight. I
have a previous engagement.
                                                            
                       ARELY
Previous engagement, likely
excuse.
                                                            
                       IANA
It is no excuse Arely, Drago asked
me to accompany him to your school
promenade.
      (Smiles)
He would rather ask me, a girl
from a different learning district
when there is a perfectly dateless
one that if I am not mistaken, is
in most of his classes?
                                                            
Iana knows that Arely likes Drago so she rubs the fact that
she is with him in her face just to upset her. Arely
clinches her jaw and looks away toward the Arena Floor.
                                                            

5.

                       IANA
How does that make you feel?
      (Faking sympathy)
Aw, what is the matter, are you
going to cry?
                                                            
Tiarra quietly walks up to Arely's side.
                                                            
                       TIARRA
      (Calm)
I hope not...
                                                            
Arely looks at Tiarra out of the corner of her eye, and
looks back at the arena floor.
                                                            
                       TIARRA
      (Calm)
Someone as superficial does not
deserve your tears. I on the other
hand...
                                                            
Arely looks out of the corner of her eye as Tiarra slowly
moves Arely's pony tail from her shoulder to her back. She
takes a step closer as if she is going to whisper something
to Arely when she is interrupted by Iana.
                                                            
                       IANA
      (Annoyed)
Okay Tiarra, unlike you she likes
boys. However they just do not
seem to like her back. Now step
off, we have a match.
                                                            
Tiarra ignores Iana and continues talking to Arely.
                                                            
                       TIARRA
Arely have you found anyone to
accompany you to the promenade
yet?
                                                            
                       ARELY
I decided not to attend.
                                                            
Iana talks out loud giving her unwanted comments.
                                                            
                       IANA
      (Loud)
Because she cannot get a date!
                                                            
                       TIARRA
If that is the case, maybe we can
go together?
                                                            

6.

Arely turns toward her and raises her eyebrow with a quick
smile. Tiarra quickly takes a step back with her eyes and
mouth wide opened and then desperately tries to act like she
was talking to her as a friend when in reality Tiarra likes
Arely as much more.
                                                            
                       TIARRA
      (Nervous)
Um, I mean as friends! You know me
and you both show up together, but
then look for boys to dance with,
or whatever. Your preference of
course, you know.
                                                            
Arely smiles at Tiarra's nervous ranting and stops her by
setting her hand on Tiarra's shoulder.
                                                            
                       ARELY
Yeah, I know what you ment.
                                                            
                       IANA
      (Yells)
Hey Lesbiene, just give her a good
luck kiss already and move on.
                                                            
                       TIARRA
      (Yells)
She does not need it, after all
she is only fighting you.
                                                            
                       IANA
      (Yells in Romanian)
Dracu Te
                                                            
Iana's entrance music starts to play over the arena's loud
speakers.
                                                            
                       IANA
      (Cocky)
That is my song, it sounds as if
the judges already know who comes
first, because last I checked "A"
comes before "I" in the alphabet.
                                                            
                       ARELY
      (Yells)
Enjoy your music, because you will
only hear it once!
                                                            
                       IANA
Whatever, Half-breed!
                                                            

7.

Iana runs off toward the arena floor as the crowd cheers
with excitement. Iana comes out shadow boxing and then
performs several Capoeira style cartwheels until she reaches
the padded mats. She then points at a large screen that is
flashing a silver picture of a Griffin, her school mascot.
Underneath the eagle it says her name followed by
"Three-Time Territory Champion" accompanied by short clips
of her finishing off opponents from previous fights. Iana
steps back and raises her hands for the crowd as her music
fades. For a moment everything is quiet until Arely's
entrance music blasts through the arena. Arely does not use
as much showmanship as Iana. Arely slaps hands with Tiarra,
calmly walks out of the tunnel looking at the crowd and
smiles. Arely skips toward the fight floor, once on the
black mat she pauses in the center and faces Iana. Arely
performs a single standing back flip and then skips backward
into her corner with one hand in the air. When Arely drops
her hand she aims her finger at Iana as if it were a gun and
winks at her as she pretend shoots her. The REFEREE walks
into the center of the fight floor and signals for both
girls to walk toward him. Both girls are fitting in their
mouth guards as they make their way to the center, the
referee points at each girl, they each nod their head that
they are ready. The referee quickly backs away and calls for
the bell. Iana quickly elbows Arely in the face making her
back away, Iana then follows the hit with a stun to the neck
using the back of her forearm. Arely almost falls to the
floor but catches herself by leaning back on one hand, she
quickly pushes herself back up with the same hand and tries
to spear Iana in the torso, but Iana jumps high into the
air. Arely barely manages to clip Iana's feet which causes
Iana to spin forward over her shoulder and fall flat on her
back. Arely stands up first and runs to stomp on Iana's
chest but, she rolls out of the away and jumps back on her
feet. Arely swings her arm trying to clothes-line Iana but
Iana ducks, and grabs Arely in a rear suplex position then
throws her backward over her head. Not wanting to pin her
yet, Iana lets go of her and lets her slide away as she
stands to her feet. Arely lays on her back and looks up at
the ceiling when her eyes flash a bright aqua blue color. As
the referee is walking to see if Arely is okay, she suprises
everyone as she jumps to her feet and immediately slides
into a low standing fight stance. The referee stands
inbetween them, when he takes a quick look at Arely to make
sure she is ready to fight, he nods his head and swings his
hand as he backs out of the way.
                                                            
                       REFEREE
      (In Romanian)
Reluare!
                                                            
Iana immediately slides toward Arely with a hook kick. Arely
ducks down, and sweeps Iana's rear leg from beneath her. A

8.

quick bright blue flash of light is briefly seen when
Arely's foot makes contact with Iana's. The flash amplifies
Arely's hit so much that it breaks Iana's ankle bone on
impact while causing no pain to Arely. Iana lands on her
back and quickly rolls on her side pulling her leg against
her body in pain. Arely spits her mouth guard out and
keeping her distance she yells at Iana.
                                                            
                       ARELY
      (Faking Sympathy)
Aw, what is the matter, are you
going to cry?
                                                            
Iana nods her head slowly, then spins around using the
momentum to bring her on her good foot and uses her injured
leg to help balance herself. Iana glances at Arely through
the corner of her eye measuring her distance, she spreads
her fingers pressing them against the mat to balance herself
as she bends her knee so she can spring off of the floor and
into the air. As Arely walks toward Iana off guard, she
points at Iana and commands her to "Stay" like a dog, in
their native language.
                                                            
                       ARELY
      (In Romanian)
Staþi
                                                            
When Arely steps within kicking range Iana springs up, but
before she can get more than two inches off of the mat Arely
delivers a swift amplified spin kick followed by a brief
flash of blue light to Iana's head, instantly knocking her
out. Arely lands back in a fighting stance after following
through with the spin kick and stares at Iana until the bell
is rung. Her eyes flash again leaving her with a confused
expression as if she is lost. She stares at Iana until the
emergency medical technicians run to her aid. Arely looks
around at the mostly silent audience, then as her entrance
music begins to play she slowly looks up at the ceiling with
a frightened expression on her face.
                                                            
                       ARELY
      (In Romanian)
Ajuta-ma
                                                            
                                         18 YEARS EARLIER
                                                            
 
INT. S.C.T. BASE - NIGHT
                                                            
MAIN ENTRY
                                                            
JONNY ISLA 28, a Situation Control Team Agent is reclined on
an office chair as he sits with his legs crossed as they

9.

rest on the desk. In front of him are six flat screen
televisions that display a radio transmission in waveform
with the caption, time, and date from different agencies
ranging from local law enforcement to the U.S. Air Force. On
a different screen he has the 911 Dispatch hacked for any
suspicious sightings or any type of possible alien activity.
Jonny has his personal laptop on the desk listening to music
thinking that tonight is going to be like every other night.
He holds a small remote in his hand that can control each
screen individually so he can rewind anything of interest.
He is watching the MIAMI INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT TRAFFIC
CONTROL screen where everything looks and sounds routine.
The screen catches his attention when he sees that Miami
International Airport Traffic Control is communicating with
Athens 912 a commercial airliner.
                                                            
                       ATHENS 912
      (Over Radio)
Miami, Athens 9-1-2
                                                            
                       MIAMI CENTER
      (Over radio)
Athens 9-1-2 go ahead.
                                                            
                       ATHENS 912
Ah yeah... we just had uh...
traffic pass us on our left wing
about 1000 feet above us at
approximately 0112... ah what kind
of traffic was it?
                                                            
Jonny turns his music down and looks over the lid of his lap
top at the screen. He picks up the remote and turns up just
that radio transmission.
                                                            
                       MIAMI CENTER
      (Over Radio)
This Athens 9-1-2 correct?
                                                            
                       ATHENS 912
      (Over Radio)
Affirmative 9-1-2, we just had
traffic pass us on our left
wing... can you confirm this?
                                                            
                       MIAMI CENTER
      (Over Radio)
Athens 9-1-2, negative. I show no
traffic in your area for about 30
to 40 miles.
                                                            
Jonny closes his laptop, takes his feet off of the desk and
leans in closer to listen to the conversation more closely.
                                                            

10.

                       MIAMI CENTER
      (Over Radio)
What altitude did it appear to be
at Athens 9-1-2?
                                                            
                       ATHENS 912
      (Over Radio)
It was 1000 feet maybe less above
us. The object was similar to an
F-16 in size and shape... uh it
was very reflective, and um... it
left no contrails what so ever.
                                                            
                       MIAMI CENTER
      (Over Radio)
Athens 9-1-2 thanks, um you are
just north of a military operating
area so it may have been an F-16,
but I will look into that.
                                                            
Jonny pushes his laptop aside and pulls one of the touch
screen computers closer to him. Before he can do anything he
hears the same traffic controller contact PATRICK AIR FORCE
BASE TRAFFIC CONTROL using the call sign "GIANT KILLER".
                                                            
                       MIAMI CENTER
      (Over Radio)
Giant Killer?
                                                            
                       PATRICK AFB
      (Over radio)
Giant Killer go ahead.
                                                            
                       MIAMI CENTER
      (Over radio)
Yes ma'am, we just had a report
come in, Athens 9-1-2 told us that
he just saw what looked like um a
fighter jet at 35 to 36,000 feet.
Do you have anything flying at the
moment?
                                                            
                       PATRICK AFB
      (Over radio)
Negative, we've turned over for
the night 0-1-1-4.
                                                            
                       MIAMI CENTER
      (Joking over radio)
Well then I just had a UFO report.
                                                            

11.

                       PATRICK AFB
      (Over Radio)
Huh, if I had to guess I would say
it's probably a meteor or
something, because we do not have
any aircraft out there.
                                                            
Jonny brings up a menu on the computer screen that lists the
other S.C.T. Agent's last names. He runs his finger over the
names down the screen highlighting each one of them, he
touches an icon that says "PAGE" that immediately alerts the
agents to come to the base.
                                                            
 
INT. MIAMI, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
All of the agents are asleep when their small black pagers
simotaneously vibrate and beep loudly. Some pagers are on
night stands, others are placed in different areas of their
homes. Each agent quickly wakes up, and responds to the
beeping of their pagers. They all quickly grab a back pack
that has their tactical suits inside, others have their
suits hanging on the wall and quickly take them off of their
hangers to put them on.
                                                            
 
INT. PATRICK AIR FORCE BASE - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
INTEL ROOM
                                                            
A young female Air Force traffic controller in her early
twenties swings her swivel chair around and looks up at her
supervisor, OPERATIONS MANAGER WRIGHT a male in his early
thirties with a confused expression on her face. Operations
Manager Wright looks around the room licking his lips as he
thinks for a moment.
                                                            
                       OPERATIONS MANAGER WRIGHT
      (Whispers)
Quickly, tell Miami that you made
a mistake and that we do have an
exercise going on in that area.
                                                            
                       PATRICK AFB
Miami Control, I apologize for the
misunderstanding, we are
performing maneuvers in that area
0115.
                                                            
                       MIAMI CENTER
      (Over Radio)
Copy that.
                                                            

12.

Operations Manager passes behind another Traffic Controller
and taps him on his shoulder.
                                                            
                       OPERATIONS MANAGER WRIGHT
      (Whispers)
Launch two Raptors to that area.
                                                            
The Traffic Controller nods his head and quickly gets on the
radio to scramble some fighter jets.
                                                            
 
INT. S.C.T. BASE - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
MAIN ENTRY
                                                            
Jonny laughs to himself knowing that Patrick Air Force Base
is making up at story about their maneuvers. He pulls a
screen up and hacks into one of the Air Force's own
satellites.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (To himself)
We will just see about that.
                                                            
He quickly brings up an overhead view of Florida. He zooms
down toward the Cocoa Beach area, he makes his way to
Patrick Air Force Base. He flies over the tarmac and takes a
quick count of the fighter jets.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (To himself)
Like I thought, you're all still
on base.
                                                            
He taps the screen highlighting a row of fighter jets so he
may keep track of them when they are launched.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (To himself)
I will just tag all of you just in
case, and I am out.
                                                            
Jonny closes every screen erasing his tracks.
                                                            
 
EXT. PATRICK AIR FORCE BASE - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
RUNWAY TARMAC
                                                            
Two pilots are running down to their fighter jets, they
climb ladders and jump inside the cock pit as fast as they
can. The pilots put on their helmets, buckle in and begin to
flip switches turning on their jet's engines. They

13.

communicate with the Patrick Air Traffic Control telling
them that they are ready for take off as the canopies of
their jets are still closing.
                                                            
                       PATRICK AFB
Raptor 1 and 2 initiate Jump
Sequence 9 for coordinates.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 1
10-4
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
Copy that.
                                                            
 
INT. S.C.T. BASE - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
MAIN ENTRY
                                                            
As Jonny changes into his uniform in front of the computer
he pauses when they say Jump Sequence 9.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (To himself)
What the hell is Jump Sequence 9?
                                                            
 
EXT. INTERSTATE 95, MIAMI, FLORIDA - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
Amos and Titus are speeding down the road in Amos' blue
Mitsubishi Lancer Evolution equipped with white under-body
lights. Only the buzzing of the 4 cylinder engine is heard
that early in the morning. Amos changes gears letting the
blow-off valve from the engines turbo hiss. Titus looks in
the side view mirror when he hears the powerful engine of a
Ducati motorcycle closing in on them traveling at speeds
well over 150 miles per hour.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Here comes my baby
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Laughing)
Who, Blaze?
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Sarcastically)
You're funny
                                                            
Amos looks through his rear-view mirror and sees Blaze
closing in on DANELLA on his black Kawasaki 3200, coming
closer to them both is an orange Nissan 350Z that passes
Blaze with ease.
                                                            

14.

                       AMOS
Damn here comes the real
competition
                                                            
 
EXT. SKIES ABOVE MIAMI, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
The two Raptor jets begin to catch up to a thin triangular
shaped aircraft made out of a reflective metal. The aircraft
appears to be made out of a single piece of metal with it's
tips slightly bent giving it the appearance of wings. The
pilots watch as it glides effortlessly with no means of
visible propulsion. The surface of the aircraft has a
mirror-like finish that reflects the night sky and the
blinking lights from the tip of the Raptor's wings,
effectively camouflaging itself. The pilots focus their eyes
on the aircraft in amazement.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
      (Over radio)
Raptor 2, we have a visual,
distance about 1500 feet 12
o'clock and closing.
                                                            
                       PATRICK AFB
      (Over radio)
Copy Raptor 2, can you give a
description of the aircraft?
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 1
      (Over radio)
Patrick we better initiate jump
sequence 9 just to keep it safe,
you are not going to believe this.
                                                            
                       PATRICK AFB
      (Over radio)
10-4,jump sequence 9 initiated.
                                                            
All three begin to talk over multiple channels that are in
sync with eachother, however to someone who is not in tune
they just hear one to two random words every 9 seconds on 9
different channels.
                                                            
                       PATRICK AFB
      (Over radio)
Go ahead with discription Raptor
2.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
      (Over radio)
Base, the aircraft is reflective
like a mirror, triangular in
shape. It almost looks like, like
            (MORE)

15.

                       RAPTOR 2 (cont'd)
a chrome hanglider of some sort.
                                                            
                       PATRICK AFB
      (Over radio)
A chrome hangglider?
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 1
      (Laughs)
Yeah, the pilot who spotted it
needs to have his eyes checked. It
does not look like any fighter jet
I have ever seen.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
      (Over radio)
Really I have no idea how this
thing is flight capable. The UFO
has almost no wings, no rear
stabilizer and does not appear to
have any form of propulsion.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 1
      (Over radio)
From this distance I cannot see a
cockpit, something is definitely
not right here.
                                                            
 
INT. PATRICK AIR FORCE BASE - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
INTEL ROOM
                                                            
After hearing the last transmission the air traffic
controller swivels back and looks at Operations Manager
Wright in confusion. He has an ear-piece on as he is
carefully listening to every transmission made. He clasps
his hands together and looks at the floor for a moment.
                                                            
                       OPERATIONS MANAGER WRIGHT
      (Sighs)
No cockpit huh? It has to be some
kind of U.A.V. Have them try and
establish radio contact.
                                                            
                       PATRICK AFB
      (Whispers)
Sir I already tried it is not
registering on any frequency.
                                                            

16.

                       OPERATIONS MANAGER WRIGHT
      (Frustrated)
Just have them do it again. Say
something, silence is suspicion.
                                                            
 
EXT. INTERSTATE 95, MIAMI, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
The sound of the Evo and 350Z's engines are suddenly dwarfed
when a roaring supercharged,Chevy Camero passes everyone at
198 miles per hour. The driver suddenly pulls the handbrake
and burns the tires as he swings into the private drive of
the S.C.T. Base. All of the other vehicles follow him down a
narrow paved road until they come upon a chain-link fence
covered with razor-wire.
                                                            
 
INT. S.C.T. BASE - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
MAIN ENTRY
                                                            
Jonny hears a beeping signaling that someone or something is
nearing the entry gate. He looks at a screen that shows the
vehicles through an infrared camera. He presses a button
from the control booth that opens the gate to let them
through. They quickly speed into the quarter mile long
driveway and park close to the buildings parking lot which
is only feet away from the main entry. All nine agents of
the Situation Control Team step out of their vehicles filled
with excitement. Jonny opens the heavy reinforced steel
automatic sliding door to let the rowdy crowd inside.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
      (Shouting with
       excitement)
This better not be another one of
your damn drills Isla!
                                                            
                       JONNY
It's not, this sounds like the
real deal.
                                                            
CAPTAIN BRIGGS 32 walks over to Jonny and looks at the
computer screens.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
What do we have?
                                                            
                       JONNY
A commercial airline pilot
reported seeing an unidentified
flying object to Miami
International. Miami checked with
the Air Force, they had turned
            (MORE)

17.

                       JONNY (cont'd)
over for the night then a minute
later changed their story.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Sarcastic)
Naturally.
                                                            
                       JONNY
So I checked their base all of the
jets were accounted for so I
tagged some fighter jets just in
case they are launched.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
And?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Last transmissions between Patrick
and the two jets they launched was
that they were initiating
something called jump sequence 9.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
What's Jump Sequence 9?
                                                            
                       JONNY
I think they're scanners are in
sync so its one fluid channel to
them but to us we hear one or two
words before the channel changes
again. The scanner is not fast
enough to keep up with their
channel jumping. They have some
type of pattern in place, I just
can't figure it out. I think they
know we are listening.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
If anything they think someone is
listening, no one knows us.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Step aside Isla.
                                                            
Jonny moves out of the way as Eddie sits in his place and
starts to input codes, after less than a minute Eddie stands
up with a smile.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Bam, Jump Sequence 9 code cracked,
way too easy.
                                                            

18.

                       JONNY
How did you...
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Former Code Cracker for Tyndall
AFB. Read my profile sometime,
I've read yours.
                                                            
Eddie pats Jonny on the shoulder as he steps aside to finish
getting ready. Briggs looks at the screen and listens as
they are now in sync with the other transmissions and are
able to clearly listen in on the transmissions.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (To Everyone)
All right, let's go before the
pilots hurt themselves.
                                                            
 
EXT. SKIES ABOVE MIAMI, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
The two Raptor jets drop altitude and position themselves
directly behind the aircraft when it suddenly spirals to the
right. It maneuvers out of sight at a speed that would make
any human pilot pass out. The two pilots have to bank their
jets just to try and keep a visual on the aircraft.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 1
      (Over radio)
Base, I believe the aircraft may
have spotted us. It is taking
evasive meneuvers.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
Wow, something is not right here,
that was way too fast.
                                                            
While Raptor 1 is talking, Miami International contacts
Patrick Air Traffic Control warning them to keep their
distance.
                                                            
                       MIAMI CENTER
      (Over radio)
Patrick this is Miami, you are
dangerously close to an active
runway.
                                                            
                       PATRICK AFB
      (Over radio)
The aircraft is failing to respond
and is nearing Miami International
Air space. It is to be treated as
a hostile you are clear to engage
            (MORE)

19.

                       PATRICK AFB (cont'd)
I repeat clear to engage.
                                                            
 
INT. S.C.T. BASE - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
LOCKER ROOM
                                                            
All of the agents are putting on their bulletproof vests on
over their black tactical suits. They reach into their
lockers pulling out a personal side arm. After they are
fully armored they walk by a gun rack and grab a machine gun
like weapon and make sure it is loaded before they strap it
on their shoulders. Two other older men that are pilots only
carry a side arm and put on their helmets as they walk out
to the back lawn where the tilt rotor helicopter and
sky-crane sit.
                                                            
 
EXT. SKIES ABOVE MIAMI, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
MIAMI INTERNATIONAL AIR SPACE
                                                            
The Raptor jets have engaged in air combat with the
unidentified flying object only firing their machine guns at
it. The bullets simply ricochet from the air craft as it
remains on a straight course spinning every time they shoot
at it.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
      (Frustrated)
Darn thing keeps on spinning, it's
not firing back, should we still
engage?
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 1
It may not be firing back but it
is still violating M.I.A.
airspace. Raptor 1 launching
missile 1!
                                                            
When Raptor 1's missile drops from under the wing it expels
the fire that propels it passed the jet. The rear hatch of
the unidentified aircraft opens up revealing a red glowing
light.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
Base, the aircraft is opening it's
rear hatch and is glowing red.
                                                            
A red glowing mesh net made out of laser light comes
spiraling out toward Raptor 1. Raptor 2 watches as the net
cuts through the missile causing it to explode, the net

20.

keeps moving toward Raptor 1. When Raptor 1 looks forward he
sees the net cutting through his jet in slow motion. Raptor
1 closes his eyes as the net cuts through the instrument
panel and finally through him. Raptor 2 watches helplessly
and banks her jet in the opposite direction to avoid the
inevitable explosion. When the laser net cuts through the
fuel tanks and the other missiles, it causes a massive
mid-air explosion before dissapating.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
Oh God, Raptor 2 to Base, Raptor 1
is down! I repeat Raptor 1 is
down!
      (Takes heavy
       breaths)
Some kind of red colored net of
light just, oh God, it just cut
through him. I am positioning
myself behind the aircraft,
locking on target...
                                                            
Raptor 2 positions her jet behind the unidentified aircraft
and nods her head as she prepares to launch her missile. The
unidentified aircraft opens up it's rear hatch again.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
Base, the aircraft is opening it's
hatch again.
                                                            
                       PATRICK AFB
Raptor 2 abort mission, I repeat
abort mission.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
Copy.
                                                            
As Raptor 2 is about to bank her jet, however she finds that
she cannot move the jet and is no longer in control.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
      (Breathing heavily)
Base, I can't take evasive action,
it has me locked in some how.
                                                            
                       PATRICK AFB
Raptor 2 eject, I repeat eject!
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
Raptor 2 arming all missiles,
target is locked on.
                                                            

21.

The pilot flips each switch that controls it's missiles, and
then squeezes the trigger simotaneously launching all of the
missiles.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
Raptor 2, ejecting now!
                                                            
The pilot leans her head back against the seat when she
pulls the ejector handle and crosses her arms over her chest
as the canopy flies off of the jet. She closes her eyes as
she is shot out on her seat by tiny explosions under the
seat. Raptor 2 opens her eyes looking down in time to see
all of the missiles feet away from the unidentified aircraft
when it deploys a defensive shield that sets off all of the
missiles before they make contact with it. The defensive
shield stops the missiles however the force of the explosion
pushes the rear of the U.F.O. over it's front making it flip
forward out of control. The fighter jet begins to nose dive
when it collides with the U.F.O.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
      (Panting)
Raptor 2 to base, all missiles
fired, target is hit but not
destroyed.
                                                            
                       PATRICK AFB
      (Over radio)
Copy Raptor 2, I will have M.I.A.
deploy a rescue team to your
location.
                                                            
                       RAPTOR 2
      (Panting)
Copy, I lost visual of target.
                                                            
 
INT. S.C.T. BASE - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
MAIN ENTRY
                                                            
All of the agents are filled with excitement as they run out
to the black tilt rotor helicopter with the pilots inside
ready to go. Captain Briggs jumps inside first and grabs a
hold of a safety strap as he counts heads making sure every
agent is on. After everyone is in he slides the side door
closed and signals for the pilot to lift off.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (To Pilot)
Let's go, 8 klicks north of M.I.A.
                                                            
INSIDE THE HELICOPTER
                                                            

22.

He looks at the agents as they secure themselves to their
seats that line the walls of the spacious aircraft. Some are
laughing, others are hyped and ready for action, while a few
are deep in thought. Danella is sitting next to her
boyfriend Titus with her hands on her lap as she stares
straight forward at the empty seat in front of her. Titus
slides his hand under hers and whispers.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Whispers)
No one could have predicted what
happened to her.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
      (Sighs)
I know.
                                                            
Danella nods her head lightly knowing he is right.
                                                            
                       TITUS
You know I got your back right?
                                                            
Danella closes her hands clasping her fingers with Titus'
and smiles at him.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Always.
                                                            
Titus and Danella both close their eyes as they lean in to
kiss each other. After a brief moment of silence they both
open their eyes to see why everyone suddenly went quiet.
Everyone starts to poke fun at them as if they were kids.
Amos leans in and puts his cheek toward Titus.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (In a girl voice)
I'm scared too Titus, will you
kiss me?
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Quit hatin' fool, you just sad
cause nobody loves you.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Hey, we all know there is a line
of ladies looking to settle down
with this Adonis of a man.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Yeah, yeah, so why don't you
settle down, Adonis?
                                                            

23.

                       AMOS
I'm not the settling type, I like
to keep my options open.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Typical lonely bachelor answer.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Regular voice)
Well if you want to kiss me I have
no objection.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Hey Bro, watch it she is going to
be your sister-in-law someday.
                                                            
Danella smiles and turns toward Titus to face him, right
when she is about to ask him a follow up question Captain
Briggs interrupts everyone.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
      (Excited)
You...
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Okay, it's almost time, remember
we leave how we came.
                                                            
Captain Briggs looks at the empty chair for a brief moment.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Alive.
                                                            
Everyone notices that he was looking at the empty chair and
know what he was thinking.
                                                            
                       DAVEY
It was no one's fault but her own,
she exposed herself to the
radiation.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (To Davey)
It was not her fault, she was not
careless, the mask was defective.
Now inspect yours, because I don't
wanna have to tell another parent,
that their kid is never coming
home again.
      (To everyone)
Check and double check your masks
before you strap them on, I want
to see masks on every face!
                                                            

24.

The agents pull their radiation proof hoods down over their
head and begin to inspect their full face masks before they
put them on. After they put the mask on they look to the
agent next to them who pushes the mask against their face so
that the agent may pull the straps tighter. They nod their
heads telling them that their mask is secure. The agents
then press a release valve that fills the mask with oxygen
clearing the glass shield of any fog build up. Once Davey
helps Briggs put his mask on, Briggs looks at everyone.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Radio check, nod if you hear me.
                                                            
After everyone nods, he turns around and looks out of the
cockpit windshield. He then sees that they are arriving at
the crashsight and turns to face everyone again.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Alright, we're coming up to a
smoking crater I wanna see gas
masks on everyone. If I see any
part of your ugly faces, you will
be suspended indefinately.
      (Looks at everyone)
This is not a game, am I
understood?
                                                            
Every agent nods their head up and down as Captain Briggs
walks down the aisle between them and points at each one as
he assigns them their duties.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Amos, Titus, Danella, and Jonny
retrieval Unit. JOE, DAVEY, JOSH,
and Blaze. You four, Wreckage
Recovery Unit. Sky Crane is about
two miles out.
                                                            
Captain Briggs looks at the last two remaining agents and
smiles sarcstically, knowing that they are on the least
exciting unit.
                                                            
                       RALPH
Usual cover up?
                                                            
Captain Briggs nods his head and kicks a large cloth bag
that makes a thud sound.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Solar panel is in the bag.
                                                            

25.

                       RALPH
The Air Force is supposed to
believe that they were chasing a
downed satellite solar panel?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Not the Air Force, the public.
Everything has a witness.
                                                            
Briggs removes a large railgun from the wall and looks back
at everyone. He racks the weapon and hits a green button on
the wall that opens the rear hatch.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Let's go, everybody out!
                                                            
 
EXT. CRASH SITE, OUTSIDE OF MIAMI, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Yells)
Let's go!
                                                            
Everyone runs toward the large crater that was created by
the downed aircraft. Amos, Danella, Titus, and Jonny
carefully run up the mound of dirt with their weapons drawn.
They pause momentarily as they see that the aircraft is
partially buried in the ground. As soon as Jonny takes one
step closer what seems to be the cockpit of the aircraft
makes a a loud pop sound before sliding open. Everyone is
silent looking into the dark hatch until LORD RICHTER a
seven foot tall white colored alien steps out, He looks
around in a daze at everyone with his large reflective
almond shaped eyes. He takes a slow blink looking at his
damaged aircraft, he looks at the ground and takes one step
out. Jonny pulls the trigger on his gun and shoots out a ten
foot long steel cord with a clamp on the end of it, the
clamp closes on Richter's thin wrist. Richter pulls his hand
close to try and remove the clamp when Jonny presses another
button shocking Richter with 100,000 volts of electricity.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Angry)
Damn it Jonny!
                                                            
Richter swings Jonny around on the cable making Amos,
Danella, and Titus hit the ground as he flies over their
heads. As soon as he passes over they get up and have no
other choice but to shoot their weapons at Richter's other
wrist and both ankles. The three quickly press the button on
their gun that sends a combined 300,000 volts of electricity
into Richter. The other four on wreckage recovery try and
shoot tranquilizer darts at it but they bounce off of

26.

Richter's thick skin. All the way from the helicopter
Captain Briggs is looking through the scope of his gun at
Richter's body when he notices that the skin on the back of
Richter's head appears to be softer than the rest of his
body. Briggs shoots a single tranquilizer that pierces
Richter's skin and takes him down instantly. Amos and Jonny
climb out of the crater and press a button that retracts the
cable into their guns pulling Richter out of the crater by
his wrists. Danella and Titus run to the helicopter where
they grab an over-sized stretcher board to lay Richter on.
Meanwhile Sky-crane drops large cargo straps with magnetic
ends into the crater Joe, Davey, Josh, and Blaze each grab a
strap and find ways to connect them to the aircraft so it
may be hauled out. Sky-crane drops a large black tarp as it
lifts the aircraft out of the crater. The four agents
quickly climb out of the crater and cover the aircraft
strapping everything down safely and signal for Sky-crane to
haul it away. While they start to collect the smaller pieces
of debris, Eddie and Ralph pull a large damaged solar panel
belonging to a small satellite and drop it into the crater.
They kick dirt all over it making it look like that is what
made the crater. Ralph pulls out a small grenade from his
vest pocket and throws it into the dirt above the panel. He
and Eddie watch it explode making fresh burn marks on the
panel and covering it with more dirt.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Okay let's put a move on it!
Sky-crane spotted military
vehicles heading this way about
five miles out!
                                                            
Everyone runs toward the rear hatch and jumps in as Amos,
Danella, Titus, and Jonny secure Richter and the stretcher
onto the helicopter floor. Everyone else carefully walks
passed it and sit as far away as they can from it.
                                                            
INSIDE HELICOPTER
                                                            
Captain Briggs grabs a radiation detector off of the wall
and runs it over everyone and himself. The needle slightly
moves detecting any natural but non-leathal radiation. He
nods his head, places the detector back where it was and
removes his mask. Everyone follows his actions and emoves
theirs with excitement.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Excited)
Now that was something! No picking
up little dead bodies. We had
ourselves a fighter!
                                                            

27.

Captain Briggs turns around and immediately calls SENATOR
SANTANA DE LA PAZ but instead speaks to his personal
assistant JENNY. After all of the agents remove their gas
masks they stare at Richter with curiosity. Richter's body
suddenly twitches making everyone jump back in their seat.
They all look at each other and start laughing at how they
all reacted the same way. Davey becomes concerned when he
sees Richter's hand move which goes unnoticed by everyone
else, he continues to stare at the hand to see if it will
move again. When the hand moves once more Davey looks at
Captain Briggs, he waits until he is off of the phone to
tell him what is happening.
                                                            
                       DAVEY
      (Nervous)
Hey Cap?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
What?
                                                            
                       DAVEY
      (Nervous)
Hey the alien, um it's starting to
move.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
So tranq it again.
                                                            
Davey hesitates to touch the body so he turns to Amos to try
and convince him to do it.
                                                            
                       DAVEY
      (Whispers)
Hey Amos, Cap said for you to put
another tranqualizer in the alien.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Nice try I heard him tell you,
besides you're the closest, if it
wakes up it's getting you first.
                                                            
                       DAVEY
Look all you have to do is get a
needle from your side pocket,
remove the safety cap, and jab it
in the back of his head.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Fine I will do it, but only if you
announce to everyone that you're a
pussy.
                                                            

28.

Jonny watches the two talk about who is going to tranquilize
the alien and turns around to talk to Captain Briggs.
Captain Briggs stares at the two nodding his head while he
is hanging on to the safety strap when Jonny breaks his
concentration.
                                                            
                       JONNY
So Cap, what are we going to do
with the E.T.?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Once we arrive at the base,
assuming it is capable of
intellegent communication, Senator
De La Paz wants to attempt to
conversate with it.
                                                            
                       JONNY
So he wants to interrogate it?
                                                            
As Jonny talks, Captain Briggs' attention is drawn back to
Amos and Davey as they are playing Rock, Paper, Scissors to
determine who will tranquilize Richter.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Danella, will you please
tranquilize the E.T. again, show
these two pansies how it's done.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Sure thing Cap.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Joking)
Pansies? That's a little harsh.
                                                            
                       DAVEY
      (Joking)
Yeah, that's not very nice Cap.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Tell me again how you two made it
on to this team, cause it's
definately not for having balls.
                                                            
Danella quickly bends next to Richter's head with a
tranquilizer already in her hand. She carefully removes the
tip and stabs it in the back of Richter's head, the needle
immediately empties itself into Richter. Danella takes the
empty syringe, puts the safety cap back on and sticks it in
a small pouch located on her duty belt. After she is done
Jonny and Captain Briggs go back to talking as if nothing
has happened.
                                                            

29.

                       JONNY
So as I was saying, what are we
gonna do with this thing once
Senator D. finishes interrogating
it?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
We take it to the Super max in Key
West.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Super Max, why a prison?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Because prisons are guarded
twenty-four seven, three
sixty-five, and at a Super Max the
guards carry high powered machine
guns and no one asks questions.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Disappointed)
I thought S.C.T. was supposed to
be an elite team and now we are
trusting some... guards?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Don't worry your pretty little
head. Only two high ranking
ex-military officers and the
warden are in the know. Since you
are such a good elite agent you
along with Amos, Danella, and
Titus will be assigned there as
part-time correctional officers.
                                                            
Jonny quickly stands up, backs away and begins to raise his
voice grabbing everyone's attention.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Angry)
What? I just bought a place in
Miami, I am not moving to Key
West!
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Calm)
Well being elite has its perks,
however it also comes with a price
including but not limited to,
relocation on demand. Read your
contract signed by PRESIDENT RHEA
DE LA PAZ.
                                                            

30.

                       JONNY
      (Angry)
Man, fuck that bitch!
                                                            
Before Jonny can say anything else, Titus hits him in the
stomach with the butt of his gun, stands up, and flips the
gun around aiming it at Jonny's head.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Angry)
Watch what you say about my mom
you stupid Cuban!
                                                            
Captain Briggs quickly draws his side arm with the laser
sight aimed at Titus' left temple. Everyone quickly stands
up to calm Titus down, Danella carefully tries to push the
barrel of the gun down while Amos pulls Titus back.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Authoritative)
If you shoot I shoot, so put the
gun down.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
      (Desperate)
No Cap, wait!
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Calm)
Bro, put the gun down and step
back.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Authoritative)
You better listen De La Paz, I
don't want to but I will.
                                                            
Titus removes his finger from the trigger, puts the safety
back on his gun and then lets it swing down hanging on his
shoulder strap. Titus grins and then looks at everyone as he
steps back with his hands up.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Calm)
Okay, okay, I'm done.
                                                            
                       JONNY
By the way I'm Puerto Rican, not
Cuban, asshole.
                                                            
As everyone starts to calm down Titus punches Jonny directly
in the nose. Jonny steps up holding his nose with both
hands, checking for blood.
                                                            

31.

                       TITUS
Okay, now I'm done.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Angry)
What the hell Titus?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Authoritative)
That's it, Titus, suspended!
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Surprised)
Suspended?
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Angry)
You deserve worse you racist son
of a bitch! I never call you a
fuckin' nigg...
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Authoritative)
Isla shut up or you're next.
                                                            
Captain Briggs sits Jonny down on his opposite side
separating him from Titus. Jonny sits with his hands clasped
together covering his nose and mouth. Titus sees him spit
blood on the floor and grins at him. Jonny becomes angry and
quickly lunges at Titus but is held back by Captain Briggs.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Upset)
Fuck you pussy!
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Authoritative)
Jonny, now you're suspended too!
                                                            
Danella hangs on to Titus' bicep holding him down as she
looks at him with concern.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Are you okay babe?
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Upset)
Yeah, I'm fine, I'll be back.
                                                            
 
EXT. RIVER'S EDGE MILITARY COLLEGE, MIAMI - MORNING
                                                            
OUTSIDE
                                                            

32.

The camera slowly backs away as SERGEANT MIRANDA ATENCIO 28,
a natural brunette and make up less beauty with a fit
military body to match walks toward the camera. She looks at
the camera directly with a serious face as they film a
commercial on the green lawn of the campus.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
      (Serious)
Hello, I am Miranda Atencio,
Sergeant in the United States
Marine Corp, and...
      (Laughs)
I just forgot my line.
                                                            
Miranda looks away with a smile giggling. She stomps her
foot frustrated looking at SENATOR SANTANA DE LA PAZ who is
off screen as he laughs.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
      (Joking)
Quit looking at me, I'm trying to
be serious!
                                                            
                       SANTANA (OS)
Quit looking at you? I'm going to
be at your side in a second.
That's if you can ever get passed
your first line.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
I cannot help it, I'm not an
actress! Okay take two, let's do
this.
                                                            
Miranda closes her eyes and shakes her entire body preparing
herself to act.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Take two? More like take twenty!
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
Okay, shh. Everyone shut up.
                                                            
She takes a deep breath and looks at the camera man and
director nodding her head signifying that she is ready.
                                                            
                       DIRECTOR
Ready, and action!
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
      (Serious)
Hello, I am Miranda Atencio,
Sergeant in the United States
Marine Corp. Back in 2034 drug
            (MORE)

33.

                       MIRANDA (cont'd)
trafficking through the great
state of Florida was at an
all-time high. That is when
Florida's own Senator Santana De
La Paz formed the Anti-Drug
Alliance. The A.D.A. is a
paramilitary task force solely
dedicated to the war against
drugs, and with your help we can
win it.
                                                            
Senator De La Paz a natural and confident public speaker
steps into the screen and walks along her side.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
That's right, so come this
November re-elect me, Santana De
La Paz and together we will make
Florida s drug-free state in 2038.
                                                            
Miranda and Santana pause staring at the camera with smiles
on their faces waiting for the Director to say "Cut".
                                                            
                       DIRECTOR
And cut.
                                                            
Miranda and Santana quickly drop the smiles and walk away
from the camera crew. They head toward a limousine that is
waiting for him. As they walk side by side Miranda lets out
a deep sigh. Santana immediately stops and faces Miranda
showing concern.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Hey what's the matter?
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
Nothing, Well I know this is
politics and all, but I am sick of
lying. I mean more than half of
the time we just re-route the drug
trafficking. We are not a solution
to anything.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Look I deal with the politics and
you just sit here and...
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
      (Frustrated)
Look pretty?
                                                            

34.

                       SANTANA
I am not using you for your good
looks. When we choose to make an
actual bust you run the show
right?
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
Yes
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Look, you're young, beautiful,
intelligent, and rich with a
career that can only get better.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
Speaking of which, when are you
going to give me a crack at your
elite team that the A.D.A. funds?
                                                            
Santana looks around to make sure no one was around to hear
what she said. He takes a step closer to her and speaks
lower.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
The day you don't say things like
you just did out loud.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
I apologize sir, what can I say?
I'm a loud mouth when it comes to
talking, off camera of course.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
A loud mouth is the last thing a
secret team needs. I tell you
what, come by my cabana tomorrow
around noon and we will discuss
your situation.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
Yes sir.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
By the way, great job today.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
Thanks, you weren't too bad
yourself.
                                                            
As Miranda turns around and starts walking back to the base,
JENNY HUNT 24, Santana's young dark haired mistress, posing
as his personal assistant surprises him by jumping on his
back and covering his eyes.
                                                            

35.

                       JENNY
Guess who?
                                                            
Santana smiles and sniffs the air.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I don't know who it is but I am
sure she is aware we are in the
public eye.
                                                            
Jenny uncovers his eyes, Santana swings her around his body
holding her by the hips and lowers her down in front of him.
He looks at her up and down then licks his lips.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Hey beautiful.
                                                            
                       JENNY
Hi Boss.
                                                            
Santana slightly leans in and sniffs her perfume.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
New perfume?
                                                            
                       JENNY
Strawberry scent, you should know
you bought it.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Smells delicious.
                                                            
                       JENNY
      (Flirtatious)
Maybe you should have a taste.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Do we have time?
                                                            
Jenny reaches into her breast pocket, pulls out a small
see-through tablet. She touches the screen, scrolls through
his schedule, and bites her lip as she slowly nods her head.
                                                            
                       JENNY
Unfortunately we do not. However
you did receive a call from
Captain what's his name, he said
"The you know what is you know
where" Oh sounds mysterious.
                                                            
Santana smiles and leads the way to the limousine.
                                                            

36.

                       SANTANA
You don't know the half of it.
Clear the rest of my schedule
please, and that does not mean
just delete everything. It means
if I have appointments, make some
calls to cancel or reschedule if
need be.
                                                            
                       JENNY
My God, you're still on that? I
was like your intern when I did
that. Oh, did you still want to
pick up your wife yourself or
should I send for her?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
That's right, she comes back
tonight. I will pick her up
myself.
                                                            
                       JENNY
Okay, she will be at heli-pad 28
at eight o'clock.
                                                            
The driver opens the limousine door for Santana. Santana
greets him and sits inside, he looks at Jenny and signals
for her to get inside. Jenny laughs and jumps inside sitting
face to face on his lap, straddling him. The driver closes
the door as she begins to kiss Santana on his neck.
                                                            
 
INT. S.C.T. BASE - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
VAULT, 20 FEET BELOW BASE
                                                            
S.C.T. Agents Blaze and Josh stand at both sides of Richter.
They are holding him up on a steel chair behind a steel
table keeping him from falling to his sides as he is still
unconscious. They feel his muscles tense as he begins to
wake up and immediately step away to a safer distance.
Richter slowly opens his large black eyes, he quietly stares
at each agent as his vision slowly begins to clear. Each
agent simply stares back without saying a word to him.
Richter looks at his wrists and ankles noticing that he has
handcuffs and shackles on. He examines the cuffs and pulls
his arm following a steel tether to the wall. Richter turns
around and examines the steel anchor when Titus steps
forward with an ASP Baton.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Authoritative)
Hey Chief, eyes forward.
                                                            

37.

Richter looks at Titus straight in the eyes.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
      (Calmly)
The title is Lord, not Chief.
                                                            
Titus steps back in surprise with his mouth slightly open.
All of the other agents look in aw as Richter speaks
English, they wait to see what he is going to say next to
Titus. Titus looks at everyone and tries to show off acting
tough.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Surprised)
You speak English?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
      (Calmly)
I speak the languages of many
worlds Agent De La Paz.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Yeah? Speak whatever languages you
want, just don't taint my name
with your alien tongue.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
As you wish, but first may I ask
why you are still here? Were you
not suspended earlier for the same
attitude you are showing me now?
                                                            
Richter smiles with his small mouth purposely making Titus
mad. Titus takes a step closer to Richter.
                                                            
                       TITUS
How do you know that?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
I was asleep, not dead.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Your death can be arranged if
you'd like.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
That can go both ways.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Was that a threat?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Take it as you will.
                                                            

38.

Titus extends his baton and slams it on the table trying to
intimidate him. Lord Richter flinches and quickly pulls away
from the table, as Titus stares at the dent he made with a
breath of excitement.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Yells)
No one threatens me!
                                                            
Amos steps in and pulls Titus back toward the door.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Come on let's go!
                                                            
                       RICHTER
I believe I just did.
                                                            
                       AMOS
That's enough, both of you!
                                                            
Titus raises his hands trying to intimidate Lord Richter as
Amos and Blaze take Titus out of the room.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Come on your majesty, fuck'n do
something!
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Tonight
                                                            
Amos hands off Titus to Blaze and Joe then turns to Lord
Richter.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Hey no more, got it?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Ask and you shall recieve.
                                                            
Titus manages to peek his head back inside of the room
passed the large vault door.
                                                            
                       TITUS
What about tonight?
                                                            
Amos walks completely out of the room passed the vault door
with Titus. Amos pushes Titus against a concrete wall in the
hallway and looks him up and down before he starts talking.
                                                            
HALLWAY
                                                            
                       AMOS
What the hell is your problem Bro?
                                                            

39.

                       TITUS
Nothing, the fucker just pissed me
off trying to make me look like a
fool.
                                                            
                       AMOS
You're allowing him too.
                                                            
                       TITUS
What?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Ignore him, you need to control
that temper of yours before you
get into more trouble.
                                                            
Titus looks down at the floor ashamed to look Amos in the
eyes. He then hears two sets of footsteps coming down the
hallway. They both see Santana and Jenny walking their way.
Amos immediately steps away from Titus, Titus backs off of
the wall, stands up straight looking at Santana with a
nervous smile.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Nervous)
Hi Pops, hey Jen.
                                                            
Jenny smiles acknowledging him but remains quietly behind
Santana. Santana looks at Titus and nods his head in
disappointment.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Suspended again are we?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I'm sorry, I guess I just let my
temper get the best of me.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Sarcastic)
What a surprise.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Dad.
                                                            
Santana grabs Titus by the collar, pushes him against the
wall and leans in close to his face making Titus slightly
slide down the wall in fear.
                                                            

40.

                       SANTANA
Look, if anything like this ever
happens again, you are suspended
indefinitely. In a regular job
that means you will be fired.
                                                            
                       TITUS
But.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
S.C.T. is an acronym for Situation
Control Team, now tell me how you
can assist in controlling any
situation if you cannot even
control your own temper son? You
can't! Now go home, you are
suspended for the next three
missions.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Three missions? That can be months
before I come back!
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Or three days, don't be such a
pessimist.
                                                            
Santana let's go of Titus and backs away ignoring him.
Santana walks up to Amos.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Brief me
                                                            
                       AMOS
His name is Lord Richter.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Richter it is.
                                                            
                       AMOS
He understands and speaks English.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
English really? How intelligent
are we talking?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Well English is not the only
language he speaks. He says he
speaks the languages of many
worlds.
                                                            

41.

                       SANTANA
Impressive
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Laughs)
He has an eerie sense of calm in
his voice, if that makes sense.
Even when he was messing with
Titus, I think it was his calm
that pissed Titus off even more
so.
                                                            
Santana smiles and looks to his side where Titus is standing
a few feet away listening to their conversation.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Why are you still here?
                                                            
Titus turns around with his head hung low and walks down the
hallway to an elevator. He presses the button and looks at
them as he waits for the doors to open.
                                                            
                       AMOS
See ya at home Bro.
                                                            
Titus simply nods and steps inside the elevator as Santana
walks into the vault room. Santana pauses for a second when
he sees Richter sitting at the table, he straightens his tie
and clears his throat as Richter watches him quietly.
Santana stands on the opposite side of the table and extends
his hand to Richter.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Greetings Richter, I am Senator
Santana De La Paz.
                                                            
Richter simply looks at his extended hand but does not shake
it. He looks at Santana in the eyes and raises his hands as
high as they will go which is not far enough to shake his
hand.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Forgive me for not shaking your
hand Senator, but I seem to be
tethered to the wall like an
animal.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
That would be for our safety.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Your Situation Control Team should
be the ones tethered to this wall.
They clamped my limbs as if I were
            (MORE)

42.

                       RICHTER (cont'd)
a wild beast, shock me with
electricity and then sedate me.
                                                            
Richter looks directly at Danella.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Twice.
                                                            
Danella looks the other way not knowing what to say.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Then I wake up imprisoned, I
assure you Senator I am no
criminal.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Please allow me to apologize for
everyone here, and let me welcome
you to Earth. Now before we move
on may I ask, what your intentions
here on Earth were.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Research.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Research? Please, elaborate.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
You see Senator, our planets are
similar in nature. We have salt
and fresh water resources much
like your oceans and lakes.
However my planets resources are
inexplicably drying out. We have
drilled only to find mud, we have
sifted our oceans into deserts of
salt for drinking water. All I
have to do is return with samples
of water to show the council that
Earth is abundant with the
resource we so desperately need.
Otherwise, they will not approve
the relocation of our populous.
What is left of it anyway.
                                                            
Richter looks down at the table in sadness as he finishes
telling his story. Santana nods his head not moved by his
story at all, he looks around with a smile.
                                                            

43.

                       SANTANA
What would happen if you do not
return?
                                                            
Richter looks at Santana in surprise and looks at the agents
thinking that they are planning on killing him.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
That would depend on who responds
first. If the council does, they
will mount a rescue mission, much
like you would if one of yours
were to go missing. If my son
responds first, he will bring
everyone, and for your sake, I
hope he does not see how you have
me tethered. You see, my son
HELIUS is like Titus, very short
tempered.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
How would you communicate with
them?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Once they near I will be able to
do so telepathically.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
And are they near now?
                                                            
Richter smiles at Santana and looks at each agent directly
in the eyes. He takes a long slow blink as his eyes move
back to Santana. Santana leans in close to Richter meeting
him half way across the table top.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Demanding)
I asked you a question.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
I choose not to answer it until
these restraints are removed.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I cannot do that.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Then perhaps your wife, President
Rhea De La Paz can. I will wait
and speak to her, and only her.
Good day Senator.
                                                            

44.

Santana stares at Richter enraged that he is not
acknowledging his authority. He nods his head and slides his
chair back, as he stands up the steel chair falls back on
the concrete floor, causing the sound to echo all through
the room and down the hallway.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Remove the table and both chairs,
and make sure the lights are off.
                                                            
As soon as he hears Santana, Richter cooperates by standing
up as far as he can and pushes his chair out so they can
take it. Eddie and Joe take the table out of the room while
Blaze and Davey each take a chair with them. Everyone walks
out of the room looking at Richter one last time, last in
line is Amos. Amos puts his hand over the light switch and
looks at Richter with sympathy.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Whispers)
I am sorry.
                                                            
Amos turns off the light leaving Richter in the dark room.
Richter closes his eyes slowly as the last beam of light
from the hallway shines on him before the steel vault door
is closed.
                                                            
OUTSIDE
                                                            
Titus leans against the red brick wall building waiting for
Danella to come outside. He looks around at the lush green
grass and well kept landscaping that helps conceal the
secret installation in plain sight to passersby. When
Danella steps out she is removing her uniform top and empty
duty belt. She only wears a black sports bra, black BDU
pants, and tactical boots. She walks up to her red
motorcycle, lifts up the seat, and pulls out a backpack from
the compartment. She pulls out a red padded riding jacket,
packs her gear into the backpack, and sticks it all in the
compartment. Titus sneaks up on her, pokes her on her sides
surprising and tickling her as she is about to get on her
motorcycle.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Hey babe, where are you off to in
such a hurry?
                                                            
                       DANELLA
It's inspection day for the
cadets, later I have a class to
teach, and finally I have to get
ready for tonight... or did you
forget?
                                                            

45.

Titus wraps his arms around her waist from behind and then
rests his chin over her shoulder.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Yeah, our two year anniversary
just slipped my mind.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
I thought you might be a little
upset after what happened and
maybe it would have.
                                                            
                       TITUS
So I got suspended, I will be
back. You are what matters in my
life.
                                                            
Danella turns herself around and looks at Titus' light brown
eyes for a moment and smiles.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
      (Whispers)
You are going to go over Cap's
head and ask Daddy for your job
back, Aren't you?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I will see you tonight at
six-thirty.
                                                            
Titus puckers his lips as he puts his forehead to hers.
Danella gives him a quick kiss and grins.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
      (Whispers)
You know Cap is going to be pissed
at you, right?
                                                            
Danella jumps on her motorcycle, puts on her helmet that is
attached to the rear of the motorcycle. She slowly pushes
the motorcycle backwards with her feet, turns it on and revs
the engine. When she sees the automatic gate door open she
slaps her face-shield closed and speeds away. Titus watches
her leave as Santana passes by him.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Hey Pops, can we talk?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
We are working Titus.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Sorry, Sir may I have a word?
                                                            

46.

                       SANTANA
What can I do for you?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Listen, I cannot sit out on three
missions without pay, wait it was
without pay right?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Unless you can give me a great
reason to pay you for being a fuck
up yes.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Tonight is mine and Danella's
anniversary, and I am asking her
to marry me.
                                                            
Santana smiles and pats Titus on the back showing his
approval and affection.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
That's great son, I will have a
talk with Briggs. I will see what
we can do, I am sure we can at
least put you in dispatch.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Thank you Sir, I really do
appreciate this.
                                                            
Titus turns around to walk to Amos' car when Santana stops
him by the shoulder.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Oh, but next time. There will be
no next time! If you pull anything
like this again you are done here,
I do not care what anyone
including your mother says. Got
it?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Yes Sir.
                                                            
Santana walks away toward his limousine followed by Jenny.
Titus dances his way up to Amos as he leans against the
trunk of his car waiting on him. Amos nods his head slowly
with a grin.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Bored)
By the stupid smile on your face
and your gay-ass dance, I would
            (MORE)

47.

                       AMOS (cont'd)
guess you are back on the team, am
I right?
                                                            
                       TITUS
You know me all too well Bro.
                                                            
Titus opens the back door of the car and throws his gear on
the seat before jumping in the passenger side. Amos quickly
puts on his racing harness and turns the car on slapping it
in reverse. Amos screeches the tires making them smoke
everywhere before driving a short distance to the gate
entrance that is not yet opened.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Well that seemed a bit
unnecessary.
                                                            
                       AMOS
It was pretty cool though, no?
                                                            
 
EXT. RIVER'S EDGE MILITARY COLLEGE, MIAMI - EVENING
                                                            
PARKING LOT
                                                            
Titus pulls into the parking lot where Danella lives and
works as a Teacher and Hall Adviser. He parks his yellow
Lamborghini Gallardo in a place that is reserved for
visitors. As soon as he turns the car off the Lamborghini
driver side door opens up vertically. He looks at his
reflection in the rear view mirror and then grabs a small
bouquet of white roses that sit on the passenger seat. He
talks to himself for a moment as if psyching himself up.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (To himself)
Alright, let's do this.
                                                            
Titus gets out and runs to the front door of the three story
dormitory that houses only the female cadets. He quickly
punches Danella's code on the keypad to gain entry, runs up
three flights of stairs, and down a long carpeted hallway.
He slows down when he sees a brunette cadet stepping out of
the shower room only wearing a white towel wrapped around
her body. She walks inside her room which is directly across
of the shower room letting the shower room door slowly shut
behind her. Titus pauses and peeks into the steamy room
where three other cadets are showering. He waits for the
door to close with a smile on his face.
                                                            

48.

                       TITUS
      (To himself)
Okay, no more. You are going to be
a married man, no more looking.
                                                            
Titus walks up to Danella's door, room 1C, straightens his
clothes, reaches into his pocket pulling out a small black
velvet box. He knocks twice and drops to one knee holding
the flowers and black box forward so she can see the white
gold diamond ring. Inside Danella is looking at herself in
the mirror as she wears a white tight dress with an open
mid-drift showing off her toned abs. Titus knocks again as
she calmly walks to answer the door.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Coming!
                                                            
She opens the door, sees the engagement ring and flowers as
he holds them up while on one knee. She quickly covers her
mouth with both hands as her jaw drops, and eyes opened
wide.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
      (Surprised)
Oh my God!
                                                            
                       TITUS
Danella Vallejos, will you marry
me?
                                                            
Danella backs away jumping around hysterically with a large
smile on her face. Her eyes fill with tears of joy, and she
bends forward at the waist toward Titus.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Oh goodness yes! Yes, I will, I
mean oh my God of course I will
Titus!
                                                            
Other girls begin to step out of their rooms to see what all
of the commotion is about. Titus stands up and fits the ring
on Danella's finger as she keeps moving and trembling in
happiness. She holds her hand out to admire the ring and
wipes her tears away as the diamond stares back at her.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
I don't know what to say.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Well you already said yes, now
just say when and where and you
will have made me the happiest man
on Earth.
                                                            

49.

                       DANELLA
We can do it tonight! How far is
Vegas?
                                                            
Titus' facial expression momentarily becomes disappointed
thinking that she actually wanted a fast small wedding in
Las Vegas. He smiles pretending that he would be fine
getting married in Las Vegas.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Disappointed)
Las Vegas, really?
                                                            
                       DANELLA
I'm kidding, I want the perfect
wedding, a white dress with a
really long train, with white
roses all over the place... wait
how big of a wedding can it be?
                                                            
                       TITUS
It doesn't matter
                                                            
                       DANELLA
So the sky is the limit?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Baby there are footprints on Mars
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Aw Titus, that's so sweet.
                                                            
Danella takes the roses from his hand and sets them aside,
she pulls him inside the room and kisses him on the lips.
Danella opens her eyes and looks at her cell-phone that is
sitting on her nightstand through the corner of her eye. She
backs away leaving Titus with his lips puckered and eyes
closed.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Oh my God, I have to call my
sister, and my mom to let them
know, and I have to tell...
                                                            
Titus holds her hand keeping her from reaching her cell
phone.
                                                            
                       TITUS
How about right now we go and have
dinner, tomorrow is another day to
do all the calling and planning.
                                                            

50.

                       DANELLA
Another day closer until I become
Mrs. Danella De La Paz. I have
always loved your last name and
now it will be mine. Danella Of
The Peace, I love it!
                                                            
 
INT. AMOS AND TITUS' HOME - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
Amos has music blasting from the sound system in his room as
he gets dressed for the night. He finishes combing his hair
and comes sliding out of his restroom dressed in flashy
clothes ready to hit the Miami night clubs. He walks passed
a mirror, pauses for a moment and steps back so he can see
himself. He walks up to his reflection and raises his right
eyebrow with a smile, and softly whistles as if impressed
with his good looks. Amos walks out of the room, and pauses
half way out and leans back into the room.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Lights and music off.
                                                            
The surround sound system quickly turns off as the lights
slowly dim until they are off, he smiles and continues on
his way down the hallway toward the glass elevator. The
elevator senses him coming and opens the door for him.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Garage please
                                                            
The elevator slowly drops down two floors into an
underground garage housing many vehicles that anyone with a
need for speed would want. Everything ranging from
motorcycles, four cylinder modified imports, to supercharged
mustangs and exotics. The elevator platform rotates so he is
facing the garage when the door opens, he steps out, walks
up to a yellow motorcycle and puts on his matching black and
yellow riding jacket. As soon as he sits on the motorcycle
and grabs a hold of the handlebar the motorcycle
automatically starts and revs its engine. He puts on his
matching helmet and slaps the face-shield closed and then
speeds up a ramp that leads to a long driveway along the
side of the house, he speeds up to the guard shack where the
guard usually has the gate waiting open, instead he has to
stop this time. Amos lifts his face-shield and looks into
the shack.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Damn it FREDDY, all you have to do
is push one button.
                                                            

51.

A heavy set guard steps out of the guard shack and flips
Amos off with his middle finger and then presses a button
to open the gate as he laughs.
                                                            
                       FREDDY
      (Laughing)
Yeah and I usually use this finger
to do it.
                                                            
Amos laughs as Freddy leans back into the shack and opens
the gate for him. Amos burns out the tires as he speeds out
of the driveway to the main street before disappearing into
the night. Freddy closes the gate and steps back into the
shack to watch television.
                                                            
 
EXT. INTERSTATE 95 - LATER
                                                            
Titus and Danella drive down to the restaurant using
Interstate 95, as tonight it is light with traffic. They
cruise at the regular speed limit looking around. Danella
sees Santana's banner as it waves in the light breeze, she
laughs and points it out to Titus.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Look there's your Daddy!
                                                            
                       TITUS
Step-Dad, and he is so full of
himself.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Sure you emphasize on the "Step"
now but how was it earlier? Daddy
will you put me back on the team?
                                                            
Danella laughs as she pokes fun at him while he keeps his
eyes on the road with a serious expression trying not to
laugh because he knows she is right.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
      (Baby Voice)
I'm sorry did I make you mad?
                                                            
Before Titus answers her, a text message appears on the
windshield that reads "Incoming text from Amos" Titus talks
to the car.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Open message
                                                            

52.

The message only says "I C U" Titus looks through his rear
view mirror and sees a motorcycle traveling at a high speed
trying to catch up, and laughs.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Discard message
                                                            
When the text on the wind shield disappears Danella turns
around and sees Amos closing in on them.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Here comes my new brother-in-law
                                                            
She watches as Amos comes dangerously close to the car next
to the driver window, he gets close enough to knock on the
window with one hand.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Does he know you proposed?
                                                            
                       TITUS
He's known I've been wanting to do
it for a while now.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Roll down the window I want to
show off the ring anyway.
                                                            
Titus rolls down the window as Amos lifts his face shield up
and leans in close, everyone has to yell so they are heard
over the wind and the engines.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Did you do it?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Yeah
                                                            
                       AMOS
What did she say?
                                                            
Danella leans across Titus lap with a bright smile on her
face as she shows off the ring to Amos, and yells at him
from inside.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
I said yes!
                                                            
                       AMOS
Congrats, Now what do you say?
                                                            

53.

Amos points forward challenging Titus to a race, Titus looks
at the road with temptation and then decides against it and
nods.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Na, not tonight Bro!
                                                            
                       DANELLA
What did he say?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Nothing, he wants to race us is
all.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Then give him what he wants, smoke
his ass.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Are you kidding he is on a crotch
rocket, that alone gives him an
advantage.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Oh, I'm sorry I was under the
impression that this car was fast
with all the fancy turbos, and
nitrous tanks.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Oh, Oh that's how it is huh?
                                                            
Titus signals to Amos to come closer again, Amos lifts his
face shield and leans in.
                                                            
                       AMOS
What?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I changed my mind, Danella says on
three!
                                                            
                       AMOS
Engaged for an hour and already
letting her change your mind?
                                                            
Danella stretches across Titus' lap and pushes a button on
his steering wheel.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Three!
                                                            

54.

The button that she presses releases a purge of nitrous
oxide from the louver on the side of the car, momentarily
distracting Amos. Amos drops back and closes his face shield
as Danella quickly sits back in her seat and buckles her
racing harness.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Here we, go!
                                                            
Titus releases the gas peddle, down shifts from fifth gear
to fourth gear by pressing a small pad on the right side of
the steering column and presses on the gas peddle again.
They accelerate passed Amos and continue climbing, Titus
closes his window and reads the digital speedometer out loud
to Danella as she sits back with a smile on her face.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Oh shit, 120, 125, 130...
                                                            
Titus shifts back to fifth gear when the engine starts to
over rev, the car then speeds up.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
      (Excited)
Woo! How fast now?
                                                            
                       TITUS
160, 165, 172...
                                                            
Titus looks at the side view mirror and sees Amos quickly
catching up and nearing the rear end of the car.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Here he comes, press the Nos or
something, let's kick his ass!
                                                            
Right as Titus is about to press the Nos button he and Amos
both spot a humanoid figure much like Lord Richter jump over
the guard rail and start to cross the interstate. Amos
squeezes the brakes as Titus steps on his, they try and stop
but at such high speeds an immediate stop is a high demand
for the brake pads. As Titus' brake pads begin to smoke he
pulls the emergency parking brake making his car slide, he
tries to steer away from Amos, but loses control. Amos
cannot slow down as fast as Titus, so he knows he is going
to hit the front end of Titus' car. Amos lets go of his
motorcycle and jumps on the hood of Titus' car letting his
motorcycle hit the driver's side front wheel. Amos bends his
legs up avoiding the motorcycle when it hits, he looks at
Titus through the windshield as he hangs on for his life by
his finger tips. Danella screams as Titus tries to safely
bring the car to a stop without Amos flying off.
                                                            

55.

                       TITUS
      (Yells)
Hang on!
                                                            
Amos looks up at the car as he yells and lets go, his body
flips and breaks the windshield. Amos slides over the top of
the roof denting it, he twists his body around and slides on
his stomach until he grabs a hold of the trunk lid with his
fingers. When Titus and Danella look back they see Amos
hanging on as they slide at 35 miles per hour. Once the car
reaches 20 miles per hour, Amos looks back at the road and
lets go. Danella squeamishly watches as he hits the ground
rolling letting his jacket, helmet, and feet take most of
the impact. The entire time he is rolling, he keeps his
hands tucked into his body and his head touching his chest
until he comes to a rolling stop only a few yards from the
car. Danella and Titus stare at Amos as the headlights shine
on him while he lies on the road, they let out a sigh of
relief when they see him slightly move and are relieved to
see that he is alive. Titus then looks toward the front of
the passenger side and looks straight at HELIUS. Helius
stares back at Titus with his large almond shaped reflective
eyes. Titus reaches into his center compartment and grabs a
hand gun. Danella looks at the gun and then looks up at
Titus.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Stay here.
                                                            
                       DANELLA
Be careful.
                                                            
Titus opens the vertical door and steps out he begins to
fire his gun at the alien while making his way around the
car as it walks at Amos. One bullet ricochets off of Helius,
Amos turns his head and looks at Titus, the alien aims a rod
shaped weapon at Titus. The rod shoots a blue burst of light
from the tip at Titus. The short beam of light breaks
through the front windshield and continues flying toward
Titus out of the driver doorway, Titus turns away just in
time so the beam of light narrowly misses his torso. Titus
looks at his down and sees that the light burned through his
shirt as it grazed his clothes but missed his body, when he
looks up the alien is gone. Titus runs toward Amos, drops to
one knee, and lifts his face shield.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Bro, are you okay?
                                                            
Amos opens his eyes in pain, and then laughs letting Titus
know that he is okay.
                                                            

56.

                       AMOS
I just fell off of a moving car,
what do you think?
                                                            
                       TITUS
So, yes?
                                                            
Amos knocks on his chest letting Titus know that he is
wearing his riding jacket made of Kevlar.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Kevlar jacket, yeah I'll live.
                                                            
Titus helps Amos to his feet and dusts his shoulders off.
When Amos removes his helmet he stares passed Titus at
Danella. Amos' mouth slowly opens as he drops his helmet on
the street. Titus looks at Amos and immediately knows that
something is wrong, so he turns around to look at his car.
He sees that the burst of light that was shot from the
alien's weapon, narrowly missed him but broke through the
passenger's side window. His jaw trembles and eyes open wide
when he sees Danella slumped forward in the passenger seat
still strapped in. He quickly runs around to the passenger
side of the car and opens the door. He sees Danella a bloody
mess as the burst of light hit her directly in the face, and
nearly burned her beyond recognition. Titus immediately
tears up and unstraps Danella letting her body fall into his
arms.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Call for help!
                                                            
Titus knows that Danella is dead so he does not try to
revive her, he just holds her close, pushes his forehead
against what is left of hers and cries.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Oh God, please baby no.
                                                            
 
INT. ICON SOUTH BEACH, MIAMI - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
PENTHOUSE SUITE
                                                            
Santana pins Rhea against the wall, she turns her head to
the side letting him kiss her on the side of her neck. He
slides his hands down her sides and begins to slide her
dress up so he can remove her panties as she takes over and
kisses him on the lips. They pause and look eachother in the
eyes, his hands slowly slide down as he removes her
underwear when she rips Santana's shirt open. He picks her
up with ease and lays her on the bed and completely removes
his shirt as Rhea removes her panties as quickly as she can.

57.

She sits up and begins to unbuckle his belt when he hears
his phone ring. He looks at the nightstand where he has his
phone laying and then looks at Rhea, she stares back at him
and nods her head.
                                                            
                       RHEA
No
                                                            
He ignores the phone and lets the call go straight to his
voice-mail. Santana kisses Rhea as she unbuttons his pants
and begins to unzip them when his phone rings again. Santana
opens his eyes and looks at his phone out of the corner of
his eye, Rhea whispers to him while they kiss.
                                                            
                       RHEA
      (Whispers)
Turn it off.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Okay.
                                                            
Santana walks over to his phone while Rhea removes her
dress, he touches the screen on the phone to turn it off but
accidentally answers it as it rings again. He looks at the
screen and sees a picture of Amos as the caller. He sighs
and puts the phone to his ear.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
This better be an emergency.
                                                            
As she begins to remove her bra Rhea watches Santana's
expression quickly change as he hears the news about
Danella. She knows something is wrong so she leaves her bra
on and slides closer to Santana to try and listen to the
conversation.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Okay calm down, where are you at?
                                                            
Santana takes a deep breath, holds the bridge of his nose
with his eyes closed as he thinks to himself and covers the
mouth piece of the phone with his thumb.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Get dressed, we have to go.
                                                            
Santana uncovers the mouth piece and starts to talk to Amos
as he sounds hysterical.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Okay don't do anything or talk to
anyone, we'll be right there.
                                                            

58.

Santana slides his phone closed and looks at Rhea as he
buttons up his pants. Rhea does not say a word she quickly
puts her clothes back on.
                                                            
 
EXT. INTERSTATE 95 - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
Two Florida highway patrol cars have the south bound side of
the road blocked as two emergency medical technicians have
Danella's body on a stretcher covered in a white sheet. Amos
is sitting on the hood of a highway patrol car shirtless as
a female E.M.T. is tending to the scrapes and minor cuts
that he received. He watches as the Highway patrol officer's
take measurements of the scene and photograph everything,
when Danella's stretcher crosses his field of view, he
closes his eyes when he sees that all of the blood is soaked
through the sheet on the facial area. Amos looks at Titus
standing near the edge if the highway looking at the night
sky and politely pulls away from the E.M.T. while she is
swabbing one of his cuts with alcohol.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Thanks, I will be fine.
                                                            
When the paramedics place Danella inside the ambulance they
turn off their flashing lights and pull away. As soon as the
ambulance leaves the scene Santana and Rhea drive up. Amos
sighs when he sees his parents step out, Santana walks up to
him first.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Get in the car
                                                            
Amos does not say a word he just watches as Rhea quickly
makes her way to Titus. Amos then walks straight to
Santana's car and sadly sits in the backseat. He watches
through the dark tinted window as Rhea stands next to Titus
holding him by the chin, when he suddenly breaks down and
leans his face on her shoulder crying. Rhea tries to wrap
her arms around him as she rubs his back trying to comfort
him. Santana looks around as firefighters arrive to clean up
the mess and exchange information with the highway officers.
Behind them a tow truck lowers it's flatbed ready to haul
away the wrecked car and motorcycle.
                                                            
 
INT. WAREHOUSE, AQUACULTURE DISTRICT - LATER
                                                            
A silver Peter-built tractor trailer is backed up against a
concrete loading dock with its trailer door open. The
tractor trailer is parked side by side with a smaller black
refrigerated truck with government license plates and hazmat
tags. SERGEANT MIRANDA ATENCIO is dressed in full tactical

59.

clothing with her gun strapped to her shoulder walking side
by side with NIKO. Niko is African American, always dressed
in flamboyant custom made clothing, with his hair pressed,
and equipped with a charismatic persona that makes one
forget how dangerous he truely can be. Miranda's team of
five agents have their eyes trained on all ten of Niko's
armed men as they stand along the walls looking at Miranda
and her team. Miranda and Niko pass next to twelve pallets
piled high with boxes of oranges. Miranda walks up to a
pallet and peeks closer inside at smaller boxes filled with
50/50 dissolving strips that are packed in the middle of the
boxes of oranges.
                                                            
                       NIKO
Nothing but the best 50/50 Miss
Miranda. Care to try a strip?
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
I don't do drugs.
                                                            
                       NIKO
Drugs get you high, 50/50 takes
you on a euphoric trip, you know
like an adventure.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
Hmm, You're strippin' right now,
aren't you?
                                                            
                       NIKO
Strippin' cause it's a trip on a
strip. You're funny, now imagine
how hilarious you would be if you
joined me on my level.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
Yeah I'm a real comedian, now come
on let's get on with business.
                                                            
                       NIKO
Come on Miss Miranda lighten up,
If I had a cake job like yours I
would enjoy it.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
I do enjoy my job, whenever I get
to do what's right, not when I am
forced to negotiate with... the
bad guy.
                                                            
                       NIKO
      (Scoffs)
Please Miss Miranda I bet you have
killed more people than I have,
            (MORE)

60.

                       NIKO (cont'd)
and you sleep comfortably in a
bigger bed afterward. Am I right?
                                                            
Miranda stares at Niko with hatred as he reads her body
language.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
You are one sentence away from
turning this business deal into a
bust.
                                                            
                       NIKO
Your boss would not be very happy
if you did. He needs my money to
fund his little research team. You
know the ones that be looking for
little green men or whatever.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
What are you talking about?
                                                            
                       NIKO
We talk more than just business
Miss Miranda, I tell him he is
wasting time and money, you know
what I say to him about the little
green men?
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
No, and I really don't care.
                                                            
                       NIKO
I tell him he will never find them
because they do not exist, he is
better off looking for... I don't
know, leprechauns?
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
I wish I knew what you were
talking about. Now hand over the
money and you can go catch the
Chupacabra for all I care.
                                                            
                       NIKO
He also talks about you Miss
Miranda.
                                                            
Miranda goes from meaning business to curiousity. She looks
him in the eyes, Niko smiles and goes on knowing that she
wants to know what he has to say.
                                                            

61.

                       NIKO
Sometimes you scare him.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
I scare Santana? Not likely.
                                                            
                       NIKO
Not physically, but mentally. He
is unsure of where you stand.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
Bull shit, he knows my allegiance
is to him.
                                                            
                       NIKO
The other night, he asked my
advice on what to do with you. You
know far too much just to be...
let go.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
And what was your reply?
                                                            
Niko just smiles and then points his finger at her like a
gun and moves his thumb pretending like it is the hammer to
the gun. He imitates the sound of a gun firing a single
bullet. He blows the invisible smoke and puts his hand down
as if he is holstering his weapon.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
Wrong answer Niko.
                                                            
Miranda quickly lifts her AR-15 and points it at Niko's
forehead. His eyes open wide and she squeezes the trigger
firing 13 bullets inbetween his eyes. Her team immediately
shoots all ten of his men giving them almost no reaction
time. Miranda turns around to her team and smiles.
                                                            
 
INT. AMOS AND TITUS' HOME - MORNING
                                                            
Amos' alarm is buzzing, he slowly opens his eyes, unwraps
himself from his blanket, and reaches to turn it off. He
rolls over and sees a picture of himself wearing a
cone-shaped birthday hat that says "21" on it. Titus and
Danella have their arms wrapped around him toasting with
shot glasses at the bar of a club. He looks at it and
focuses on Danella and smiles at the good time they were
having back then. Amos nods his head sadly as reality sets
in on him, he gets up, walks out of his bedroom, and into
the living room. He peeks in looking to see if Titus is
there when he sees that the living room is empty he walks
over to Titus' bedroom and knocks on the door. After there

62.

is no answer he lets himself in and looks around, he then
looks toward Titus' restroom. When he notices that he is not
in there Amos begins to worry.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (To himself)
Damn it Titus, please don't tell
me you're that stupid.
                                                            
Amos opens up the dresser door where he knows Titus keeps
his gun box, he opens the box and sees that it is empty.
Amos tosses the box back in the drawer and runs his hands
through his hair.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (To himself)
Shit... you are!
                                                            
Amos runs to his bedroom and throws on a pair of jeans and a
muscle shirt. He grabs his pager and his gun box from his
dresser drawer and pulls out his XD 40. He releases the
gun's full magazine and leaves it in the gun box. Amos racks
the gun to make sure it is empty then grabs a different
magazine full of green bullet-sized darts and inserts it in
his gun. He slides the gun into his waistband, puts his
shoes on before he runs down the hallway, bypassing the
elevator using the emergency stair case to get to the
garage. As soon as he opens the door to the garage his pager
goes off, he pauses to read the message.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (To himself)
Son of a bitch!
                                                            
Amos hooks the pager to his waistband and runs to the
fastest motorcycle that they own, on his way he grabs a
riding jacket hanging on the wall and shouts orders at the
automated garage doors.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Yells)
Door open!
                                                            
Amos grabs a black helmet off of the seat of the silver
Viper 6 motorcycle. As soon as he turns it on he closes the
face-shield on the helmet and speeds up the ramp. When he
pulls back on the motorcycles accelerator to go down the
driveway the motorcycle jerks forward lifting the front tire
off of the ground almost throwing Amos off. Freddy the
security guard knows about the page and already has the gate
opened for him. Amos speeds down the private driveway at 80
miles per hour. As soon as he reaches the public
intersection Eddie crosses his path on his own motorcycle as

63.

he too is answering the S.C.T. page. Amos turns to get on
the street and accelerates so fast that he passes Eddie in
seconds riding over 100 miles per hour in a 30 miles per
hour zone weaving in and out of traffic. Amos looks at his
speedometer as it reads 125 miles per hour he cuts Eddie off
to avoid traffic. A couple blocks ahead a Miami police
officer is parked on the side of the road with his radar on
as he waits for speeders. His radar beeps and reads 185
miles per hour, he looks forward not seeing anything he
thinks that his radar is malfunctioning. As he is about to
check his radar it beeps again as he is looking at traffic
and sees Eddie speed by he looks at the radar as it says 170
miles per hour. The officer immediately turns on his lights
and sirens and speeds up to the stop sign, when he looks to
his right the two motorcycles are nowhere in sight. She
decides not to pursue turning off the lights and sirens,
instead she joins the traffic to go on patrol.
                                                            
 
INT. S.C.T. BASE - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
MAIN ENTRY HALLWAY
                                                            
Titus is passed the front desk and has made it close to the
hallway that leads downstairs to the vault where Richter is
being held. Once he turns and takes a few steps a large
clear door made of bullet proof glass falls behind him and
locks, he looks back and knows that Jonny is closing the
doors from the main entry station. Titus starts running to
make it passed the next door before it shuts, but the door
falls in place locking in front of him. Titus hits the door
in a futile attempt to break the bullet proof glass. Titus
looks at the keypad on the wall and inputs his code but the
small screen reads "Invalid Code" Titus looks up at the
security camera.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Grinning)
I see you got up, you better open
it up or I will go back and knock
your bitch-ass out again.
                                                            
MAIN ENTRY
                                                            
Jonny is hanging on to the computer desk holding his eye in
pain, he looks at the monitor that shows Titus, and presses
a button that allows him to talk back to Titus through the
intercom.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Fuck you Titus!
                                                            

64.

Jonny presses another button activating the fire alarm
causing the sprinkler system to go off spraying water all
over the hallway. Titus screams in anger and pulls out his
gun, he shoots the camera causing Jonny's screen to show
"Signal Lost" Jonny pulls up a map of the building and
touches a camera icon nearest Titus that shows Titus from a
distance. He sees Titus inputting a code on the keypad again
and nods his head. To Jonny's surprise the door slowly
opens, He sees Titus duck under the door and run down the
hallway that is filled with five inches of water. Jonny
looks at his screen that says "Door Accessed by Agent A. De
La Paz" Jonny nods his head and puts in another code that
will lock out Amos' code and close the last door however
Titus is already passed it. Titus looks up at the camera and
flips Jonny off. Jonny switches camera views and sees Titus
run up to the vault but Jonny inputs another code to try and
stop Titus.
                                                            
VAULT CELL ROOM
                                                            
Titus inputs Amos' code however this time the small screen
reads "Base Locked Down No Entry"
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Screams)
Ah! You son of a bitch!
                                                            
Titus pulls out his gun and aims it at the keypad when he
hears the vault's inner locks pop open. Titus cautiously
steps forward with his gun drawn wondering what is going on.
                                                            
MAIN ENTRY
                                                            
Jonny sees the vault door open on the computer screen, when
he is about to try and find a different camera with a better
angle all of the monitors on the screen go black and show
"Signal Lost". Jonny looks around confused.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (To himself)
What in the hell?
                                                            
Jonny pulls up the map of the base that shows where every
camera on the base is. He sees that there is a red "X" on
every camera icon, when he presses one of the icons a small
message pops up next to it saying "Off-line".
                                                            
VAULT CELL ROOM
                                                            
Titus pulls the door open and stares into the darkness when
he sees the glare of Richter's eyes staring back at him.
                                                            

65.

                       RICHTER
Agent De La Paz, to what do I owe
this visitation?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I don't know how you get revenge
on your fucked up planet, but here
you hurt the one who wronged you
not the ones they love.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
I prefer emotional damage,
physical pain can be temporary.
Although it was not I who caused
last night's accident I will
cherish your emotions for a
lifetime.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Well, your lifetime is about to
come to an abrupt end.
                                                            
Titus aims his gun at Richter and pauses for a moment
thinking about the consequences his actions will bring when
Richter interrupts his thought process.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Are you going to squeeze that
trigger or just stand there and
picture the white blood soaked
sheets that covered your precious
Danella as they hauled her corpse
away?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I thought you said it wasn't you.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
I can see whatever you think of in
the same vivid detail that will
haunt you for the rest of your
life.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Right, you're a mind-reader, than
you must know that I am about to
kill you.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
I doubt that in the highest, you
see one thing I do know is that
you cannot stand it when the
villian in a movie gives a
monologue opposed to simply
            (MORE)

66.

                       RICHTER (cont'd)
killing the hero when he clearly
has the opportunity to do so.
                                                            
                       TITUS
So? Lots of people hate that.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
True, however most people never
get the chance to prove that they
would do different yet here we are
and so far you have not done
anything different.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Shut up!
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Maybe you need a little
motivation.
                                                            
Titus watches in surprise as Richter slowly stands up
snapping his steel restraints with ease. He quickly reaches
forward, grabs Titus by the neck and pulls him close. Titus
drops his weapon and hangs on to Richter's wrist trying to
loosen his grip before he passes out.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Choking)
Fuck-you...
                                                            
Richter swings Titus up and lets him go making him hit his
neck and upper back on the ceiling. Titus falls onto his
hands and knees in front of Richter and looks up at him,
Richter extends his leg and kicks Titus in the torso
throwing him across the room slamming him against the
opposite wall.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
You are not so elite without your
weapon, are you?
                                                            
                       TITUS
On the contrary, the weapons that
you think make me elite, slow me
down.
                                                            
Titus stands up and runs at Richter with his fist tightened,
knowing that Richter can anticipate his every move he
changes his mind at the last moment and drops backward to
the floor using his momentum to kick Richter in the knee
with a baseball slide. Richter falls to one knee, when he
looks up he sees Titus jump over him and hang on to his

67.

neck. Titus punches the soft spot on the back of Richter's
head over and over until he falls to both knees. Titus uses
his weight and pulls Richter backward bending Richter's
spine against his knee. Richter's eyes open wide when he
reads Titus mind and sees him reach into his pocket and pull
out a blade. Titus quickly swings the blade in a stabbing
motion at Richter's soft spot when Richter covers his head
with his hand letting the blade stab through the palm of his
hand. Richter swings Titus over his shoulder slamming him on
the floor, he stands up and lifts his leg up to stomp on
Titus when Titus pulls out a double edged dagger from his
wrist band and lets Richter stomp on it. Richter screams
when he sees the blade come through the top of his foot, He
realizes the dagger has a blade on the end and takes the
pain as he pushes down harder with his foot. Richter removes
the blade from his palm and throws it at Titus cutting him
on the shoulder, Richter smiles as he squeezes his palm over
Titus' wound letting his blue blood seep into Titus. The
blood from Richter's foot runs down the blade and it's
handle causing Titus to lose his grip. Titus tries to move
out of the way when the blade slices his jugular vein. Titus
kicks and screams in pain, panicking because he knows that
his wound is fatal. He holds his neck with his blue
blood-soaked hands looking around to see what he can do to
stop his profuse bleeding. He sees Richter remove the dagger
covered in his blue blood from his foot, Richter throws the
blade and watches as his foot heals. Titus starts to calm
down when his pain fades away, confused he looks at his
hands that are covered in purple blood as his red blood has
mixed with Richter's blue blood. He feels his neck as all
that is left of his wound are purple blood stains, he looks
at Richter scared and confused.
                                                            
                       TITUS
What, what did you do?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Consider it a gift.
                                                            
                       TITUS
What? What the fuck have you done
to me?
                                                            
Richter looks at him and walks out of the room leaving Titus
with no answer.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Answer me damn it!
                                                            
Richter closes the door with his telekinetic abilities
leaving Titus alone and scared in the dark.
                                                            
OUTSIDE
                                                            

68.

Amos rides his motorcycle up to the front gate entrance, to
his surprise the fire alarm is blaring. Amos pauses for a
moment until he realizes that the security gate is open.
Amos nods his head knowing that something is wrong so he
speeds on to the front parking lot, followed by Eddie who is
just arriving on his motorcycle. When they get closer they
see the front automatic steel door is already opened. Amos
and Eddie quickly jump off of their motorcycles and run
toward the front door crouching down on opposite sides of
the doorway leaning against the red brick walls. Eddie is in
full black tactical gear only armed with his .45 caliber
handgun, he looks at Amos as Amos is only dressed in his
street clothes wearing no protective armor, they have to
yell just to hear eachother over the fire alarm to
communicate.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Where is your shit at man?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Didn't need it, it's just a slight
breach of security.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
News flash there is no such thing
as a slight breach of security
here. Anyone who enters, enters
witha fuckin' purpose!
                                                            
                       AMOS
It's just Titus, he's having a bad
day, so if you absolutely must
shoot, shoot to stop not kill.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
I will try, but if he aims at my
skull I'm blowing his apart.
                                                            
                       AMOS
With that little thing, you'll
barely cause a dent.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
It's what I had within quick reach
when I got the page.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Yeah well when we get inside
exchange it for a real gun, ready?
We go in on three...
                                                            
They both chamber a round in their guns and tactically take
a quick peak inside.
                                                            

69.

                       AMOS
One, two...
                                                            
They hear a loud sonic boom crash in the sky above them,
they both look up and see a blue cacoon like object with a
white comet-like tail enter the Earth's atmosphere at a high
rate of speed. When they see that the metallic cacoon is
heading directly at them, the only reaction they have is to
close their eyes and brace themselves for the impact. The
object crashes into the parking lot only fifty yards away,
blows cold air at them, throwing them back against the brick
wall, and covers them in frost and fine black asphalt powder
made from the parking lot. When they both open their eyes
they see a large metallic humanoid figure nine feet tall
step out of the crater it created on impact. It looks around
completely ignoring them until Eddie looks around, picks up
his gun that he dropped when he and Amos were blown
backwards. He takes a single shot at the creature but the
bullet has no affect, it simply ricochets off of him.
However the bullet does get his attention and immediately
identifies them as a threat. It aims its arm at them as it
begins to glow a bright blue color making a noise like a
turbine engine as it charges.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Oh shit!
                                                            
They do not say a word to each other, they both
instinctively know it is a weapon, and dive out of its path.
They quickly run around to the other side of the building
that is slightly on a hill. They lean against the wall
trying to stay out of the view when a blue beam of energy
flies out of the creatures hand, and hits the building
causing it to shake. The beam of energy creates a large hole
where the door once was. Everything but the sound of their
breathing goes quiet, the loud wail of the siren appears to
have turned off while their ears are ringing. For a moment
they look at each other scared as they mouth words unable to
hear eachother speak. After a minute their hearing comes
back.
                                                            
                       AMOS
We have to get inside and get to
Jonny, look to see if it's still
there.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
I don't hear anything.
                                                            
                       AMOS
No shit, that's why I said look.
                                                            

70.

                       EDDIE
Why do I have to look? You look!
                                                            
                       AMOS
You have to look because it was
your dumb-ass that shot at it with
your pea-shooter!
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Fine, I'll look!
                                                            
As Eddie is about to peak around the corner they both hear
the static of his radio attached to his duty belt. They hear
Jonny on the other end of the channel.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Wait, you had you're radio this
entire time?
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Yeah, why?
                                                            
Amos snatches the radio from Eddies belt to try and see if
he can make contact with Jonny.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Isla, do you copy?
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Over radio)
Amos is that you?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Yeah, what's the status inside?
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Over radio)
Titus is here somewhere, I lost
track of him, but I think he might
have let Richter out, I'm not
sure. I hear a lot of commotion
coming from the elevator shaft. I
can't verify anything all of the
security cameras are out.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Are you at the main consule?
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Over radio)
Yes
                                                            

71.

                       AMOS
Listen, get under the desk and
wait for us, we're coming, do you
copy?
                                                            
Jonny is crouched under the desk when he hears the metalic
humanoid creature walking on the otherside of the desk. He
holds the button down so Amos cannot transmit through.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Whispers)
Shh, I hear something walking
around on the other side of the
desk.
                                                            
Amos and Eddie listen as Jonny breathes heavy in fear. Jonny
feels his side for his gun, when he feels that the holster
is empty he looks down to confirm that his gun is missing.
                                                            
MAIN ENTRY
                                                            
Right at that moment the security doors inside come flying
off of the heavy-duty hinges, the sprinkler system goes off
along with the fire alarm. The fire alarm is replaced with a
loud buzzing siren just as loud that sounds in intervals.
Jonny looks over the computer desk and sees Richter about to
make his way down the hall, he quickly ducks down behind the
desk.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Fuck, it's Richter.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Over radio)
Where?
                                                            
OUTSIDE
                                                            
Glass and shards of metal near Jonny blow out of the hole
where the front door once stood next to Amos and Eddie.
Eddie points his finger over Amos' shoulder.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
There!
                                                            
Eddie looks beyond the first gate as all of the other agents
begin to arrive in their vehicles. They jump out of their
vehicles, open the trunks and hand out their high powered
weapons quickly taking cover behind the vehicles. They all
pause for a moment when they see Lord Richter meet with the
metallic humanoid in front of the building.
                                                            

72.

                       JOSH
What in the hell is that?
                                                            
                       BLAZE
I don't know, but it's about to be
blown into pieces.
                                                            
As all of the other agents take aim, Lord Richter leaps into
the air and the metallic being jumps into the air with him
wrapping the both of them in a protective metal cocoon and
speeds into the air causing another sonic boom. The two
beings disappear leaving the Earth's atmosphere faster than
any man-made aircraft. Eddie stares at the sky with his
mouth opened, he slowly turns and looks at Amos.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Your dad is gonna be so pissed...
                                                            
 
EXT. SANTANA'S BEACH-FRONT CABANA - AFTERNOON
                                                            
OUTSIDE
                                                            
A silver Mercedes Benz convertible pulls up along side of
the street curb, Miranda steps out dressed in civilian
clothes. Miranda walks around her car, leans over, grabs a
black leather folder off of the passenger seat and walks
toward the house. She takes a step onto the porch when
Santana's two guards stop her from entering, GUARD 1 leans
back and shouts into the house.
                                                            
                       GUARD 1
      (Shouts)
Santana, Miranda is here to see
you!
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Let her in, I am expecting her!
                                                            
SANTANA'S OFFICE
                                                            
Miranda walks into Santana's office that has no door, she
stands at the doorway with her arms crossed in front of her
while holding the black leather folder in her hand. Santana
leans back in his chair with his hands clasped behind his
head, he looks down at the folder and looks at Miranda.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Come in, have a seat.
                                                            

73.

                       MIRANDA
I already made the deposit into
the account, here is the bank
receipt.
                                                            
Miranda lays the black leather folder on the desk, Santana
just looks at it and then looks at her face noticing that
she is antsy.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Have a seat.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
Actually I have a thing, I have
to...
                                                            
                       SANTANA
If my assistant is not mistaken I
believe we had a meeting scheduled
for today.
                                                            
Miranda knows about the meeting but is nervous about what
Niko told her last night, and is scared so she pretends that
she is barely remembering about the meeting.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
A meeting? Oh that's right, about
the team thing, now I remember.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Yes the Situation Control Team
thing.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
Well I changed my mind about...
                                                            
Santana stops her by putting his fingers up to her signaling
for her to be quiet.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Before we get started, usually
after our little deals my friend
Niko likes to chit chat about this
and that. Only this time he did
not call me. Did he say anything
to you?
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
Yeah Niko, about him. He's dead.
                                                            
Miranda stays looking at Santana expecting him to be upset,
instead he just keeps his mouth closed and stares back at
her. The silence makes her nervous causing her to talk more.
                                                            

74.

                       MIRANDA
I killed him.
                                                            
Santana leans forward with his hands on his desk.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
May I inquire on why you killed my
business associate?
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
I don't know, something about him
seemed a little off last night. I
had a bad gut feeling about him
Sir.
                                                            
Santana stands up and slowly makes his way around the desk.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
So you shot and killed a man
because you had a gut feeling
about him. May I ask what this gut
feeling was telling you?
                                                            
Miranda stays quiet for a moment looking at Santana with a
worried expression.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
      (Shaky voice)
It told me not to trust him.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
That's funny, you see Niko and I,
we were having a similar
conversation about trust not to
long ago. You know what he told me
to do with people that I do not
trust?
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
      (Shaky voice)
He told you to... kill 'em.
                                                            
Miranda swallows a knot in her throat keeping her eyes
trained on Santana's hands fearing that he might try to
cause her harm.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Exactly. You're gut instinct told
you to kill him, you naturally did
what I had to discuss with him, I
like that.
                                                            

75.

Santana looks down at his hands to make sure that Miranda
sees they are empty by moving them when he talks and walks
around her.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
The other day you made a comment
about being a loud talker. For
some reason that bothered me. I
felt as if it was some kind of a
threat. You know, if I did not let
you on the S.C.T. you would run
your loud mouth to the public
about us.
                                                            
Miranda takes a couple of steps away from Santana.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
      (Shaky voice)
Sir, I can assure you I did not
mean anything by that. I literally
tend to speak in a loud manner.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I have a gut feeling now, do you
want to know what it is telling
me?
                                                            
Miranda takes another step back and nods her head up and
down while trying not to show fear even though she knows
what is going to happen next.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
It is telling me not to trust...
      (Points at her)
You.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
      (Shaky voice)
Sir I am sorry about Niko, I swear
to you I will never say a word.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
We both know what is going to
happen next, don't we?
                                                            
Miranda has a tear running down her cheek as she nods at
him.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Tell you what, you are a trained
soldier, I will give you a chance.
On three we both draw, one...
                                                            

76.

                       MIRANDA
      (Shaky voice)
I didn't bring my weapon.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Two...
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
      (Shaky voice)
Sir I don't have a gun! Just give
me a chance, this is not fair!
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Life is not fair, Three.
                                                            
As Santana draws his weapon, Miranda grabs the gun by the
slider, she tries to twist it out from Santana's grip. The
gun goes off a split second before she can disarm him
sending a bullet into her chest. Miranda flies backward into
the door way breaking a piece of the door frame off. Her
eyes close as she slides down to the floor in a sitting
position with blood coming out of her chest. Santana takes a
step over her outstretched leg with his gun at his side,
Miranda opens her eyes, quietly pulling out a throwing knife
from her pocket. Miranda stabs the knife into his hand
making him drop his gun. Before Guard 1 can react she grabs
Santana's gun from the floor, rolls on her stomach and
shoots the guard in the head from inbetween Santana's legs.
Santana drops to his knees holding his hand looking at the
blade as it protrudes from his palm.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (In pain)
How in the hell?
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
Splatter vest
                                                            
Miranda lifts her shirt part way showing Santana a thin
bullet proof undershirt that is equipped with small pockets
filled with fake blood. Santana yells when Miranda bends
over and pulls the blade out of his hand and throws it
toward the door as Guard 2 steps in with his gun in hand
stabbing him inbetween the eyes. Miranda quickly jumps to
her feet and looks down at Santana pointing the gun at his
face. Santana smiles when he sees that the slide of the gun
is locked back because it is out of ammunition.
                                                            
                       MIRANDA
      (Suprised)
Two bullets?
                                                            

77.

Miranda pulls out another throwing knife from her pocket,
throws it at Santana stabbing him in the chest, and runs to
the front door. As she is about to exit she is shot from her
right side in the neck by a silenced gun. She hits the front
doorway with her left shoulder and falls to the floor
holding her neck as it bleeds profusely. Santana smiles when
he sees Jenny walk in with a gun equipped with a silencer in
her hand. Santana stands up with a smile watching Jenny
calmly step over Miranda as she struggles to breath. Jenny
aims the gun at Miranda's forehead to end her suffering when
Santana stops her.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Yells)
No!
                                                            
Jenny looks at Santana with concern for Miranda's suffering,
and slowly removes her finger from the trigger. Miranda
looks up at Jenny with tears rolling from her eyes, and
blood spitting out of her mouth as she is making light
gurgling noises. Santana removes his shirt, rips a piece off
and wraps it around his injured hand.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (To Jenny)
No, let her suffer.
                                                            
Jenny can see in Miranda's eyes that she would welcome the
bullet to end her suffering, however her loyalty is to
Santana so she lowers the gun to her side. She steps over
Miranda leaving her to choke on her own blood.
                                                            
                       JENNY
      (Mouths words)
I'm Sorry
                                                            
Santana pulls the knife from his chest making the splatter
vest leak out a small amount of fake blood. Santana looks at
his hand that is wrapped with his shirt and closes his eyes
holding in his pain.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (To Miranda)
You aren't the only one who wears
a splatter vest.
                                                            
Santana drops the knife on the floor still holding his hand
in pain when his phone rings. He looks at the phone as it
has Amos' picture and slides it open.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Over phone)
Dad we have a slight problem, well
not so much a problem, more like a
            (MORE)

78.

                       AMOS (cont'd)
snag.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Does this concern Titus?
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Over phone)
Kinda but not really, I mean he
did get pretty banged up doing
something stupid, but he will be
fine.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Amos what is the damn problem?
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Over phone)
Richter escaped with the aid of
another E.T.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I'll be right there.
                                                            
Jenny pulls out her pink diamond studded business cellphone
as Santana closes his phone and dusts himself off.
                                                            
                       JENNY
Yeah it's me, listen we need a
clean up at the cabana. Three of
them, yeah pretty messy. Thanks.
                                                            
Santana walks to the restroom removing the shirt he has
wrapped around his hand. Jenny runs ahead and grabs the
first aid kit from a bottom cabinet, and searches for the
laser pen as Santana removes his bullet proof splatter vest
that saved his life. After Santana throws it into the
bathtub Jenny hands him a small pen, he turns it on and runs
it over the knife wound watching it heal his cut using a
small red laser. Jenny watches curiously as Santana breaths
heavily holding in the burning pain.
                                                            
 
EXT. S.C.T. BASE - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
PRIVATE DRIVE
                                                            
A firetruck, ambulance, and a police car are lined up at the
front chain-link gates. Josh and Blaze stand in front of the
firetruck.
                                                            

79.

                       BLAZE
Stay standing right here so they
don't pass, I'll be right back.
                                                            
                       JOSH
No prob.
                                                            
Blaze walks up to the driver window of the firetruck and
stands on the sidestep so he can talk to the driver.
                                                            
                       BLAZE
look I don't know who called you,
but you might want to check the
I.D. cause everything is fine
here.
                                                            
                       FIRE CHIEF
We received the call from a hunter
out in the woods back there.
                                                            
The FIRE CHIEF points to the small wooded area behind the
S.C.T. Base.
                                                            
                       FIRE CHIEF
He said he heard what sounded like
an explosion.
                                                            
                       BLAZE
Oh that, that was just a drill we
were performing earlier. Real life
scenarios, no better way to trane,
you never know what can happen
this day and age, right?
                                                            
                       FIRE CHIEF
Of course, however we are still
required to investigate all calls.
                                                            
                       BLAZE
Excuse me for a minute, I'll be
right back.
                                                            
Blaze steps off of the side steps and walks back to Josh.
                                                            
                       BLAZE
Fire Chief says a hunter made the
call. If he heard something,
chances are he also might have
seen something.
                                                            

80.

                       JOSH
Alright, looks like someone is
going to have a little hunting
accident.
                                                            
                       BLAZE
Take Eddie with you.
                                                            
Josh goes and whispers into Eddies ear while he stands at
the gates looking at the emergency response vehicles. they
both take off running toward the wooded area behind the
base. Inside the firetruck the FIRE FIGHTER in the passenger
seat notices a sign that has a skull with crossbones.
                                                            
                       FIRE FIGHTER
What exactly is this place?
                                                            
                       FIRE CHIEF
He said they were running drills,
they look military.
                                                            
                       FIRE FIGHTER
Every time I seen it off of the
highway, I thought it was some
kind of school or something.
                                                            
                       FIRE CHIEF
I don't know, but something about
these guys just don't sit right
with me.
                                                            
Under the picture of the skull and crossbones in red
lettering reads "NO TRESPASSING use of DEADLY FORCE is
Authorized."
                                                            
                       FIRE FIGHTER
Look, check that sign out!
                                                            
                       FIRE CHIEF
Okay I think his story is legit,
let's just get the hell out of
here.
                                                            
Blaze begins to walk up to the firetruck when he sees the
Fire Chief talk into his radio. The Fire Chief looks at
Blaze and salutes him as he begins to make a large U-Turn.
The ambulance and police car immediately follow behind.
Blaze just pauses and smiles as they leave.
                                                            
                       BLAZE
Smart man.
                                                            
WOODED AREA BEHIND BASE
                                                            

81.

Josh and Eddie are running through the wooded area searching
for the HUNTER. They pause in between some trees and look
around when they see a heavier set man in his early fifties
dressed in camouflage wearing a bright orange vest standing
out a few yards away looking in the opposite direction
through the scope of his rifle. Josh taps Eddie on the arm
and points at the hunter, they both make their way toward
the man.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Excuse us, Sir?
                                                            
                       HUNTER
How can I help you gentlemen?
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Afternoon, I am Deputy Johnson and
this is my partner Deputy
Richards, we are with the Dade
County Sheriff's Department.
                                                            
The Hunter looks at Eddie and Josh up and down as they are
dressed in their tactical gear. He then looks at their AR-15
strapped around their shoulders and swallows a knot in his
throat. In the back of his mind he knows that they are not
with the Dade County Sheriff's Department.
                                                            
                       HUNTER
I see, how may I help you
deputies?
                                                            
                       EDDIE
We understand that you reported
hearing some type of explosion
earlier, is that correct?
                                                            
                       HUNTER
No, no, I don't know what you are
talking about.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
That's funny, G.P.S. pin pointed
your location via your cellphone.
                                                            
                       JOSH
Did you know that it is a felony
to lie to a police officer?
                                                            
                       HUNTER
Police officer? I thought you were
sheriff's deputies.
                                                            

82.

Josh pauses and looks at Eddie realizing that they are
caught in their lie.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
It's a felony to falsify
information to any and all law
enforcement officials, Sir.
                                                            
                       HUNTER
I do not believe you boys belong
to any law enforcement agency. May
I see some credentials before we
move on?
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Certainly
                                                            
Eddie rips open his Velcro chest pocket and reaches inside.
He pulls out a short barrel handgun and pushes it against
the Hunter's forehead. The Hunter is forced to take two
steps back until he bumps into a tree. Josh quickly snatches
the Hunter's shotgun from his hand.
                                                            
                       JOSH
Edward, tomorrows obituary if you
will...
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Fat old fuck commits suicide in
woods.
                                                            
Josh looks at the Hunter's body up and down.
                                                            
                       JOSH
Wow, a little harsh don't you
think? I mean he's not really that
fat.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Well he's definately not fit.
                                                            
                       JOSH
Yeah, but really how many people
are these days?
                                                            
                       EDDIE
True...
      (To the Hunter)
I take that back Sir according to
my constituent you indeed are not
that fat.
                                                            

83.

                       JOSH
Constituent?
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Yeah, is something wrong?
                                                            
                       JOSH
No, I just don't think constituent
is the word you're looking for.
                                                            
Eddie continues keeping his eyes and concentration on the
Hunter while arguing with Josh.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Constituent means a part of
something, doesn't it?
                                                            
                       JOSH
Something like that, yeah.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
So what, I'm in this partnership
alone? You don't want to be a part
of it anymore?
                                                            
                       JOSH
Partners 'til death bro, but I
just don't think constituent is
the word.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Okay you're right I'm wrong. Now
can we get back to the matter at
hand, partner?
                                                            
                       JOSH
Now that you have admitted you're
wrong, yes we can.
                                                            
Once Eddie places his finger back on the trigger Josh clears
his throat to get Eddie's attention.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
What is it?
                                                            
                       JOSH
And old? come on he's probably
like fifty.
      (To the Hunter)
How old are you Sir?
                                                            

84.

                       HUNTER
      (Scared)
Um.. fifty-two?
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Fifty-two with a question mark or
fifty-two with a period? You sound
unsure.
                                                            
                       HUNTER
      (Scared)
I'm fifty two!
                                                            
                       EDDIE
      (Laughs)
Ah, fifty-two with an exclamation
point, that's much better.
                                                            
                       JOSH
See he's barely fifty-two, my
dad's sixty.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
      (Sighs)
Once again I recant my statment
Sir, you are apparently not that
old. According to Josh his father
is older than yourself.
                                                            
                       HUNTER
      (Crying)
Oh Jesus I didn't hear his name!
      (To Josh)
I don't know your name! I didn't
hear a thing, please don't kill
me.
                                                            
                       JOSH
I'm not the one holding the gun.
                                                            
Eddie pulls his gun away from the man's forehead, lets it
hang on his finger, and slips it into his vest again. He
smiles and puts his hand out so Josh can give him the man's
shotgun. The Hunter sighs with relief when he sees Eddie
empty the bullets out of his shotgun.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Just fucking with you, here's your
gun back.
                                                            
Eddie hands the hunter the gun letting the shotgun barrel
swing at his face. The Hunter backs away.
                                                            

85.

                       HUNTER
Whoa!
                                                            
                       EDDIE
What's wrong?
                                                            
                       HUNTER
You pointed the barrel at my face.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
It's okay you saw me empty the
bullets right?
                                                            
                       HUNTER
All but one.
                                                            
As the Hunter finishes his sentence he realize Eddie
purposely left the single round in the shotgun. Eddie grins
at the Hunter as he throws the gun up sliding his hand from
the barrel of the gun to the trigger guard. He lets the
barrel lean into the Hunter, just as it touches the bottom
of his chin Eddie squeezes the trigger. Eddie squints as
brain matter explodes from the top of the man's skull and
splashes droplets of blood on his face. The Hunter's body
falls back against the tree and lands in a sitting position
with what's left of his head slouched forward. Eddie lets
the gun touch the ground and lets it fall between the
Hunter's legs. Josh takes the shotgun and places the barell
near where the man's chin should be. Josh grabs the man's
hand and places his hand on the gun trying to make it look
like the man shot himself.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
How does heavy set, not so old,
hunter is killed in woods work for
you?
                                                            
                       JOSH
      (Laughs)
Had you thought of that the first
time we could have been done with
this a long time ago. Now let's
just get back to the base.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
And get our asses handed to us by
Santana?
                                                            
                       JOSH
Yeah almost forgot about that.
What do you say we walk really
slow?
                                                            

86.

                       EDDIE
Sounds like a plan.
                                                            
Josh and Eddie and begin to walk up to the small hill toward
the base, all the while joking with each other in an effort
to kill time.
                                                            
                       JOSH
So, Johnson and Richards huh?
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Yeah.
                                                            
                       JOSH
Next time I get to pick the names.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
What, you don't like the names I
made up?
                                                            
                       JOSH
You are aware of the fact that
Johnson has alway meant dick, and
the name Richard shortened, is
Dick, right?
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Whatever man, you are just jealous
that I am quicker at the improv
shit. I apologize for my brain
being quicker than yours.
                                                            
                       JOSH
Yeah leave it up to you to have
dick on the mind.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Ha, that's funny, coming from a
fag.
                                                            
BASEMENT
                                                            
Amos walks through the flooded hallway downstairs, he looks
at the damage done to the elevator and nods his head. he
looks around searching for Titus in the dark, only the flood
lights light up his path.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Titus!
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Faintly)
In here!
                                                            

87.

Amos quickly makes his way to the vault where he heard
Titus' faint voice come from. he swishes through six inches
of water to get to him. He opens the vault door to see Titus
laying on the floor with his head propped up against the
wall covered in purple blood. Titus only shifts his eyes to
look at Amos and then continues staring across the room at
the opposite wall.
                                                            
                       AMOS
What are you covered in?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I slipped and must have fell in
some...
                                                            
Titus is trying to think of what he could have fell in that
would look like the purple blood that is all over his neck,
chin, and shirt. Amos nods his head and finishes his
sentence for him.
                                                            
                       AMOS
In some what, purple Kool-Aid?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Yeah, something like that.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Are you alright?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I'll live.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Not after dad is done with you.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Man, fuck him.
                                                            
Titus' eyes open wide when he sees Santana's hands come from
outside and grab Amos by the shoulders. Santana pulls Amos
out of the vault making him back up slowly with his head
next to his ear.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Close the door on your way out and
wait about sixty-seconds before
you open it again, got it?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Yes Sir.
                                                            
As soon as the vault door closes and the inner locks snap
into place, Titus sits up against the wall and looks up at

88.

Santana with fear in his eyes. Santana just looks at him for
a while without saying one word.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Dad I'm sorry.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I'm sorry is all I ever hear from
you! Frankly I'm tired of those
damn words coming from your damn
mouth! "I'm sorry" does not mean
shit anymore Titus! What in the
hell were you thinking coming down
here anyway?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I, I...
                                                            
                       SANTANA
You weren't! Plain and fuckin'
simple. You were not thinking! Yup
know I have an election coming up,
it's bad enough what happened last
night, but now you go and pull
this shit?
                                                            
Santana walks up to Titus and offers him his hand to help
him stand up. Titus stares at Santana's hand for a moment
expecting for Santana to hit him. Santana raises his eyebrow
looking at Titus, Titus cautiously takes a hold of his hand
and lets Santana help him to his feet.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Now give me your gun.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Why?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
You are in no position to question
me, now hand it over.
                                                            
Titus looks around on the floor and spots his gun a few feet
away, he points it out to Santana.
                                                            
                       TITUS
It's over there on the floor.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Then go over there, pick it up,
and give it to me.
                                                            

89.

Titus quickly picks the gun up from the floor. He releases
the magazine, lets it fall to the floor, and pulls the slide
back letting the bullet fly out of the chamber. He leaves
the gun locked back and hands it to Santana. Santana looks
at the gun and smirks as he examines the gun and then
releases the slide forward.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Do you really think I'm going to
shoot you?
                                                            
                       TITUS
No, I...
                                                            
Santana quickly slaps Titus across the face with the gun
causing him to fall to the floor. Titus stays bent down and
touches his fingers to his lip, he sees the purple blood and
worries that Santana will see it. Titus closes his eyes and
licks his lip, stands back up to face Santana with one mark
to show.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
You embarass me.
                                                            
The vaults inner locks pop open as Amos opens it from the
outside, he watches Santana walk out passed him. Santana
looks back at Titus as he stands with his head hung low.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, OUTER SPACE - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
AIRCRAFT HANGER
                                                            
Three hundred miles above the Earth's surface hovers a large
disc shaped silver spacecraft over a mile in diameter
covered in small windows. The disc is surrounded by a slowly
rotating ring that acts as one large turbine engine.
Connected to the rotating ring are three stationary two
hundred foot tall engines that act as rockets and as landing
gears. Under the dome is an aircraft hanger that holds
hundreds of fighter crafts, the aircraft hanger is wide open
facing Earth, however it is protected from the vacuum of
space by a light blue almost transparent ion shield. Inside
Helius, son of Lord Richter walks along the wall passing
ships similar to the one Richter came to Earth in. Helius is
followed by his three aides when one spots a blue object
hurtling at them at a high speed. Helius walks toward an
airlock chamber as bright warning lights flash signaling
that the hangers ion shield will soon be lowered for entry.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Here comes my father, hand me his
cape and crown.
                                                            

90.

His aide hands him only the cape, Helius looks at the cape
and looks at his aide again.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Intimidating)
This is only the cape. Where is
the crown?
                                                            
                       AIDE
I apologize, I must have
forgotten.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Intimidating)
You must have forgotten it?
                                                            
                       AIDE
It was an honest mistake Lord
Helius.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Nevertheless it was a mistake, and
now that my father will be present
mistakes will not be tolerated.
                                                            
Helius allows his two aides to walk inside of the airlock
chamber before him. Helius cuts off the third aide that
forgot the crown and steps inside of the clear glass
chamber, he turns around blocking the entrance. Once the
aide realizes that Helius is purposely blocking the entrance
he looks at the other two aides in the chamber and back at
Helius in confusion.
                                                            
                       AIDE
      (Nervously)
Helius what are you doing?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Grinning)
Sorry, this chamber is full.
                                                            
                       AIDE
      (Panicking)
But it seats seven. There is
clearly enough room!
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Let us see if your grip is better
than your memory.
                                                            
The aides eyes open wide when he sees Helius steps back and
push a button that closes the sliding door of the airlock
chamber. The Aide turns around and tries to run to the next

91.

chamber however the door closes automatically as Richter
nears. The aide looks at the main entrance to the hanger and
panics when the large heavy doors slide and seal shut. He
desperately knocks on the chamber for Helius to open it,
however Helius ignores him. The Aide sees Richter closing in
and grabs a tiny ledge that sticks out of the chamber and
grips it the best he can with the tips of his fingers.
Helius smiles when the hanger's ion shield drops letting the
vacuum of space suck out all objects that are not anchored
down into the darkness of space. The aide's legs lift into
the air as space is trying to pull him out, his mouth is
moving as he yells but he makes no sound. The aide finally
loses his grip and flies up into the air heading toward the
hanger door. As soon as Richter and the metallic alien land
inside the ion shield goes back up barely saving the aide
from certain death. The aide hits the ion shield as if it
were a solid wall and slides down landing on his side
panting. When he looks up every warning light stops flashing
and all of the chamber doors slide open. Helius looks back
at the aide and smiles.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
You should have seen your face.
Without a price.
                                                            
                       AIDE
I am thrilled that my pain amuses
you.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Everyone knows that death amuses
me, you should consider yourself
lucky that you were not today's
entertainment.
                                                            
The creature opens it's chest releasing Richter. Helius
walks away from the aide and over to his father carrying his
cape. The creature closes his chest, walks over to the wall
where there are other automatons like itself and powers down
onto a bended knee bowing position. Helius walks up to
Richter bowing his head as he offers the cape to his father.
Richter looks at the cape and at Helius.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Welcome back Father, are you well?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
I am, now.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
I do apologize for the delay, last
night we were trying to locate you
when...
                                                            

92.

                       RICHTER
Last night you did well.
                                                            
Lord Richter takes the cape and swings it around his body
and begins to fasten a small steel chain that secures the
cape to him, while Helius looks at him in confusion.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
I am afraid I do not understand.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
You will, in due time. Now brief
me in the happenings since I have
been gone.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Are we going to launch an attack
so we may land?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
I do not feel that an attack will
be necessary. We just need to
establish contact with a governing
official, and I believe we can
reach an understanding so we may
land.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
With all do respect father but
were you not being held by their
government?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Senator De La Paz works in secret,
others may be more understanding.
All we need to do is make our
presence known.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Grins)
I like the sound of that.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Violence will always be the last
resort son.
                                                            
 
EXT. FLORIDA NATIONAL CEMETERY - MORNING
                                                            
Three days later under a tall black olive tree many mourners
sit in white folding chairs, with a red carpet separating
the funeral goers into two equal sections. Danella receives
the funeral of a soldier, with a large picture of her in

93.

full military dress in front of the American flag placed in
the center of a wreath. Her plot is dug under the tree with
Astroturf surrounding the hole. Trumpeters begin to play
"Taps". Three marines on each side of her oak casket draped
with the American flag hang on to brass handles. They stay
with straight faces walking down the aisle showing no
emotion. When they arrive in front of everyone they rest her
casket above the burial plot, step back and stand on the
sides. The preacher walks in front of the casket to begin
the eulogy when Danella's mother in the front row falls to
her knees crying hysterically across the aisle, Titus stands
up dressed in all black wearing silver reflective glasses.
He kneels over to try and help her up when Danella's father,
MR. VALLEJOS steps in his way blocking him from touching his
wife.
                                                            
                       MR. VALLEJOS
      (Whispers)
Get away from my wife, you have
done enough damage to my family.
                                                            
Titus holds back his anger and stares at the short gray
haired man dressed in a black suit.
                                                            
                       TITUS
I am so sorry.
                                                            
                       MR. VALLEJOS
Apologize all you want, you will
never be forgiven! Not by me, my
family, and definitely not by our
Lord.
                                                            
Titus does not makes a scene, he only bends to one knee,
blesses himself, and walks down the aisle. Amos quickly
blesses himself and catches up to Titus. Once away from the
crowd Amos wraps his arm around Titus' shoulder to comfort
him. Titus turns to face him and then senses someone running
up behind them. He turns around and sees Mr. Vallejo's punch
him in the face breaking his glasses. Titus shakes off the
pain and stares back at the old man.
                                                            
                       MR. VALLEJOS
Because of you I will never get to
walk my baby-girl down the aisle,
or never see a grandchild. I did
not even get to see her one last
time! Everything had to be closed
casket because of you and your
wreckless actions.
                                                            
Amos steps in between them and pushes Titus so he can
continue walking toward the road next to the cars. Amos

94.

tries to hold Mr. Vallejos from making a bigger scene by
pushing him back, instead he only causes the old man to yell
so he can make sure Titus can hear him.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Mr. Vallejos please, try and calm
down you don't want to make a
scene.
                                                            
                       MR. VALLEJOS
Look around you! The President,
Senators, Marines this is already
a scene that your nigger brother
caused when he killed my baby!
      (Looks at Titus)
I hope you rot in Hell you piece
of shit!
                                                            
Titus stops in his tracks when he hears Mr. Vallejos and
snaps. He walks up to the old man and stares into his eyes
while standing only inches away.
                                                            
                       TITUS
What is your problem? Do you not
think I am sad? Today is the day I
bury the only person I ever loved,
so don't push me. Do so, and so
help me God I will tare you limb
from limb and then rip your heart
out of your chest and shove it
down your fuckin' throat.
                                                            
A flash of light quickly crosses Titus' eyes dilating his
pupils when he makes a tight fist. Without laying a finger
on the car next to him the rear passenger window shatters
but does not break. Mr. Vallejos and Amos look at the window
and at Titus wondering how he did that. Another flash of
light crosses Titus eyes making his pupils go back to
normal. Titus turns around and continues on his way to his
car, Titus only unlocks his side and looks at Amos as he
waits for Titus to unlock his side.
                                                            
                       TITUS
I need to be alone right now.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Are you sure?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Positive.
                                                            
Amos walks away back to the funeral, when he looks back he
sees Titus drop his head on the steering wheel as he begins

95.

to sob. Amos passes Mr. Vallejos, turns him around and walks
him back to the funeral procession as the seven honor guards
begin to fire three shots into the air.
                                                            
 
INT. WHITE HOUSE, WASHINGTON D.C. - AFTERNOON
                                                            
HALLWAY
                                                            
Rhea's two secret service agents in their late 20's stand
outside of the Oval office door guarding it while
conversating.
                                                            
                       AGENT 1
      (To Agent 2)
So it wasn't until after that I
told her it...
                                                            
Agent 1 stutters and then slowly looks at Agent 2 with a
confused expression.
                                                            
                       AGENT 2
Rick?
                                                            
Agent 1 looks at the palm of his hands and then turns them
over with curiousity. He shifts his eyes at Agent 2.
                                                            
                       AGENT 1
      (Speaks slowly)
Rick is my name.
      (Grins)
What are the odds?
                                                            
                       AGENT 2
Of what?
                                                            
Agent 1 quickly pushes Agent 2's head against the wall
knocking him out. He catches Agent 2 and sits him on the
floor leaning against the wall.
                                                            
OVAL OFFICE
                                                            
Rhea is sitting at her desk, she looks at a short stack of
papers and sighs as she leans back in her black leather
chair. She closes her eyes for a moment when Rick opens the
door and quickly steps inside. He closes the door behind
himself and locks it. Rhea stands up but remains behind her
desk.
                                                            
                       RHEA
Rick is everything okay?
                                                            

96.

Rhea is drawn to look Rick directly in the eyes as they
quickly dialate. Rhea blinks rapidly then looks back at Rick
and sits down.
                                                            
                       RHEA
Please, have a seat.
                                                            
Rick grins and sits on the chair across from her. He lays
his hand on her desk with his palm facing up and looks her
in the eyes.
                                                            
                       AGENT 1
Take my hand.
                                                            
Rhea cautiously lays her hand on top of his while staring
into his eyes. She slowly closes her eyes when images of all
that has happened up to this point flash through her mind
telepathically explaining everything. Rhea pulls away
breathing hard with her eyes wide opened and a tear rolling
down the side of her face.
                                                            
                       AGENT 1
I apologize to have come to you in
this manner, however it is the
safest way I can make contact with
you.
                                                            
                       RHEA
Richter?
                                                            
                       AGENT 1
Yes
                                                            
                       RHEA
What was all of that?
                                                            
                       AGENT 1
The story of our lives.
                                                            
                       RHEA
And the human girl?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Kira is proof that it is possible
for us to coexist.
                                                            
                       RHEA
Your request, I am afraid I cannot
grant it alone.
                                                            
                       AGENT 1
If we wait for the U.N. we would
only create conflict between the
individual nations. Now if you act
            (MORE)

97.

                       AGENT 1 (cont'd)
alone, we can pretend it was all a
surprise.
                                                            
                       RHEA
You're right.
                                                            
                       AGENT 1
So the answer is...
                                                            
                       RHEA
Yes.
                                                            
Rick smiles and nods his head.
                                                            
                       AGENT 1
Do apologize to this young man for
me.
                                                            
Rick drops his chin to his chest and is startled awake, he
looks at Rhea who has her hand on top of his. Agent 2 kicks
the door open with his weapon drawn and sees Rhea's hand on
top of Rick's hand. They both pull their hands back and look
at Agent 2.
                                                            
                       RHEA
      (To Agent 2)
Will you call AF-1, we need to get
to Miami, A.S.A.P.
                                                            
                       AGENT 1
What just happened?
                                                            
Agent 2 quickly walks down the hallway to have Air Force One
prepared for departure when he almost runs into Santana.
Santana just looks at him and then walks toward the office
when he sees Rhea and Agent 1 stepping out.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Surprise.
                                                            
                       RHEA
      (To Agent 1)
We won't be needing our flight.
                                                            
Agent 1 runs down the hallway to catch up to Agent 2 as he
talks into his wrist-cuff. Rhea grabs Santana by his tie,
and pulls him into the office locking the door behind them.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
What's going on?
                                                            

98.

                       RHEA
      (Whispers)
When I allowed you to dip into the
Anti-Drug Alliance profits to aid
your little S.C.T. team, I did so
with one stipulation. Now do you
remember what that was?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
First I would like to point out
that you don't need to say team
after S.C.T. because the T already
stands for team.
                                                            
                       RHEA
Don't start with me Santana.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
The stipulation was you were to be
the first to be notified if and
when we find something of
interest.
                                                            
                       RHEA
Exactly
                                                            
                       SANTANA
And I will do so if we find
something.
                                                            
                       RHEA
What if I told you that I heard
you did find something, yet you
failed to inform me?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Who told you that lie?
                                                            
                       RHEA
      (Whispers)
Santana, Richter told me
everything.
                                                            
Santana looks around licking his lips, and scratches his
head wondering what Rhea is going to tell him next.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Whispers)
Richter came to you?
                                                            
                       RHEA
      (Whispers)
In a sense, and by the way, I
granted them permission to land
            (MORE)

99.

                       RHEA (cont'd)
off the coast of Key Largo.
                                                            
Santana looks at Rhea and nods his head angered that she is
giving him commands.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
What? This is something that
should be discussed with The
United Nations! You can't make
such a decision alone.
                                                            
                       RHEA
I believe I just did. Besides you
know it would take far too long to
assemble a U.N. meeting.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Frustrated)
You have no idea what you just
did.
                                                            
Santana turns away and bites his knuckle worried about the
situation. Rhea crosses her arms and stays looking at
Santana from behind.
                                                            
                       RHEA
Is this really about the world's
E.T. protocol or are you just
angered that you had no say in the
matter?
                                                            
 
INT. AMOS AND TITUS' HOME - MORNING
                                                            
TITUS' BEDROOM
                                                            
The following day, Titus wakes up in his bedroom with his
eyes swollen from crying, he looks as if he has not
showered. He walks over to his dresser and stares at his
reflection for a while. Titus grabs a small bottle of
prescription anti-depression pills and opens it. He looks at
the label that says "Take one as needed do not exceed more
than four in a 24 hour period." Titus shrugs his shoulders
ignoring the label and takes three pills. He takes his 40
caliber hand gun off of the dresser top, places the muzzle
under his chin, closes his eyes, and pulls the trigger. He
opens his eyes when he hears the hammer click and nothing
happens. Titus removes the magazine and throws it on the
floor when he sees that it is empty, he locks the gun back
and laughs when he sees that the chamber is empty. Titus
opens his dresser drawer, opens his gun-box only to find
that his extra magazines have been emptied. He takes the

100.

gun-box out of the drawer and throws it across the room, he
tosses the gun along with it, and lowers his head.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Yells)
Amos!
                                                            
After hearing the thud of the gun hitting the floor Amos
walks up to Titus' locked room and starts talking to him
through the door.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Are you alright in there?
                                                            
                       TITUS
When were you in my room?
                                                            
                       AMOS
What are you talking about?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I'm talking about my bullets, they
are all missing, and my gun was
emptied.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Oh that, I'm sorry for trespassing
bro, but I didn't want to clean up
a mess you might have left all
over the walls and shit. I guess
you could say I did it for my own
good.
                                                            
                       TITUS
You sneaky son of a bitch, when?
                                                            
                       AMOS
When you were asleep.
                                                            
                       TITUS
I'm a light sleeper.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Your pills are...
                                                            
                       TITUS
Non-drowsy.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Okay you were in the toilet
huffing and puffing so hard you
probably didn't hear me. Are you
ready to come out for a bit?
                                                            

101.

                       TITUS
Here after a while.
                                                            
                       AMOS
After a while meaning I should
make an extra plate of nachos or
what?
                                                            
                       TITUS
After a while meaning early races.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Sounds good.
                                                            
 
INT. S.C.T. BASE - LATER
                                                            
BRIEFING ROOM
                                                            
Everyone except Amos and Titus are having a meeting with
Captain Briggs. The agents all sit at desks while Briggs
sits on top of a plastic folding table at the front of the
classroom. The atmosphere in the classroom is not a joking
one as it once was, this time Captain Briggs seems serious
and hesitant to want to start the meeting.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Before we begin, I feel obliged to
tell you that, this will be our
final mission.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Final mission? As in we are
disbanded after this?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Yeah, this time the mission is
different, tonight we must kill.
If you do not want any part pack
your shit and get out, I won't
hold it against you.
                                                            
Captain Briggs looks around as no one moves, they all stay
seated looking at him.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Had it been an option for me I
would have definitely walked.
                                                            
                       JOSH
No way Cap, we all took the same
oath, we fight or die together.
                                                            

102.

                       BRIGGS
President De La Paz has authorized
an overnight landing for Richter
and his people off of the coast of
Key Largo. As you all know that
does not sit well with Santana,
however tomorrow evening they are
going to have a meeting and we
will be escorting them into the
ship. All goes well or not, the
president is not to make it out
alive.
                                                            
Everyone in the room looks around at each other with a blank
expression knowing they are going to be asked to kill her.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
We are to make it look like she
was assassinated by them, thus
making the Renoobian's appear
hostile. Once that happens, we
have the go ahead to return fire.
I'm not shooting her, you can all
draw straws or something.
      (Looks at all of
       the agents)
That's all.
                                                            
Captain Briggs jumps off of the desk and walks out of the
classroom with his head hung low.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
LIVING QUARTERS
                                                            
KIRA a human-looking Renoobian with long black hair, aqua
blue eyes, and light skin skips down the hallway. She walks
toward her sister NIRA's room with a bright smile on her
face. Kira stops at Nira's open door looking at her from the
doorway. Nira is slim, with purple skin, and black
reflective human-like eyes.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Kira?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Sister.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Why, if I may ask, are you so
bubbly?
                                                            

103.

                       KIRA
Yes you may certainly ask, have
you not heard? Tonight we land on
the New World, I cannot wait.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Why does this make you so happy?
They are ignorant beings.
                                                            
Kira's smile slowly changes to confusion as she lowers her
head and stares at the floor as she thinks.
                                                            
                       KIRA
I suppose I simply long to see
someone like myself, despite the
respect I receive here I will
never truely fit in.
                                                            
                       NIRA
And you think you will down there?
                                                            
Kira leans her head out into the hallway to make sure no one
is around. She takes a step in allowing the door to
automatically close behind her.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Wait this is not about seeing just
any human, you seek a mate, right?
                                                            
Kira smiles with embarrassment and looks around the room.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Well, the thought has crossed my
mind, many times.
                                                            
Nira leans forward and pulls Kira by the hand sitting her
down on her bed next to herself.
                                                            
                       NIRA
I tell you what, because I am your
sister, when we land I will see to
it that you leave the ship so you
may view the "New World" with your
own eyes. So long as you speak to
no one about our plan.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Excited)
You would do that for me?
                                                            
Nira looks at her naive sister with a sinister smile when
she answers.
                                                            

104.

                       NIRA
It would be my pleasure.
                                                            
 
INT. S.C.T. BASE - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
BRIEFING ROOM
                                                            
Jonny and the rest of the team are still trying to absorb
their new orders in a tense silence. Jonny looks at the
floor with his hands clasped together and runs his fingers
through his hair. Jonny stands up, looks at everyone to
break the tension and to get their attention.
                                                            
                       JONNY
So should we all draw straws like
Cap said?
                                                            
                       EDDIE
I guess, I don't see any other
reasonable way.
                                                            
Jonny waits a moment to see if there are any objections,
after a second of silence he walks out of the room over to
the break room to get coffee straws.
                                                            
BREAK ROOM
                                                            
Jonny sees Captain Briggs sitting on a wooden table with a
blank stare on his face. Jonny walks up to him and grabs a
cup that is full of coffee straws and counts them while he
walks over to the drawer to get a pair of scissors. All the
while Briggs looks at Jonny as Jonny avoids making eye
contact with him.
                                                            
                       JONNY
You know, I don't think you are a
pussy for copping out.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Is that you're way of calling me a
pussy?
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Emphasis on
       Captain)
No that is my way of saying you
are a coward, Captain.
                                                            
After Jonny cuts one straw short he mixes them up and
bunches them together in one hand, Captain Briggs
unexpectedly snatches one out of his hand. Briggs examines
it and smiles when he sees that it is a normal size straw.
                                                            

105.

                       BRIGGS
There, you happy? Isla.
                                                            
                       JONNY
I've been better.
                                                            
Captain Briggs goes back to staring at the floor as Jonny
walks out of the break room.
                                                            
BRIEFING ROOM
                                                            
Everyone stands up to meet Jonny and grab a straw from his
hand. Every time they each grab a straw they sigh in relief.
When it comes to Eddie's turn Eddie looks at the last two
straws and takes a deep breath knowing one of them is the
short one. When he pulls it out he raises it to their eye
level showing Jonny that it is the long straw, Jonny slowly
looks down as he opens his palm revealing the short straw.
Jonny looks at Eddie with a surprised yet sad look, and puts
the straw in his mouth like a toothpick. Jonny walks out of
the room without saying a word, Captain Briggs is waiting in
the hallway and follows him knowing by the expression on his
face that he must have drawn the short straw.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Are you alright?
                                                            
Jonny tries to clear his throat and looks in the opposite
direction when he answers.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Shaky)
Hey I had the same opportunity as
everyone else did, right? I could
have walked out.
                                                            
Jonny takes the straw out of his mouth and looks at it with
disbelief. His jaw slightly trembles as he holds his
feelings inside.
                                                            
                       JONNY
I guess even being loyal has
consequences.
                                                            
Briggs looks at Jonny and slightly nods acknowledging him
but trying not to say the wrong thing. Jonny drops the
straw, turns around, and walks down the hallway to go
outside.
                                                            
                       JONNY
I'm gonna go get some fresh air.
                                                            
 

106.

INT. AMOS AND TITUS' HOME - NIGHT
                                                            
TITUS' BEDROOM
                                                            
Titus is in his room looking at himself in the mirror, and
feels the stubble on his face as he has not shaved. He walks
over to his restroom and grabs a grooming kit from a drawer.
Titus pulls out an electric battery powered trimmer, and
begins to shave trimming his sideburns into points. He takes
the hair clippers out and runs it down his head as he begins
to cut his own hair.
                                                            
LIVING ROOM
                                                            
Amos is sitting on his recliner with his shoes off laughing
out loud as he watches television while eating left over
pizza and drinking soda straight out of a two liter bottle.
He stops laughing and almost spits the soda out when he is
surprised by Titus as he walks in shaved, showered and ready
to go out.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Well look at you, looking all
smooth and shit.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Pushing the boundary, we're Bros
not Homo's.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Same old Titus, can't take a
simple compliment without being a
smart-ass. I'm glad you're back
Bro.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Save the hugs and kisses for my
ass, get ready, I need some fresh
air.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Let me get my shoes.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Yo, I'm gonna check my reflection
again. When you get your shoes on
pull out something fast, I'm
driving.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Fast is all we have, are you sure
you want to drive?
                                                            

107.

                       TITUS
I wouldn't have said it if I
wasn't.
                                                            
Amos quickly puts his shoes on, and walks down the hallway
and into the glass elevator.
                                                            
GARAGE
                                                            
Amos looks around at all of the vehicles trying to decide
which one to get. He gets on the tips of his toes and smiles
when he sees the car that he wants. He sits inside of a
silver BMW and starts it with the push of a button that
reads his fingerprint. He drives it out and parks it close
to the elevator door for Titus. Amos looks at his wrist
watch as he slides over to the passenger seat. Titus opens
the door and sits in the driver seat, he closes the door and
hangs on to the steering wheel with one hand as he puts the
other on the short gear shift. He takes a slow blink and has
a flash of when he was driving fast with Danella the night
that she was killed. Titus snaps out of his day dream and
looks at Amos with a blank stare. Amos knows what happened
and looks at Titus without making him say a word.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Trade you seats?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Yeah.
                                                            
Amos steps out of the car, running around to the driver seat
as Titus slides into the passenger seat from the inside.
Titus makes sure that he is buckled up when Amos jumps
inside and straps in. He burns the tires as they head up the
ramp that leading outside.
                                                            
 
EXT. OVERSEAS HIGHWAY - LATER
                                                            
A large crowd of young people gather on the side of the
bridge to watch the drag races and have music playing loud
showing off their own vehicles. In the center of the crowd
is a young man standing in between two girls acting as a
referee as they finalize the details of their races. The
RACE REF turns around holding a small microphone and
announces to the crowd the details as they unfold in front
of him.
                                                            
                       RACE REF
Alright ladies and gentlemen, the
details are done and apparently
the first race of the night could
not wait to be the main event. The
new comer ARACELI is challenging
            (MORE)

108.

                       RACE REF (cont'd)
the "Reigning Queen" MACIELA to
straight up pinks. No cash an all
bragging rights race, correct?
                                                            
Araceli leans in to the microphone and answers with a tough
attitude.
                                                            
                       ARACELI
That's right.
                                                            
The Race Ref turns to his side and looks at Maciela who has
a cool and calm attitude.
                                                            
                       RACE REF
Araceli is ready, Massy do you
accept?
                                                            
Before Maciela can respond, Amos and Titus pull up through
the crowd revving the engine that gets Maciela's attention.
The Race Ref stops, looks at the silver BMW and immediately
knows who it belongs to. Maciela puts her finger up to
Araceli to keep her from talking.
                                                            
                       MACIELA
Hold up little girl.
                                                            
Araceli stands back with her arms crossed annoyed that all
of the attention has shifted from them to Amos and Titus.
Race Ref walks up to Amos, slaps his hand, and shakes Titus'
hand.
                                                            
                       RACE REF
Well if it isn't the Prodigal
Sons.
      (To Titus)
How you holdin' up?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I'm here, listen I know I have
been M.I.A. but, is there still
honor among...
                                                            
                       RACE REF
Titus, if you're inkling at spots
back... don't sweat it. Massy's
been holding it.
                                                            
                       ARACELI
Wait a second, spots back? This is
no supermarket line that you can
just cut into. Here you have to
earn your way to the top.
                                                            

109.

                       MACIELA
      (To Araceli)
He's more than earned his way to
the top, he is the top. He just
had to take a justified leave of
absence.
      (To Titus)
And now that he has returned we
can reign side by side.
                                                            
Over all of the cheering and yelling Titus hears Maciela and
smiles, he excuses himself from the Race Ref and everyone
around him. He walks up behind Maciela and wraps his arms
around her waist from behind lowering his head next to hers.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Massy, Massy, Massy, you know the
only side by side I do is at the
starting line.
                                                            
                       MACIELA
Hey it was worth a try, wasn't it?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Not even close.
                                                            
Maciela turns around and gives Titus a hug and a friendly
kiss on the cheek.
                                                            
                       MACIELA
How you been?
                                                            
Araceli steps in and interrupts before Titus can answer
Maciela.
                                                            
                       ARACELI
Hold up, who the hell is this
fool?
                                                            
Titus raises his eyebrow and passes Maciela going face to
face with Araceli with a smile. He speaks to Maciela while
looking at Araceli.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (To Maciela)
Who is this?
                                                            
                       MACIELA
      (To Titus)
This is our new friend Araceli,
last week she redlined onto the
scene from Florida City looking
for the top. We were about to race
but since you're back...
            (MORE)

110.

                       MACIELA (cont'd)
      (To Araceli)
Deals off.
                                                            
                       ARACELI
Wait a damn minute, what did you
say?
                                                            
                       MACIELA
      (looking at
       Araceli)
I am gracefully stepping down to
the three spot, so you can race
him for one.
      (Looks at Titus)
That is, if he accepts your
challenge.
                                                            
                       ARACELI
Whatever Massy, I don't care what
spot you move to, just clear out
so he can line up.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (To Araceli)
Listen, I wanna say Araceli,
right?
                                                            
                       ARACELI
My name is on my license plates,
you'll see and remember it soon
enough.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (To Araceli)
Listen Araceli, first off only I
call her Massy. Second, here we
race to win, brag, and get paid,
not make enemies. So chill or race
your way back to Florida City.
                                                            
                       ARACELI
      (Sarcastic)
So are we going to line up or
what, friend?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Alright, I'll line up with you.
However here are the new stips, I
win you skip back down to Florida
City and tell them who sent you. I
don't want to see your face on my
turf again, not even as a
            (MORE)

111.

                       TITUS (cont'd)
spectator.
                                                            
Araceli looks at everyone and takes a step closer to Titus.
                                                            
                       ARACELI
And if I win?
                                                            
                       TITUS
If, and that's if you win, you get
what you came for, I'll even let
you name your own price.
                                                            
Araceli looks around at everyone with a smile, she then
looks at Titus thinking he will rethink his offer by giving
him a high amount.
                                                            
                       ARACELI
      (Scoffs)
In that case, Ten K will suffice.
                                                            
                       TITUS
All hundreds fine with you?
                                                            
                       ARACELI
      (Sarcastically)
Ha, you're so hilarious
                                                            
                       TITUS
If I were only joking.
                                                            
Amos pulls the BMW up so it is side by side with Araceli's
supped up pink Toyota Supra that has Tinkerbell flipping off
her middle finger painted on the hood. As Maciela backs her
black and blue Nissan Skyline out of the way, Amos steps out
and walks toward the crowd letting Titus and Araceli make
their way to their cars.
                                                            
                       ARACELI
Hey Speed Racer I just want to
wish you good luck, yeah?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Thanks, but I don't need it.
                                                            
                       ARACELI
Sure you do, I'm a female.
                                                            
They both stop behind Araceli's Supra as she talks out of
the crowds earshot.
                                                            
                       TITUS
And that means what to me?
                                                            

112.

                       ARACELI
Titus De La Paz right? I did a
quick search on my phone, says
your bitch had to have her face
scraped off of the highway while
you were racing. I guess there's
no honor among skin and asphalt or
she would be alive.
      (Smirks)
Too bad there are no pics, but you
were there.
                                                            
Titus stands in shock that she is reading that the
information is from an actual news report.
                                                            
                       ARACELI
      (Laughs)
I bet it was all gross looking,
wasn't it?
      (Smiles)
Hmm, looks like you just don't
have the best of luck when it
comes to the ladies.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Shocked)
That story is all wrong.
                                                            
                       ARACELI
Point being you don't exactly have
the best of luck with wom...
                                                            
Titus snaps inside, a flash of light crosses his eyes and
with his left hand he grabs Araceli by the back of her head.
He slams her face into the black carbon fiber spoiler on the
trunk of her car multiple times. Until the spoiler breaks
off on one end, Titus looks at her face when he pulls it
back nearly an unrecognizable bloody mess.
                                                            
                       TITUS
You want grusum pics?
                                                            
Titus pulls out his camera and takes two pictures of her
face.
                                                            
                       TITUS
What's your phone number? I'll
send these to you.
                                                            
Araceli's eyes shift to Titus as she is still coherent and
can understand everything he just said, however she cannot
respond as she struggles to breath. Titus looks into her
eyes with a maniacal smile on his face as he holds her by

113.

her hair. With his left hand he pushes her toward the back
of the vehicle and with his right hand he swings the spoiler
at her face making it hit her skull like a baseball bat.
Everyone starts running at them with Amos leading the pack
when they see Araceli stagger backward and fall onto the
asphalt.
                                                            
                       TITUS
No one disrespects me, or my girl!
                                                            
Amos grabs Titus by the shoulders turning him around to look
him in the face as others drop to their knees to see if they
can help Araceli. Others simply look at the bloody mess in
shock while Amos yells at Titus.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Yells)
Titus, what the hell man?
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Emotionless)
What can I say? She was talking
shit about Danella.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Titus, Danella is dead man.
Nothing you do will bring her
back! This bitch is not worth
going to prison.
                                                            
At that moment the ground begins to vibrate, everyone looks
around in surprise not knowing what to do as they are not
accustom to earthquakes in Florida. Some people try to look
out into the dark ocean checking to see if it is a large
wave, but when they do, all of the street lights flicker and
then turn off. People start to run toward their vehicles
when their headlights and under-body neon lighting kits turn
off. Everyone begins to panic when they realize all that is
lighting the area up is the quarter moon, the entire city
seems to have gone dark as they look around. Some pull out
their phones however they find that their batteries have
been drained. The vibrations begin to get stronger when they
hear a light humming noise coming from above them like a
quiet turbine engine rotating. Everyone looks up as a shadow
begins to creep over them covering the moonlight. They can
make out small dim pulsating lights moving toward them, when
all of the lights, light up bright white causing everyone to
close their eyes.
                                                            
 
INT. AMOS AND TITUS' HOME - MORNING
                                                            
LIVING ROOM
                                                            

114.

Amos wakes up sitting on the recliner with it reclined all
of the way back with the television on. He yawns, slowly
wakes up and looks around wondering why he fell asleep in
the living room. Amos looks at his body and realizes he is
still in the same clothes he wore last night, he then looks
around the room again confused. Amos slowly gets off of the
recliner and walks down the hallway taking small steps as he
stretches wiping the sleep from his eyes. Without knocking,
Amos slowly opens the door to Titus' bedroom and peeks his
head inside. He sees Titus asleep on his bed over the covers
still in his street clothes. Amos looks at him for a moment
then looks at himself again, he shrugs his shoulders
figuring they both must have had a rough night out, and
turns around to walk to his bedroom.
                                                            
TITUS' BEDROOM
                                                            
Titus wakes up and with his eyes shut he takes a deep breath
through his nose when he smells blood he quickly opens his
eyes and looks at the front of his shirt. It has dried blood
on the chest and part of the left arm. He smells his shirt
again to make sure that it is blood and then looks at his
left hand which is covered in dried blood. He takes off his
shirt and examines himself to make sure that he is not hurt,
after he does not find anything he throws the shirt into the
corner of his room and lays back down.
                                                            
AMOS' BATHROOM
                                                            
Amos is leaning on the tiled wall in the shower with both
hands and his eyes closed letting the water rinse off his
hair that is covered in shampoo suds. Amos suddenly
remembers the bright flash of light and remembers himself
pulling Titus away from Araceli, he quickly opens his eyes
and rinses off his entire body. He jumps out of the shower
and wraps a towel around his waist as he runs out of the
restroom.
                                                            
TITUS' BATHROOM
                                                            
Titus is in front of his sink examining himself more
thoroughly before he showers. He runs his fingers through
his hair and looks at them thinking maybe he hit his head,
he turns around and looks at his back through the mirror but
sees that he is not harmed.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Whispers to
       himself)
What the fuck?
                                                            
Titus finally shrugs his shoulders and steps into his
shower.
                                                            

115.

LIVING ROOM
                                                            
Amos is standing in front of the television wearing only his
towel in aw as all of the channels are showing the same
thing. They show a large chrome-like metallic ring over one
mile in diameter. The large ring has another slightly
smaller spinning ring inside of it which rotates around the
entire dome shaped fuselage acting as one large turbine
engine. Four gigantic pylons eminate from the body of the
ship connecting the rings to the four large engines that
double as the ship's propulsion system and as it's landing
gears that are buried in the water. The underbody of the
ship is covered in the pulsating lights that they saw last
night. The tremendous size of the ship dwarfs the military
helicopters that circle it. The caption on the bottom of the
screen reads "Live in Key Largo, Florida" Amos begins to
make the connections between the flashing lights and the
appearance of the alien ship, he slowly lets his mouth drop
when he hears yelling from Titus coming out of the shower.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Holy shit!
                                                            
Amos leans back to see down the hallway when Titus comes
running into the living room dripping wet and nude. Amos
closes his eyes and shields his face with the side of his
hand as he looks back at the television.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Come on man, you could have at
least put on a towel.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Panicked)
Fuck the towel man, I think I may
have killed someone.
      (Surprised)
Holy crap what the hell is that on
the TV?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Some crazy shit, TV says an alien
ship landed off of the coast of
Key Largo over night. And yeah you
almost killed someone, it was on
another channel, says she is in
critical care at the hospital.
She's gonna live but no witnesses
have stepped forward as of yet.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Does your mind feel like it was
unsuccessfully blanked too?
                                                            

116.

Amos thinks to himself for a moment and slightly nods his
head at Titus, Titus smiles as he looks away slowly nodding
his head too.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Let's just hope that everyone
elses minds stay blanked.
                                                            
                       AMOS
I know, I...
                                                            
Amos turns toward Titus and as he is about to talk he looks
down and remembers that Titus is naked, he quickly looks
away back at the television.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Dude seriously, go put some
clothes on!
                                                            
The television goes back to show a female news anchor
sitting at a desk as she too is in shock reading the
teleprompter.
                                                            
                       FEMALE NEWS ANCHOR
Once again the United States
National Guard is urging the
public to stay in their homes
until further information is made
available. Currently the east
entrance to the Florida Keys is
closed to the public. The U.S.
Coast Guard is restricting all
modes of water transportation
until further notice, this
includes personal watercraft's
such as jet ski's.
                                                            
Titus is still nude as he taps Amos on the shoulder to get
his attention. Amos does not look at him, he keeps his eyes
on the television.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Man don't touch me while you're
naked, that's just wrong.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Whatever, are Mom and Dad over
there?
                                                            
                       AMOS
I don't know, probably.
                                                            

117.

                       TITUS
Than let's mosey on over and find
out.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Were you not just listening? The
highway is closed.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Yeah, to the public. We are not
the public we are like the first
sons or something like that. Point
being regular rules do not apply
to us, we can get passed, trust
me.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Trust you? Yeah, I don't think so.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Come on this could be our last
night on Earth, I mean aliens?
This is some end-of-the-world type
shit, know what I mean?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Wait, don't you think we better
report to the base instead?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I didn't get a page, did you?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Well no, but...
                                                            
                       TITUS
Than it is settled, we shall have
a motorcycle race.
                                                            
Amos and Titus stare at each other momentarily to see who
will make the first move. Amos quickly runs passed Titus and
into his bedroom to get dressed, Titus passes Amos' room to
do the same.
                                                            
TITUS' BEDROOM
                                                            
Titus grabs a pair of jeans that were hanging on to his
bedpost, he looks around the floor, picks up a black
T-shirt, and smells them. He shrugs his shoulders and puts
the clothes on. Titus runs to his restroom to check himself
out.
                                                            
AMOS' BEDROOM
                                                            

118.

Amos runs his handful of gel through his hair. He rinses off
his hands and straightens his clothes when he hears the ding
of the elevator bell as Titus is already on his way to the
garage. Amos puts on his black and yellow riding jacket and
grabs his gun, hiding it in his back waistband. When he
peeks outside of his bedroom down the hallway, he can see
the top of Titus' head through the glass elevator door as
Titus is already half way down the elevator shaft. Amos nods
his head and grabs his yellow motorcycle helmet that saved
his life the night he wrecked, although it is dirty and
scratched up he kisses it.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Whispers)
For luck.
                                                            
HALLWAY
                                                            
Amos runs to the end of the hallway and looks down the
elevator shaft and sees the platform at the bottom. He looks
to his side, opens the emergency stairwell door, and runs
down the steel spiral staircase. When he reaches the bottom
and opens the door he sees Titus sitting on a red and silver
motorcycle.
                                                            
GARAGE
                                                            
Titus slaps down the face-shield of his helmet, revs the
motorcycle engine, and speeds up the ramp leading outside.
Amos runs up to a blue motorcycle, he lifts up the seat and
turns on two small nitrous oxide tanks. He sits on the chair
and touches his helmet to a small glowing pad on the
motorcycle turning the helmet the same blue color as the
motorcycle. When he puts on the helmet the motorcycle
automatically starts and revs. As soon as he turns the
accelerator back he touches two buttons on the handle bars
with his thumbs that release the nitrous oxide into the
engine. He speeds up the ramp so fast he has to put his foot
down making the motorcycle spin into the right direction.
Before he can lift his leg completely up, the motorcycle
speeds all the way down the driveway up to the guard shack.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
KIRA'S BEDROOM
                                                            
Kira is sitting on her large king-sized bed dressed in a
silk shower robe brushing her long raven colored hair as she
stares outside through her window. Helius walks up to her
open doorway and looks at her for a moment before he nods
his head knowing that she wants to leave the ship. He

119.

quietly walks up to her from behind and surprises her as he
rubs her shoulders.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Tell me sister, what is it that
you see outside of your window?
                                                            
Kira stops brushing her hair and squints her eyes still
facing the window thinking of her answer.
                                                            
                       KIRA
I see a city, filled with many
like myself, just waiting.
                                                            
Kira turns around to Helius with an innocent smile as if she
is double checking with him to see if she gave the correct
response.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Would you like to know what I see?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Tell me.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
I see a city full with people
filled with hate and greed, people
who fear what is different.
                                                            
Kira squints her eyes, and puckers her lips as she nods her
head disagreeing with him.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Why do you say such things of
beings whom you have never met?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
I tell you this for your own good,
do not celebrate our arrival just
yet because no matter how much you
look like them, you will never be
one of them. You will always be
different, you will be feared. Do
you know what they do to things
that they fear, things they do not
understand?
                                                            
Kira slowly stands up staring into Helius' reflective eyes
as she takes a step away from him.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Softly)
What?
                                                            

120.

Helius takes a step closer to her with his face close to
hers, and quickly takes a step back swiping his hands across
in front of him acting like he just leveled a surface with
his arms wide open.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Raised voice)
They annihilate them! They rid
themselves of them, just so that
they may remain the superior
beings they believe themselves to
be.
                                                            
Kira steps back with sadness in her eyes as she looks
outside of her window at the city of Key Largo and nods her
head refusing to believe Helius. She then looks back at him
and points at the door, he looks at her finger and follows
it to the door.
                                                            
                       KIRA
That is not their nature, now
please, leave my room.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
As you wish.
                                                            
 
EXT. OVERSEAS HIGHWAY - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
Titus leads Amos on the motorcycles weaving in and out of
traffic as they begin to get closer to the Overseas Highway
bridge. Titus looks up as the military has set up a
chain-link fence to keep people from entering. He then sees
an opening when a soldier slides the gate open to let a
small convoy of military vehicles enter. Titus looks back at
Amos nodding his head, signaling for him to speed up and
follow him. Amos shrugs his shoulders and pulls all the way
back on the accelerator to try and catch up, however he
still remains only a few yards behind Titus. The soldier
pushing the fence hears the sound of their motorcycle
engines coming closer and stops to look around to see where
the sound is coming from. Titus and Amos fly by her so fast
as a blur that they cause her hat to fall off of her head.
The soldier immediately gets on her radio to report the
trespassers.
                                                            
HELIPAD IN PARKING LOT
                                                            
Two pilots and two other soldiers run to a helicopter that
is sitting on a transportable helipad to try and intercept
Titus and Amos.
                                                            
EAST BRIDGE
                                                            

121.

Hundreds of vehicles are at a standstill with frustrated
drivers that are trying to flee the Florida Keys. Soldiers
walk around the vehicles with their AR-15 rifles in hand to
try and keep order, stopping people who are trying to
abandon their vehicles to start walking. One soldier sees a
man get out of his car and jump onto the hood. The
FRUSTRATED DRIVER begins to yell to draw attention to
himself.
                                                            
                       FRUSTRATED DRIVER
Come on! It's the end of the damn
world and all you assholes can do
is keep us stuck in traffic?
                                                            
The TRAFFIC SOLDIER walks up to him and tries to calm him
down and offers his hand so he can get off of the hood of
his car safely, but the Frustrated Driver takes a step away
from him.
                                                            
                       TRAFFIC SOLDIER
Okay Sir, I need to have you step
off of your vehicle and get back
inside.
                                                            
                       FRUSTRATED DRIVER
No, fuck you! This is a free
fuckin' country, I can stand on
the hood of my damn car if I damn
well please!
                                                            
                       TRAFFIC SOLDIER
Sir, if you do not calm down and
get off I am going to have to take
you into custody.
                                                            
The Frustrated Driver thinks to himself for a moment, before
he puts his wrists together offering them to the soldier so
he can handcuff him.
                                                            
                       FRUSTRATED DRIVER
You know what? Yeah go ahead and
arrest me, at least I will get to
the front of the line!
                                                            
The Traffic Soldier knows he is losing control of the
situation so he signals for another soldier to come and back
him up.
                                                            
                       TRAFFIC SOLDIER
Alright, step down from the hood
and I will handcuff you.
                                                            

122.

                       FRUSTRATED DRIVER
Empty promises, I can see it in
your eyes.
                                                            
The frustrated driver reaches into his back waistband, pulls
out a small 22 caliber pistol, and puts the weapon's muzzle
in his mouth. The soldier quickly jumps back and aims his
AR-15 at him commanding him to drop the weapon with his
finger on the trigger. The frustrated driver tilts his head
back and looks down at the soldier.
                                                            
                       TRAFFIC SOLDIER
Put the gun down now!
                                                            
                       FRUSTRATED DRIVER
Don't worry soldier boy, I'm not
taking anyone with me.
                                                            
The soldier immediately knows what he means and lowers his
gun taking a step toward the man.
                                                            
                       TRAFFIC SOLDIER
      (Yells)
No Don't!
                                                            
The frustrated driver closes his eyes and squeezes the
trigger killing himself. His body falls backward onto his
car and shatters the windshield. His hand relaxes and lets
the gun slip out landing on the the asphalt paved road. The
soldier looks at the gun and at the body nodding his head
before he radios in the suicide.
                                                            
                       TRAFFIC SOLDIER
      (Over radio)
We have another one about one mile
from the gates.
                                                            
The soldier looks up at the sky when a helicopter flies low
and fast crossing over to the west bound bridge.
                                                            
WEST BRIDGE
                                                            
The helicopter passes Amos and Titus, and drops down
hovering in front of them blocking the road. A soldier steps
out on the landing bars holding a loud speaker in his hand.
                                                            
                       SOLDIER WITH LOUD SPEAKER
Attention citizens, you are
trespassing on government
property, please turn around
immediately!
                                                            

123.

Amos comes to a complete stop and opens his helmet visor
with his hands straight up in the air as if he is
surrendering. Titus opens up his visor and begins to ride
slowly in circles around Amos slowly making them bigger
ignoring the soldier. Amos watches Titus go around him in
confusion.
                                                            
                       AMOS
What are you doing?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I am making you an opening,
they're focusing on me because I'm
the one moving. On the count of
three you go under the tail.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Alright, on three.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Oh and watch out for the big razor
sharp spinning blades.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Damn it Titus, did you really have
to bring them to my attention?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Hey safety first right?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Well if it was really safety first
we...
                                                            
                       TITUS
Three!
                                                            
Titus passes in front of Amos and accelerates making his
motorcycle jump to get the pilot's attention. Titus drives
toward the cockpit pretending that he is going to try and go
under the cockpit, instead he creates the opening that Amos
takes. Amos ducks down and speeds under the tail of the
helicopter, the pilot lifts up into the air and spins around
to try and see Amos unknowingly allowing Titus to pass
underneath. Titus flips the pilot and co-pilot off once he
gets passed, he slaps down his visor and speeds away to try
and catch up to Amos. Amos concentrates on the road as he
stands up on the seat with his arms in the air celebrating
their small victory. Titus pops a wheelie as he passes Amos
yelling with excitement. Amos' eyes open wide when he sees a
long black pad spanning the width of the road lying ahead,
he drops to his seat and looks back noticing that the
helicopter has turned around flying in the opposite

124.

direction. Amos knows that it is a spike strip and
accelerates to try and warn Titus however Titus' front tire
is still slightly popped up in the air. Realizing that he
cannot catch up to Titus, Amos comes to a stop turning his
motorcycle sideways and opens his visor yelling at Titus.
Titus is having too much fun to hear Amos with his visor
down.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Yells)
Titus!
                                                            
Titus drop his front wheel right on top of a spike, it
shreds his front tire and sends the back of the bike
straight into the air. Titus flies forward off of his bike,
in mid-flip he sees all of the spikes pass in front of his
face as they reflect off of his face-shield. Titus opens his
legs and lets go of the motorcycle trying to put himself in
the fetal position so his back can take the impact instead
of his hands and head. He hits the ground absorbing the
impact with his back and feet but continues to slide with
all of the momentum he has built up. The motorcycle's front
tire hits the ground in between Titus' legs narrowly missing
him, then bounces forward spinning until it flies off of the
bridge and into the ocean below. Titus looks at the sky and
blesses himself thankful that he survived.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Whispers)
Thank you Jesus
                                                            
Amos drives around the spike strip and up to Titus, he leans
over on his motorcycle and opens Titus' visor letting the
bright sun blind him.
                                                            
                       AMOS
You alright Bro?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I think I might've broke my back.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Don't be a baby, get up.
                                                            
                       TITUS
I'm not being a baby, I think I
really broke my back.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Can you move your legs?
                                                            
Titus wiggles his legs as Amos looks toward the mainland.
                                                            

125.

                       TITUS
Yeah
                                                            
                       AMOS
Great, cause you're gonna need
them, here come a shit load of
cops and they're probably pissed.
                                                            
Titus rolls onto his stomach and sees cop cars with their
lights and sirens on approaching them. He quickly stands up
and takes off his shredded riding jacket, Amos faces forward
on his motorcycle and slowly begins to move forward. Titus
turns around and jumps to his feet on to Amos' motorcycle
tapping him on the shoulder signaling for him to go.
                                                            
                       AMOS
I thought your back was broken?
                                                            
                       TITUS
You would be amazed at what police
sirens can heal.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Hang on!
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
BUSINESS ROOFTOP
                                                            
The Renoobian spacecraft is visible off of the Key Largo
coast, the craft is so massive that it dwarfs the island
itself. On top of almost every rooftop are soldiers
stationed with rocket propelled grenade launchers. One
soldier looks around and spots an older man, an AFGHANISTAN
VETERAN in his fifties dressed in camouflage clothing. The
man is calmly setting up a large metal stand connecting it
to a multi-missile launcher. The soldier whistles lightly to
get all of the other soldier's attention, when they look at
him he points at the man. All of the soldiers quickly run
down the fire escape to get where the man is at.
                                                            
ADJACENT ROOFTOP
                                                            
The man loads the last missile into the launcher and
connects it to a small computer as he begins to input a set
of codes. He squints his eyes at the ship and at the
computer estimating the distance, he smiles and continues to
input more codes. He hangs the small hand held computer on a
hook that is connected to the missile launcher stand, when
soldiers kick the rooftop door down aiming their weapons at
the man.
                                                            

126.

                       ROOFTOP SOLDIER
Step away from the weapon!
                                                            
The Afghanistan Veteran stops what he is doing and faces the
young soldiers.
                                                            
                       AFGHANISTAN VETERAN
And let them strike first? No, I
don't think so!
                                                            
He quickly looks out of the corner of his eye and pushes a
red button on the small hand held computer that reads
"LOCKED". The computer begins a fifteen second countdown
with large green digital numbers on the screen. The Veteran
smiles and raises his arms slowly beginning to walk backward
toward the edge of the rooftop.
                                                            
                       AFGHANISTAN VETERAN
You have ten seconds...
                                                            
Rooftop Soldier's eyes open wide when he sees the countdown.
He instinctively runs to the computer and grabs it, when he
looks at the keypad he tries to press the cancel button
however the screen that reads "LOCKED" blinks. He looks at
the veteran and shows him the keypad.
                                                            
                       ROOFTOP SOLDIER
      (Yells)
Stop the countdown!
                                                            
                       AFGHANISTAN VETERAN
You're too late.
                                                            
Afghanistan Veteran turn around, runs toward the edge and
spreads his arms out as he swan dives head first off of the
ledge. Rooftop Soldier looks on in disbelief when the loud
beep of the computer interrupts his thought. He looks at the
screen which shows that he has three seconds until the
missiles launch. He grabs a hold of the large swivel stand
and turns it around facing it inland using all of his
strength.
                                                            
                       ROOFTOP SOLDIER
      (Yells)
Get down!
                                                            
All of the soldiers fall to the ground covering their heads,
Rooftop Soldier covers his ears and runs to the side falling
to the ground as all six missiles launch one after another.
The missiles leave a trail of white smoke as they fly above
the city toward the Overseas Highway Bridge.
                                                            
 

127.

EXT. OVERSEAS HIGHWAY - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
WEST BRIDGE
                                                            
As Amos and Titus begin to near the island city, they look
off to their right side. At the same time they both see
three missiles heading toward the bridge in front of them.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Are those...
                                                            
Amos yells so loud Titus hears him through his helmet.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Yells)
Missiles!
                                                            
Titus grips the seat as he is still sitting backward. The
first missile passes behind them, in front of Titus' face.
Titus closes his eyes as the missile misses them on the west
bridge and hits the east bridge destroying it. The second
missile hits the east bridge making the motorcycle swerve.
Titus watches in shock as the bridge is crumbling behind
them. He looks to his left and sees a third rocket pass and
hit another section of the east bridge. Amos leans forward
and presses the button on the handle bars that shoots
nitrous oxide into the engine. The motorcycle jerks forward
as it gives them enough boost to be missed by the fourth
missile that hits the west bridge behind them causing the
crumbling highway to follow them as it sinks into the ocean
below. Titus looks to his left and sees the last two
missiles heading in their direction and closes his eyes.
Amos presses the nitrous oxide button again, but it just
clicks as the tanks are empty.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Shit!
                                                            
Titus looks at the east bridge as the fifth missile hits it
and explodes, destroying over a quarter mile of it. He looks
to his left again and sees the sixth and final missile
heading directly at them. When it makes contact, the bridge
is hit on the side cracking the road in front of them. As
the road cracks it begins to crumble and through chunks of
concrete in front of them. Amos sees a large piece that he
cannot avoid and yells so Titus can hear him.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Yells)
Run!
                                                            
Amos squeezes the brakes and turns the motorcycle to the
side so they both can jump off at the same time. One second

128.

before the motorcycle hits the chunk of concrete they jump
off and hit the ground rolling forward. Neither of them look
back, as soon as they stand up they start running as fast as
they can. The road falls to the ocean behind them throwing
tons of powdered concrete into the air. Amos and Titus are
both swallowed by the cloud of concrete as the bridge
finally stops breaking apart. Almost at the same time Amos
and Titus come running out of the cloud, once they don't
feel the bridge shaking anymore they look back and slow
down. Amos stops exhausted from running, takes his helmet
off and tries to catch his breath. When Titus stops he
coughs and spits on the road as his face was not protected
through the cloud of concrete. Titus walks around wiping his
face and dry heaving, after he begins to relax he clasps his
finger behind his head looking at the destruction as the
cloud of concrete settles. They both look at each other and
laugh with excitement still trying to catch their breath.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Out of breath)
What-the-fuck just happened?
                                                            
                       AMOS
A fuckin' miracle!
                                                            
Titus looks at the city and up at the sky to see if their is
going to be anymore action as Amos blesses himself.
                                                            
                       TITUS
You think that was from them?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Has to be, I mean, why in the hell
would we destroy our only way out
of here?
                                                            
Titus turns around and looks at the spacecraft in the
distance lightly nodding his head.
                                                            
 
INT. MARRIOTT BEACH RESORT, KEY LARGO - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
PENTHOUSE SUITE
                                                            
Seconds after the explosion, Santana and Rhea try to look
out of the window but cannot see what they heard. Almost
immediately Secret Service Agent 1 knocks on her hotel room
door. Rhea looks through the peep hole and quickly opens the
door.
                                                            
                       AGENT 1
We have a problem ma'am, it
appears that the Overseas Highway
has been blown apart, blocking any
            (MORE)

129.

                       AGENT 1 (cont'd)
land entrance or exit.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Was it them?
                                                            
                       AGENT 1
That remains a possibility Sir, we
need your go ahead to return fire
ma'am.
                                                            
                       RHEA
Possibility, so we are not yet
sure if it was them?
                                                            
                       AGENT 1
That's correct ma'am
                                                            
                       RHEA
In that case, no one is to return
fire until we are certain. I would
hate to start a war we cannot win.
                                                            
Santana quickly stands up and throws the chair behind him.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Yells)
What?
                                                            
                       AGENT 1
Yes ma'am.
                                                            
Secret Service Agent 1 looks at Rhea and shifts his eyes at
Santana making sure that he is not going to do anything to
Rhea. Rhea smiles to reassure him.
                                                            
                       RHEA
      (Whispers)
I'll be fine.
                                                            
Agent 1 nods his head and walks away, Rhea closes and locks
the door behind him.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
HELIUS' DEN
                                                            
SAIKAT a pink alien with octopus like tentacles for hair,
and Helius' childhood friend watch the smoke rise from the
bridge in the distance. Saikat looks at Helius with a grin,
however Helius only nods his head almost appearing sorrowful
for the destruction.
                                                            

130.

                       SAIKAT
Why are you not joyful? I thought
you loved destruction.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
I do, when I am the cause of it.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
What is the difference? Either way
the damage is done.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Do you not see what the humans are
doing?
                                                            
Saikat squints and thinks to himself for a moment he speaks
his answer slowly as if he is replying with a question.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
They are trying to make us appear
the antagonist?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Precisely
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
By destroying their own resources,
they can make it seem as if we are
the cause.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
The other humans will believe
whatever they are told.
                                                            
Helius turns around and begins to walk toward the door with
Saikat following him.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
The humans want a bad guy? I will
give them a bad guy.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
What do you speak of?
                                                            
Helius looks at Saikat and grins.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
You will see soon enough.
                                                            
 
EXT. OVERSEAS HIGHWAY - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
WEST BRIDGE
                                                            

131.

A white and green Dade County Sheriff's helicopter flies
next to the plume of smoke and swings around looking for
Amos and Titus. The D.C.S. CO-PILOT points out the two
walking toward the city.
                                                            
                       D.C.S. CO-PILOT
Look there they are.
                                                            
                       D.C.S. PILOT
      (To Radio)
Okay we have visual of both
suspects, it appears that they
have ditched the motorcycle and
are now on foot.
                                                            
                       D.C.S. CO-PILOT
Let's mess with them.
                                                            
Amos and Titus look back and see the D.C.S. Helicopter drop
low behind them. They both start running away when the
helicopter tilts slightly forward and begins to chase them.
The Pilot and Co-Pilot are laughing when the black S.C.T.
Tilt Rotor helicopter cuts them off and flies next to Amos
and Titus. To the D.C.S. Pilot and Co-Pilot's surprise Amos
and Titus have disappeared in the second it took for the
S.C.T. helicopter to pass by them.
                                                            
                       D.C.S. PILOT
What in the hell just happened?
                                                            
                       D.C.S. CO-PILOT
I'm not sure but it was pretty
fast and pretty cool.
                                                            
The Pilot looks at his Co-Pilot with a straight face as he
is not amused.
                                                            
                       D.C.S. CO-PILOT
What? I'd like to see you hop
inside of a helicopter at that
speed.
                                                            
INSIDE HELICOPTER
                                                            
Titus and Amos are standing up in the middle of everyone
breathing heavily and covered in concrete dust as they hang
on to the safety straps.
                                                            
                       TITUS
How did you guys get here so
quick? I barely turned on my
pager.
                                                            

132.

                       BRIGGS
We were in the neighborhood.
                                                            
Amos and Titus look at everyone as they are all dressed in
their full tactical gear.
                                                            
                       TITUS
I see, and why weren't we paged?
                                                            
Jonny looks up at Titus and scoffs.
                                                            
                       JONNY
A huge alien ship appears in Key
Largo and you need to be paged?
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Threatening)
Keep talking Jonny
                                                            
Captain Briggs steps in between Titus and Jonny to keep them
separated.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Listen guys, Santana asked that
you two sit this one out.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Why?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Tonight we will be escorting him
and the president into the alien
ship. We will be replacing her
usual security team.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Still doesn't explain why we can't
go.
                                                            
The S.C.T. PILOT turns around and interrupts them.
                                                            
                       S.C.T. PILOT
E.T.A. 30 seconds.
                                                            
Captain Briggs looks at the pilot and nods acknowledging
him, and then looks back at Amos.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Look we are almost there, why
don't you ask him yourself.
                                                            
 

133.

INT. MARRIOTT BEACH RESORT, KEY LARGO - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
PENTHOUSE SUITE
                                                            
Santana is talking to Rhea when his S.C.T. pager goes off,
he stops to read it and looks up at Rhea when he is done.
                                                            
                       RHEA
What do they want?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
look, I asked the team to replace
your usual security team for our
safety. They have already seen the
aliens so they will be more
focused on our safety. I wouldn't
want your boys to be too
distracted staring at the aliens,
I mean lord forbid anything happen
to you...
      (clears his throat)
Or to myself.
                                                            
                       RHEA
Awe, well that was very thoughtful
of you. Are the boys going to be
escorting us tonight?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
No I wanted them to have the night
off, I mean in case anything were
to go wrong I wouldn't want the
entire family name to be in one
place.
                                                            
HOTEL ROOFTOP
                                                            
The black S.C.T. helicopter flies above the hotel preparing
to land, but as it lowers one soldier stationed on top drops
to one knee and aims a rocket propelled grenade launcher at
them. Other soldiers aim their weapons at them in the air
never taking their eyes off of them. Captain Briggs steps
out on the rail of the helicopter to try and talk them down
but another soldier with a sniper rifle aims at him. Captain
Briggs steps inside the helicopter and closes the door to
talk to the pilot.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Keep circling, I don't think they
are expecting us.
                                                            

134.

                       S.C.T. PILOT
You can't expect what doesn't
exist.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
True, but after this mess I don't
think the S.C.T. will remain much
of a secret any longer.
                                                            
The helicopter keeps a safe distance until Santana and Rhea
come walking out to the rooftop. Rhea and Santana
immediately give orders to the soldiers to stand down and
clear a landing space. After the helicopter lands and begins
to power down the team comes walking out being led by
Captain Briggs. Santana waits with his arms crossed and then
looks surprised when he sees Amos and Titus walking
alongside of the rest of the team. Santana hugs Amos and
Titus and passes them to Rhea as he walks up to Captain
Briggs.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Whispers)
What are they doing here Briggs?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
They were already on their way
here when the bridge was blown up,
the police helicopter was on their
ass. It was either pick them up or
let them go to jail.
                                                            
Santana stares Briggs in the eyes letting him know that he
is not pleased with his decision. Briggs looks at Santana
and nods his head justifying his actions.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
They would have seen us fly
overhead anyway.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Did they ask why they were not on
the mission?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Yes Sir they did.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
And what did you tell them?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
I told them to ask you.
                                                            

135.

                       SANTANA
      (Sarcastic)
Whatever takes the pressure off of
yourself, right?
                                                            
Santana pats Captain Briggs on the shoulder as he walks
passed him up to Amos and Titus.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (To Amos and Titus)
What brings you two here? I mean
besides the obvious.
                                                            
                       AMOS
He dragged me here.
                                                            
Santana looks at Titus as he is the one that looks beat up
and dragged.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
To be honest it looks like Titus
was dragged.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Nope, curiousity led me here.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Tell me Titus, What did curiosity
do to the cat?
                                                            
                       TITUS
What cat?
                                                            
Titus looks at Santana thinking that he is going to give him
more information on the question when Amos leans in to
Titus.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Whispers)
It killed it.
                                                            
Titus shifts his eyes back to Santana to see if Amos' answer
was correct.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Exactly, the reason you two are
not on this mission is because the
De La Paz name shouldn't end in
one place at the same time because
of curiousity. You understand?
                                                            

136.

Rhea walks up to them just in time to hear what Santana was
saying and corrects him as he is making no effort to learn
anything about the aliens.
                                                            
                       RHEA
Renoobians
                                                            
                       SANTANA
What?
                                                            
                       RHEA
The aliens, they're called
Renoobians.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Whatever
                                                            
Rhea squints at Santana for the way he is acting toward her
in front of their sons and the S.C.T. Amos and Titus feel
the tension and begin to walk away.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Yeah I, we look like shit so we
are gonna go out and you know.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Ready ourselves for a good time.
                                                            
Rhea knows the kind of party lifestyle they lead so she just
pats them on their back and whispers to them as they leave.
                                                            
                       RHEA
      (Whispers)
Be careful.
                                                            
After Amos and Titus are almost inside Santana clears his
throat to get the team's attention.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Raised voice)
Alright, are we ready for tonight?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Tone full of
       energy)
Yes Sir we are.
                                                            
Rhea walks closer to the team inspecting them as she walks
by them with her hands behind her back.
                                                            
                       RHEA
Great, you guys put on some
smiles, fake ones if you must. The
camera's are going to be focused
            (MORE)

137.

                       RHEA (cont'd)
on us most of the night.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Yes Ma'am, it's just some of us
have pregame jitters.
                                                            
                       RHEA
      (Whispers to Jonny)
I don't blame you, I am a little
nervous myself. But you guys have
more experience in this field so
smile.
                                                            
As a joke the entire team purposely smile wide stretching
their faces to smile. Rhea plays along and laughs with them.
                                                            
                       RHEA
Just like that! Hey I will see you
guys later on.
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - EVENING
                                                            
BEACH
                                                            
As the day turns to evening News Anchorwoman LILLIAN HARRIS
is standing in front of a camera man getting ready to report
as people behind her are passing around drinks and playing
loud music. Some people who live in the Florida Keys, and
some who have managed to sneak in on the last minute have
given the Renoobian's arrival a more party-like atmosphere.
                                                            
                       LILLIAN HARRIS
Hello, I am Lillian Harris here on
location in front of the alien
spacecraft where in less than a
half hour President Rhea De La Paz
will be taking a yacht out to the
ship to meet with what she called
the Renoobians in an early press
conference. As you can see behind
me, many people have flocked out
to see if they can get a glimpse
of the Renoobians when the doors
are opened. However until then
they have turned what started as a
military blockade into...
                                                            
In the background as she is trying to talk, college kids
that have been drinking are jumping around, and doing flips
trying to get the camera's attention.
                                                            

138.

                       COLLEGE KID 1
      (Background)
Hi Mom!
                                                            
                       COLLEGE KID 2
      (Background)
Yeah, front row seats to the end
of the world baby!
                                                            
                       LILLIAN HARRIS
What some are calling the "Arrival
Party", I am Lillian Harris...
      (Nods her head)
Cut it, I can't do this with these
fuckin' kids behind me.
                                                            
The Camera Man turns off the light on the camera, and covers
the lens. Lillian takes her lapel microphone off and hands
it to him as he sticks everything in a black suitcase. As
they prepare to go home college kids are shouting at them.
                                                            
                       COLLEGE KID 3
Come on Lillian and camera guy,
let's party!
                                                            
The Camera Man looks at Lillian wanting to stay but leaves
the decision up to her.
                                                            
                       CAMERA MAN
      (To Lillian)
What do you say?
                                                            
                       LILLIAN HARRIS
Hey, this may be our last sign
off.
                                                            
                       CAMERA MAN
Cool, I'm gonna go put put this
stuff in the van, I'll be right
back.
                                                            
Lillian takes off her sports coat and throws it at her
camera man leaving her in a small top and skirt.
                                                            
                       LILLIAN HARRIS
Here put this in the van too!
                                                            
Lillian pulls her hair back into a pony tail and joins the
crowd to start dancing.
                                                            
BOARDWALK OVER BEACH
                                                            

139.

Amos and Titus are walking down the street cleaned up and
dressed in new clothes, when Titus spots Lillian Harris
joining the crowd and smiles. He knows Amos has a "TV Crush"
on her and elbows him on the side.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Check it out, it's Lillian Harris.
                                                            
                       AMOS
And?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Aren't you all in love with her
and shit?
                                                            
                       AMOS
I would hardly call it love, if
anything it's just a "Celebrity
Crush"
                                                            
                       TITUS
Let's go down there and you try to
hit that shit. Look she's already
drinking, I bet she will be D.T.F.
in no time.
                                                            
                       AMOS
What the hell do I have to lose
right?
                                                            
As Amos and Titus cross the street to go down to the beach
they see the police escorted limousine taking their parents
and the S.C.T. to the dock where their yacht is waiting.
They let the limousine pass and continue on their way to
talk to Lillian.
                                                            
DOCK
                                                            
As soon as the limousine comes to a complete stop the S.C.T.
jumps out of the limousine and police cars with their guns
in hand. Once a safe path is cleared Santana and Rhea step
out of the limousine smiling and holding hands, portraying
the "Happy Couple" for the cameras. Captain Briggs and Josh
lead the way to the yacht, they quickly run on and clear it
to make sure there is no one on board besides the Captain.
Once they signal that everything is safe Santana helps Rhea
on board.
                                                            
ON YACHT
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (To Rhea)
Are we ready?
                                                            

140.

                       RHEA
Yes, let's go.
                                                            
Captain Briggs whistles at the YACHT CAPTAIN to drive toward
the Renoobian ship. As the rest of the team continues
looking around for any possible threats Santana clears his
throat and nods at Jonny, Jonny licks his teeth under his
lips and discretely nods back. As they near the ship,
everyone looks up in amazement of the actual size of just
one of the ship's engines. When the yacht stalls on them,
Captain Briggs immediately looks up at the Yacht Captain.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
What's going on?
                                                            
                       YACHT CAPTAIN
I don't know, it just stalled...
                                                            
Everyone remains quiet only listening to the waves hit the
sides of the yacht and the faint sound of music from the
beach. They look up when they see a doorway accompanied by a
bright light open. The S.C.T. Agents quickly aim their
weapons at the door when a long glowing ramp comes sliding
out of the doorway and stops next to the yacht hovering
inches above the ocean surface. Jonny looks at Rhea stepping
in front of her to check how stable it is first. He
carefully steps on hanging on to the yacht and slowly lets
go, he bounces on it and finds it sturdy. Jonny nods his
head at Rhea so she can step on and follow him. Everyone
follows Rhea except for the Yacht Captain and Captain
Briggs. Captain Briggs stays behind to provide cover fire in
case they need to make a swift exit.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
KIRA'S ROOM
                                                            
Nira is looking down from a window high above as they walk
up the ramp. She smiles, turns around, and grabs Kira by the
wrist pulling her out of the room.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Come on, it's time!
                                                            
Nira leads Kira down a straight hallway where they see Lord
Richter waiting for Santana and Rhea.
                                                            
DOORWAY
                                                            
Eddie and Ralph walk passed everyone each holding a small
hand held jack. A large Reptile-like guard that looks like a
lizard with a human body covered in hard scaled skin

141.

immediately aims a metal spear with a glowing red laser tip
at them as they slowly drop to one knee. Eddie and Ralph
slowly set one jack at each edge of the door, stand up and
step away with their hands up showing that they are not a
threat.
                                                            
                       REPTILE GUARD
What is that?
                                                            
                       EDDIE
They're hand jacks, to insure us a
safe exit.
                                                            
Richter moves the guard aside so he can welcome them.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Please enter.
                                                            
The agents walk in and stand along the walls letting Santana
and Rhea walk in safely.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Welcome President De La Paz.
      (To Santana)
Senator, I hope you are well.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Sarcastic)
That I am.
                                                            
Richter extends his hand to Santana, Santana looks at it in
disgust and then looks at everyone in the room. He
reluctantly grabs and shakes his hand.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Grins)
Why the formalities? I believe we
have met.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Yes in one way, or another, where
are your two sons?
                                                            
                       RHEA
They will not be joining us this
evening.
                                                            
Helius and Saikat peek around the corner as Helius holds a
gun behind his back.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
They wanted a "Bad Guy" well here
I am.
                                                            

142.

Santana looks at Jonny through the corner of his eye and
nods giving him the signal to kill Rhea. Jonny takes a step
forward and aims his gun at Rhea's head.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Whispers to Rhea)
Forgive me
                                                            
Rhea stays focused on the weapon and realizes it was a set
up when none of the agents attempt to stop Jonny, they
simply look down in shame. When Richter sees Jonny with the
weapon he forms a clear telekinetic shield in front of
himself.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
What are you waiting for?
                                                            
Jonny hesitates and looks at Santana with fear in his eyes,
Rhea looks at Santana knowing it was his doing.
                                                            
                       RHEA
      (To Santana)
You.
      (To Jonny)
Stand down soldier!
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (To Jonny)
Do it!
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (To Santana)
I won't!
                                                            
                       RICHTER
What is the meaning of this?
                                                            
Jonny moves his gun aiming it at Santana, when he hears
Richter he turns his head slightly to answer him.
                                                            
                       JONNY
He was trying to make it look like
you killed her, but I drew the
short straw and now I have to!
                                                            
                       RHEA
      (Looks at Santana)
I can't believe you.
      (Looks at Jonny)
Arrest him.
                                                            

143.

                       SANTANA
Under what charges? Nothing
happened.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Conspiracy to assassinate the
president of the United States. I
got this Jonny, just lower your
gun.
                                                            
Eddie steps in and lowers Jonny's gun, he pulls out a set of
handcuffs from his duty belt, and walks up to Santana.
                                                            
                       EDDIE
Sir, please turn around and put
your hands behind your back.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Don't you touch me!
                                                            
Santana draws his gun and aims it at Richter, Richter's two
guards immediately step in the path with their glowing
spears ready to fire. Blaze and Josh aim at the Reptilian
Guards, while Davey and Ralph cover Eddie by aiming at
Santana.
                                                            
                       DAVEY
      (To Santana)
Put your gun down Sir!
                                                            
                       REPTILE GUARD
      (To Blaze and Josh)
Lower your weapons!
                                                            
                       JOSH
      (To Reptilian
       Guards)
You put your's down first!
                                                            
Joe grabs Rhea by the arm and leads her outside when Helius
steps out from around the corner with a laser gun in hand.
Helius fires a single red laser beam at Rhea's back, it
exits through her heart instantly killing her. Joe looks
back when Helius fires again shooting him in the neck, Joe
falls to the ground holding his neck as he spurts blood
everywhere in shock. Davey and Ralph turn around and shoot
at Helius however their bullets sink into his skin causing
him pain but are pushed out as Saikat touches his shoulder
sharing his ability to heal making Helius near invincible.
Richter and his guards retreat unharmed while Jonny drops to
the floor and throws a smoke grenade that instantly clouds
the room. Nira peeks around the corner still holding Kira by
the hand.
                                                            

144.

                       NIRA
Perfect.
                                                            
Nira turns herself and Kira invisible, runs through the
smoke filled room ducking down toward the exit undetected.
                                                            
                       REPTILE GUARD
Close the doors!
                                                            
                       NIRA
As soon as you jump and hit the
water, start swimming toward the
land.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Nira, that is a high jump.
                                                            
                       NIRA
It is your ticket to see the new
world. Now go before the doors
close.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Nira wait, what is swimming?
                                                            
Nira pushes Kira out of the door, Kira falls all the way to
the water unnoticed except by Santana, she instinctively
starts swimming but has trouble as she panics. Jonny leads
Santana out to the door but sees that one hand-jack has
given out to the heavy door. Santana slides under and looks
down at the dark ocean and notices that Kira appeared to be
human. Santana looks back under the door and sees Jonny
sliding on his stomach toward the door and pulls the
hand-jack out.
                                                            
                       JONNY
No, Sir wait!
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Sorry Jonny but you cannot be
trusted anymore.
                                                            
As the door falls closed it crushes all of the fingers on
Jonny's right hand. His body continues sliding until he hits
the door trapped inside. Jonny holds in his pain as he hears
his finger bones cracking, he looks around for help but sees
that he is the only surviving agent. Once the smoke slightly
clears the Reptile Guard is shot and injured. He walks up to
Jonny with his spear, Jonny tries to reach for a gun lying
on the floor but is just out of reach so he closes his eyes
waiting to be stabbed.
                                                            

145.

                       HELIUS
Wait a minute!
                                                            
Jonny slowly opens his eyes to see why he has not yet been
killed. When he opens them he sees Helius crouched down next
to him with a smile on his face.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Now is when you chose whether you
want to live, or die.
                                                            
                       JONNY
What?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
If you want to live I will free
you of your fingers, if you want
to die I will walk away and let
him kill you. It's your choice.
                                                            
Jonny stares at Helius and at the guard as his eyes are full
of tears, breathing hard holding in his pain.
                                                            
                       JONNY
I want to live!
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Great, Saikat please free the man
of his fingers.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
My pleasure.
                                                            
Saikat kneels down and takes a knife out of Jonny's leg
holster.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Hey, no, no, what are you doing?
Just open the damn door!
                                                            
Saikat smiles as he flips the knife open revealing the
blade, he looks at Jonny with a grin. With one clean swipe
he cuts off all of the fingers on Jonny's right hand off.
Jonny turns around looking at his bloody hand trying to calm
himself down by closing his eyes and takes quick shallow
breaths. After a minute he begins to calm by leaning his
head back against the door and taking deep breaths. Jonny
does not care to look when Helius removes his gun from his
side holster, Helius looks at it examining it. Helius
removes the magazine from the gun, partially pulls the slide
back and sees that there is one bullet in the chamber. Jonny
slowly looks down when he feels Helius fit the gun into his
left hand.
                                                            

146.

                       HELIUS
You would like to shoot me, would
you not?
                                                            
Jonny does not say a word, he looks passes Helius at Saikat.
Helius turns around and smiles when he sees that Jonny is
staring at Saikat.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
You want to shoot Saikat?
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Panting)
The thought has crossed my mind.
                                                            
Jonny looks off to his side as Joe is slightly moving in
pain as he is still bleeding out of his neck. Helius follows
Jonny's eyes and sees Joe slowly shift his eyes to them.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
That one bullet can put an end to
your friends suffering. You know
that right?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Yes.
                                                            
Jonny lifts the gun and aims it at Joe, Joe nods his head
letting Jonny know that he wants him to end his suffering.
When Jonny puts his finger on the trigger Helius interrupts
him.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Here is the deal, if you kill your
friend I will not give you new
fingers. However if you shoot um,
Saikat in the leg I guarantee you
will get your fingers back.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Why can't you just fix Joe too?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Because I do not want to. Now what
will it be selfishly shoot Saikat
and watch your friend suffer
another fifteen minutes? Or help
him die?
                                                            
                       JOE
      (Weak)
Jonny
                                                            

147.

Jonny looks at Joe briefly, but quickly moves the gun and
shoots Saikat in his knee. Helius steps back laughing as
Saikat falls to his one knee in pain however slowly healing.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Laughing)
Wow! I cannot believe you just did
that! Remind me not to be your
friend. I mean if I was ever dying
a slow and painful death I would
welcome a bullet.
                                                            
Jonny throws the gun on the floor and stares at Joe as he
coughs up blood.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Look at that, in the little time
you have been here you have made
two simple decisions. One let you
live, and the other gave you your
fingers back. The last decision
you made with Santana, where did
that get you?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Here.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Now you tell me who is the real
bad guy?
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
YACHT
                                                            
Santana makes it on board with Briggs and the Yacht Captain.
The Yacht Captain knows something went wrong and manages to
start the yacht. He quickly pulls back the throttle and gets
them away from the Renoobian ship. After Santana catches his
breath he looks at Briggs as he stares at the ship thinking
that all of his men are dead. Briggs turns his eyes on
Santana, Santana looks at Briggs.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
What?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Sir, why were you pulling out the
handjack?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
The handjack?
                                                            

148.

                       BRIGGS
I saw you through the scope of my
gun.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I see, than you must have seen
that I did it to make sure no
alien would follow me.
                                                            
Santana stares at Briggs for a moment knowing that he does
not believe him. Santana's guilt gives him the need to
further explain himself to Briggs.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
They died doing their job! They
willingly entered knowing full
well what the risks were.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Tell me this, were all of my guys
dead when you pulled the
hand-jack? Not one of them had the
slightest chance of making it out
when you did?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
If you want to say something
Jason, just say it.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
I don't have anything to say, I
just hate to think of any of my
men suffering when they may have
had a chance of escaping.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I am human, give me some credit,
only a monster would leave them to
suffer.
                                                            
THE BEACH
                                                            
Amos and Titus are walking away from the Arrival party.
Titus is looking everywhere as Amos walks with his head hung
low, Titus looks at him with a smile.
                                                            
                       TITUS
So she shot you down, fuck her!
She's not really a celebrity
anyway.
                                                            

149.

                       AMOS
You're right Fuck Lillian Harris,
her loss.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Joking)
I don't know about that, I mean
she's still damn sexy, so I think
it's your loss.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Sarcastically)
Thank you Titus, can't you at
least lie to me?
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Joking)
To make you feel better? Na
                                                            
                       AMOS
The traffic girl is way hotter
anyway, Kandolite something...
                                                            
                       TITUS
Why are you checking out TV
persona's man? Open your eyes to
reality and you will see that your
dream girl is...
                                                            
As Titus is talking Amos looks further ahead at the dark
beach when he notice's a person's lifeless body wash up to
shore.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Right there!
                                                            
Before Titus looks up to see what Amos is looking at, Amos
is already running to the body.
                                                            
                       TITUS
What?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Over here, it's a person!
                                                            
Amos quickly grabs the female's body, pulls her away from
the waves, and begins to perform CPR on her. After a couple
of chest compressions he puts his mouth to hers, after one
breath she spits up sea water and begins to cough. Amos
backs away wiping his face with a smile of satisfaction. The
girl opens her eyes and spits trying to get the salt water
taste out of her mouth. Even with her eyes squinted he can
see that they are a bright aqua blue, that is the moment he

150.

falls in love with Kira. She smiles as she stares at him,
when Titus interrupts the moment by snapping his fingers in
front of Amos' eyes. Titus helps Kira sit up and catch her
breath.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Are you okay?
                                                            
Kira wipes away her tears and looks at her surroundings, not
saying a word. Amos looks at her completely soaked and takes
off his shirt wrapping it around her body, leaving him
wearing only a white muscle shirt.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Take my shirt, you're gonna be
fine.
                                                            
Titus stands up and looks around as Amos stays next to her
talking.
                                                            
                       AMOS
What's your name?
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Whispers)
Kira.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Kira, that's a cool name. I'm Amos
and this is my brother Titus.
                                                            
Kira looks at them both with a smile of embarrassment.
                                                            
                       KIRA
I am sorry I do not know what to
say, thank you so much for saving
my life.
                                                            
                       AMOS
No problem, do you mind if I ask
where you came from?
                                                            
Amos feels as if English is not her first language because
she speaks slowly and quietly as she thinks about every word
she is going to say before she actually says it. Kira looks
back at the ship and then looks at Amos.
                                                            
                       KIRA
I, I do not remember.
                                                            
Titus hears her answer and saw the way she glanced at the
ship, he takes a few steps away to examine her from a
distance.
                                                            

151.

                       TITUS
You can't remember where you're
from?
                                                            
Kira quickly answers as to not raise so much suspicion.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Quick)
Here, I am from here.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Sarcastically)
Yeah, I bet you are.
                                                            
Amos stands up holding Kira by the hand and looks down at
her.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Let me help you up.
                                                            
Amos slowly turns to Titus as Kira is standing up.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Whispers to Titus)
What are you doing?
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Whispers)
Amos the girl isn't from here, I
think she might be...
                                                            
As Titus is about to finish a bright spotlight shines on
them from the street above. Santana's silhouette appears
next to the light as he makes his way down to them, he looks
at Kira for a moment and then looks at Amos as he holds her.
Santana looks at Titus, inside of himself he can tell by
Santana's look that something is wrong.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (To Kira)
You beat me here.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Where's Mom?
                                                            
Santana looks Titus in the eyes, takes a step closer to him
and whispers.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Whispers)
I'm sorry son.
                                                            

152.

                       TITUS
Dad where is Mom?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
The entire thing was a set up, it
all happened so quickly, they shot
first and...
      (Sadly)
Jason and I were the only
survivors.
                                                            
Titus turns around and walks away pulling his head back as
he runs his fingers over the top of his head trying not to
cry. Amos looks down at the sand in sadness and then at
Santana as he keeps looking at Kira trying not to stare so
obviously.
                                                            
                       AMOS
How did this happen?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
They're not what we thought, they
set us up son we did not stand a
chance.
                                                            
Kira looks at him and takes a small step forward.
                                                            
                       KIRA
That is not true, I saw one of
your men aim a weapon at your
wife.
                                                            
After hearing what Kira said Titus slowly turns around and
stares at Santana.
                                                            
                       TITUS
What?
                                                            
                       KIRA
I speak the truth.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Nervously)
Son, she is one of them, she may
not look it but I saw her on the
ship. You can't believe anything
she says.
                                                            
                       AMOS
No, I don't know why, but for some
reason right now I am believing
her more than I am you.
                                                            

153.

                       SANTANA
You can't be serious Amos, they
just killed Rhea damn it! This
bitch is lucky I do not kill her
just for being one of them!
                                                            
Fearing that they will find out that he is lying, Santana
points up at the limousine.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Titus get in the car, Amos you
should follow his lead.
                                                            
Titus walks a short distance before he notices that Amos is
not following him. Titus turns around and looks at Amos as
he still standing at Kira's side.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Amos, aren't you coming?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Titus are you not hearing this? My
dad is full of...
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Yelling)
Listen to yourself man! Why are
you believing some alien you just
met over your own father's word?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Because it's not true Titus!
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Yelling)
How would we know? We weren't
there, he was!
                                                            
                       AMOS
Well so was Kira, she has no
reason to lie to us, he does.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Why would I lie about such a
horrible ordeal?
                                                            
Amos looks around in frustration.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Yells)
Titus, this is why were not on the
mission!
                                                            

154.

                       TITUS
I think she is clouding your
better judgment Bro.
                                                            
Amos sees Titus reaching for his gun so he stands in front
of Kira.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Move out of the way or I will
shoot you both.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Your gun is not loaded.
                                                            
Titus stares at Amos knowing he has no chance of bluffing
since they both know that Amos stole all of his ammunition.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Then why are you standing in front
of her?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Because dad's is and he will stop
at nothing to get what he wants.
Isn't that right? Dad.
                                                            
Titus lets his gun hang from his trigger finger and lets it
fall to the sand.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Savor the flavor of that word,
because from here on I am Santana
to you.
                                                            
Santana turns Titus around and puts his arm around him as
they begin to walk toward the limousine. When the spotlight
turns off Kira hugs Amos and rests her head on his chest
listening to the waves roll on shore.
                                                            
                       KIRA
I am so sorry.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Don't be.
                                                            
                       KIRA
You can come home with me if you'd
like.
                                                            
Amos looks at her and smiles.
                                                            

155.

                       AMOS
I think that might be easier said
than done.
                                                            
                       KIRA
My father would do anything for
me, he has told me many times.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - LATER
                                                            
LIVING QUARTERS
                                                            
Lord Richter is walking through the living quarters to
Nira's room. When he turns a corner he sees Nira coming his
way, he blocks her path with his arm. Nira stops and looks
up at her father afraid he knows that she helped Kira leave.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Where is your sister?
                                                            
                       NIRA
I do not know, I have not seen her
in all day.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Do not lie to me Nira, I do not
wish to intrude on your thoughts
but I will if deemed necessary.
                                                            
Richter palms Nira's face with his three fingers, two on her
temples, and one on her chin. he slowly moves her face up so
she will look at him in the eyes. Richter closes his eyes to
read her thoughts but Nira quickly pulls away.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Okay, okay she went out!
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Out where?
                                                            
                       NIRA
Outside of the ship, I warned her
not to, I told her it is much too
dangerous. She would not listen to
me father, I apologize I should
have said something sooner, but
she told me not to tell.
                                                            
Richter walks away from Nira without saying a word. Nira
looks at her father with a fake "concerned" look on her
face.
                                                            
 

156.

EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
THE BEACH
                                                            
Amos and Kira have moved further from the water and are
sitting on boulders laughing getting to know each other.
Kira leans in for a kiss, Amos brushes her hair from her
face as he leans in. Before he can kiss her a metallic whip
wraps around his wrist with precision never coming close to
touching Kira. Before Amos has a chance to think he is
pulled away from her and slammed on the sand.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Amos!
                                                            
                       AMOS
Kira stay back!
                                                            
As a figure steps out of the shadows to grab Kira, Amos
pulls the whip swinging it's handler toward the boulders.
The handler rolls on the sand until the boulders stop him.
Amos runs and tackles the figure behind Kira to the ground.
Before he can do anything else the whip comes flying in and
wraps itself around Amos' waist. The whip is pulled making
Amos spin in the air and hit the ground with the breath
knocked out of him. The shadowed figure runs up to him about
to kick him in the face, when Kira shouts.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Enough!
                                                            
The shadowed figure stops and puts his leg down. Amos looks
up at them and realizes that they are Renoobians as the whip
retracts into the handler's wrist. Amos stands up dusting
himself off backing up toward Kira.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Amos they are here for me.
                                                            
                       AMOS
What?
                                                            
                       KIRA
The truth is I ran away...
                                                            
                       AMOS
And they are here to take you
back.
                                                            
Kira nods and lowers her head in shame.
                                                            
                       AMOS
When can I see you again?
                                                            

157.

                       KIRA
I do not know.
                                                            
Amos steps in and lifts her face with his hand as he kisses
her in the lips. Her guardians look at each other unsure of
what to do. Amos slips his cell phone into the breast pocket
of his shirt that she is wearing.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Whispers)
What is this?
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Whispers)
It's my cell phone.
                                                            
Kira steps away and gives Amos a confused look.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Whispers)
What does it do?
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Whispers)
When it rings, slide it open. It
will be me.
                                                            
Amos steps away as one guardian picks Kira up and runs to
the ship over the ocean surface as if it were solid ground.
The other guardian gives Amos a disgusted look before
following the other. Amos turns around and walks to the
street with nowhere to go.
                                                            
CITY STREET
                                                            
For over an hour Amos wonders aimlessly watching thieves
break into unoccupied homes that the owners abandoned in a
haste. He sees an older man in the distance packing the
trunk of his vehicle with some of his belongings. Amos looks
off as two young men are crossing the street walking toward
the man. Amos sees that one of them has a shotgun in his
hand and immediately knows they are up to no good. One guy
grabs the man from behind covering his mouth while the other
aims the shotgun at his stomach.
                                                            
                       THUG 1
What's up Pops?
                                                            
                       DAD
Please I do not want any trouble I
just want to get my family off of
the island.
                                                            

158.

                       THUG 1
      (To his partner)
Hey check what he has in the
trunk, maybe we can get off of the
island too.
                                                            
As THUG 2 lets go of the man to go check the trunk, the man
closes his eyes when he sees his 16 year old daughter step
out of the house with a back pack filled with her
belongings. The girl stops in surprise when she sees her
father at gun point, as THUG 2 begins to walk in her
direction.
                                                            
                       THUG 2
Wait I see something much better.
                                                            
                       DAD
No please, take my keys you can
have the car just leave my
daughter alone.
                                                            
                       THUG 1
Oh we will be taking everything,
once we are done with her.
                                                            
                       DAD
      (Shouts)
Danella run!
                                                            
His daughter drops the bag and runs inside, Thug 2 runs into
the home after her. Amos sees that Thug 1 is standing in
front of the passenger side rear door as he holds the man at
gun point. When Amos sees that the driver's side rear
passenger door is open and that the back seat is empty he
runs as quick and quiet as he can. When he is about to reach
the car Amos jumps into the backseat feet first, and slides
on his back kicking the rear passenger door open hitting
Thug 1 in his spine. Amos slides out just as quick as he
slid in and catches the gun as Thug 1 threw it in the air
when Amos hit him. Amos tosses the gun to the man and runs
inside the home to stop Thug 2. Amos runs inside and hears
the girls muffled screams upstairs, he runs up the stairs
and quietly walks passed the doors that are half opened
until he sees her bedroom door that is fully opened.
                                                            
DANELLA'S ROOM
                                                            
Danella is lying on the bed crying as Thug 2 has slapped her
and ripped her shirt off.
                                                            
                       THUG 2
Move and I'll kill you!
                                                            

159.

Thug 2 unbuckles his belt and unbuttons his pants as he
walks toward the bedroom door.
                                                            
                       THUG 2
      (Grinning)
I like my privacy.
                                                            
Once Thug 2 has the door half closed Amos kicks it in making
the edge hit his face. Thug 2 drops his pants as he bleeds
from his nose, Amos grabs him by his throat pushing him
backward into the room with his pants around his ankles.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Than you should have stayed at
home!
                                                            
                       THUG 2
What the fuck?
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Threatening voice)
Look you want to steal shit, be my
guest, but this... What you were
about to do, that shit doesn't fly
with me.
                                                            
Amos pushes Thug 2 out of the already opened second floor
window. Thug 2 let's out a short scream before he hits the
ground neck first. Amos turns around, looks at the girl as
she is covering herself with a pillow and crying.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Are you okay?
                                                            
                       DANELLA 2
      (Crying)
Thank you
                                                            
The Dad comes into the room with the shotgun aimed at Amos
thinking he was one of the thugs.
                                                            
                       DAD
Get on the ground you son of a
bitch!
                                                            
                       DANELLA 2
No wait Dad! He is the good guy.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Yeah, the guy you want just...
left.
                                                            

160.

Danella laughs when she hears Amos and runs to her Dad
hugging him. The Dad leans the shotgun on the wall as he
holds her tight. The man looks up at Amos with a grateful
expression.
                                                            
                       DAD
Thank you so much, how can I ever
repay you? Do you need a ride,
cash?
                                                            
                       AMOS
No thanks I'm fine.
                                                            
                       DAD
      (Confused)
You're staying on the island?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Probably one of the few who is.
                                                            
                       DAD
Listen I am not planning on
returning, and I do not even want
to think of what could have
happened to Danella had you not
been there.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Her name is Danella?
                                                            
                       DAD
Yes why?
                                                            
                       AMOS
It's just my sister-in-law was
named Danella, except well... I
wasn't able to save her.
                                                            
The man nods his head and removes a key from his key ring.
                                                            
                       AMOS
What's this?
                                                            
                       DAD
If you are staying, you might as
well stay in luxury.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Wow, I don't know how to say thank
you for this.
                                                            

161.

                       DAD
What you did was thanks enough. I
don't think just anyone would have
stepped in to help a total
stranger.
                                                            
                       AMOS
I don't know if you know this, but
there is no leaving, the bridge is
out.
                                                            
                       DAD
I know, those alien son's of
bitches blew it up, but I'm just
driving to the airstrip, I'm some
what of a pilot.
                                                            
DRIVEWAY
                                                            
The man has wrapped a blanket around Danella and has helped
her to the front seat of the car. He closes her door and
shuts all of the doors as he runs around the car to the
driver's seat. He waves at Amos one last time before they
drive away.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
HELIUS' DEN
                                                            
Jonny is sitting on a metal stool with his hand inside of a
clear glass machine that is using a green laser to copy his
tissue and bone to form his new fingers. Helius and Saikat
are sitting on comfortable chairs looking at how amazed
Jonny is to see his fingers form before his eyes pain free.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
You see Jonny I keep my promises,
in a few minutes you will have the
brand new fingers I promised you.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Why do you want me?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Excuse me?
                                                            
                       JONNY
You obviously need me for
something, or you wouldn't be
doing this.
                                                            

162.

                       HELIUS
Tell me about the man who left you
for dead?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Santana?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Yes Santana, what was the expected
outcome of his actions this night?
                                                            
Jonny looks around at the room, he sucks his teeth as he
looks out at the city through a window.
                                                            
                       JONNY
I don't know, the man is full of
secret agendas. He spent most of
his professional career looking
for the existence of alien life
and now that it has found him he
wants nothing to do with you.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
He has been looking for us?
                                                            
                       JONNY
The team I was apart of, Santana
created it to "cover up" the
existence of any extraterrestrials
and study them ourselves. However
every E.T. we have found was dead
on arrival, at least until now.
                                                            
After the lasers on the machine turn off, Jonny removes his
hand and looks at his fingers wiggling them as he continues
to talk.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Santana is power hungry, he hates
what he cannot control, and as
long as you are alive he has no
control over you.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
I see, as of now does he pose a
threat?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Not government wise, he had more
power when Rhea was alive. He may
have some underground connections
but right now he is just another
senator.
                                                            

163.

                       HELIUS
If we were to televise your every
word, Santana would lose any and
all power he might have and we
would be in the clear?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Well after you tore him down, you
would still have to show the world
who you really are, and then you
would be clear.
                                                            
Helius walks over to Jonny standing only inches away from
him.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Tell me Mr. Isla, what exactly do
you think we are?
                                                            
                       JONNY
So far as I can tell, you are
intelligent beings just looking to
survive much like us humans.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Are you telling me what you think
I want to hear, or do you believe
that?
                                                            
                       JONNY
The more I see your behavior I am
starting to believe it.
                                                            
Helius steps back and signals for Saikat to stand up. When
Helius helps Jonny off of his seat Saikat puts away the
stool he was sitting on.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Than what are we waiting for? Let
us go outside and find a news crew
so that we may all live in peace.
                                                            
Saikat catches Jonny by surprise when he pushes a medical
syringe gun against the back of his head and pulls the
trigger releasing a nan-ex an almost microscopic explosive
into his head. Jonny jerks away and turns around looking at
Saikat with an angry look.
                                                            
                       JONNY
What the hell was that?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Insurance Mr. Isla
                                                            

164.

                       JONNY
Insurance for what?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Saikat injected you with a nan-ex,
it is basically an almost
microscopic explosive. However it
is powerful enough to blow your
head apart. That is if you try
anything that may bring us harm.
                                                            
                       JONNY
How do I know you will not just
set it off once I tell the world
what you want me to tell them?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Because I do not hold the trigger,
you do. It's a smart-weapon, all
you have to be is faithful, and
truthful, because if you are
not... well you know.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Yeah.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Good, so I trust I can send you
outside and you will return with a
news crew?
                                                            
                       JONNY
I'll try.
                                                            
LOADING AREA, AIR LOCK CHAMBER
                                                            
The two aliens that took Kira away from Amos arrive through
an airlock chamber. They stand holding Kira in their arms as
the ship's outer door closes looking at Richter on the other
side of a sliding glass door. Once the outer door closes the
glass door slides up and the two aliens stand Kira in front
of Richter, they bend down on one knee to show their respect
and then leave. Kira knows she is in trouble and immediately
drops to both knees in front of Richter, her eyes begin to
water as she stares at the floor ashamed to look her father
in the eyes.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Where were you tonight?
                                                            
Kira stays on her knees slowly moving her head up to look at
Richter.
                                                            

165.

                       KIRA
      (Whispers)
On, on the beach father.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Without my consent.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Whispers)
I am so sorry father.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Were you alone?
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Whispers)
I was the only non-human.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
I asked if you were alone.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Whispers)
No, I was with a human boy.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Does he know what you are?
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Whispers)
Yes, I told him.
                                                            
Richter lifts her up with his telekinetic powers and lets
her legs unfold. When she stands up he releases her from his
telekinetic hold.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Why would you do such a thing
Kira?
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Raises her voice)
Father he saved my life, and
protected me from human threat. He
put his life before mine as he
tried to fight off the guardians.
He thought they were there to hurt
me.
                                                            
Kira's eyes open wide when she realizes she raised her voice
at her father. She covers her mouth with both hands and
looks at him with fear.
                                                            

166.

                       RICHTER
Who is this boy?
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Scared)
I do not want to say.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
You will tell me.
                                                            
                       KIRA
No, if I do you will seek him out
and cause him harm. I will not let
you because I love him.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
You do not know what love is.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Granted I have only read about it,
but I believe that love is when
you would die for someone, or you
would put yourself in harms way if
it ment saving them.
                                                            
Richter scoffs and looks off in a different direction.
                                                            
                       KIRA
He loves me.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
He told you he did?
                                                            
                       KIRA
No he did not, However I felt it
when we were... together.
                                                            
Richter does not say anything, he turns around and begins to
walk away down the hallway. Kira stays standing in place
worried that she disrespected him.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Father are you angered with me?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
No.
                                                            
Kira looks at Richter walk away when she notices Nira
peeking around a corner that Richter has already passed.
Kira quickly walks in her direction but Nira turns around
and pretends she was just walking down that hallway in the
opposite direction.
                                                            

167.

                       KIRA
Nira!
                                                            
                       NIRA
Oh sister, what are you doing back
so soon?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Do not play coy, I saw you
listening.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Okay I will admit I heard most of
it, what I cannot believe is that
you raised your voice at him and
he left you without punishment.
                                                            
                       KIRA
He has done so for you on a couple
of occassions.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Yes but on minor occurrences, what
you did was epic.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Yes but I am not proud.
                                                            
Nira puts her arm around Kira and leads her down the
hallway.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Come, you must tell me about this
boy you met.
                                                            
 
INT. AMOS' HOME, KEY LARGO - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
Amos is walking around his new home looking in every room
slowly looking at pictures that are hung on the wall. He
wonders into a three car garage that has one empty space
where the man's car was parked, and on the other side two
motorcycles. One was the father's the other his daughter's.
Amos walks passed the motorcycles and smiles when he sees
the keys in the ignition. He sees a sport's car that
belonged to Danella, the car has a custom pink and black
paint job with pink colored rims. Amos looks at the wall and
sees a set of keys hanging that have a dock number on them.
Amos snatches the keys, opens the garage, and speeds away on
the father's motorcycle letting the garage door
automatically close behind him. As he drives down the
streets he sees some people packing, others still looting.
                                                            
 

168.

EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
BOAT DOCKS
                                                            
Amos slowly drives the motorcycle on the docks looking for a
matching dock number on the keys he has. He notices a ferry
boat departing to the mainland with Santana's limousine on
it. He hurries up and stops when he arrives at a large boat
that has two jet ski's attached to them. He quickly unhooks
the jet ski's, drives the motorcycle on deck, and quickly
runs to start the boat.
                                                            
 
EXT. FERRY BOAT - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
Titus is leaning over the safety rails looking down at the
waves. Santana walks up to him, leans against the guard
rail, and looks at Titus.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
How are you holding up?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I'll survive.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Do you want to stay at the
penthouse?
                                                            
                       TITUS
No thanks, I think I am just going
to go home and sleep.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Alright but we will get some
breakfast in the morning, yeah?
                                                            
Titus looks behind them as Briggs leans against the trunk of
the limousine watching the distant lights of the island
disappear.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Dad, why are you having Briggs
tail Amos?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I don't know, I guess I want to
make sure that he is safe, also
Jason is trying to redeem his
loyalty.
                                                            

169.

                       TITUS
Why does Cap need to redeem
himself to you?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
He indirectly accused me of
something I did not do earlier. If
you only learn one thing in life,
learn to not bite the hand that
feeds you.
                                                            
Santana and Titus get inside the back seat of the limousine
when the Ferry docks. When the ramp goes down Briggs watches
the limousine leave without him. Briggs walks around the
Captain's station, sits down, and lights a cigarette. The
ferry captain is about to press a button that will raise the
ramp when he sees two guys dressed in black running to try
and get on. The captain walks over to the boys to tell them
that this was the last ride of the night, however the boys
insist they live in Key Largo and need to get home. The
captain knows they just want to go join in the vandalism and
looting. The captain nods his head and turns around when one
of the boys pulls a gun on him. The boys do not see Briggs
as he is just sitting out of view relaxing, he listens as
the captain complies with their orders and lets them on.
Briggs puts his cigarette out on the floor and waits as the
boys are leading the captain to the captain's station so he
can drive. They stand at the doorway as the captain puts the
boat in reverse and departs from the dock when Briggs sneaks
up behind them with a gun in each hand. He quickly fires two
shots at the back of their knees shooting out both of their
knee caps from behind. The boys fall backward dropping their
weapons in pain. Briggs kicks the weapons out of their reach
and paces around them.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Today is about to become the last
day of your lives because I am in
no mood for mercy.
                                                            
The boys open their eyes wide when Briggs steps in between
them and pushes the barell of each gun against the head of
each boy.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
I tell you what, whoever makes it
to that wall first gets to live.
                                                            
                       BOY 1
What?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
I didn't stutter, now go.
                                                            

170.

Both boys cry as they pull themselves racing to the wall.
Briggs walks along them with the guns aimed at their head
smiling as he looks back and sees the streaks of blood that
they are leaving behind.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Come on I don't have all damn
night.
                                                            
When Boy 2 is inches away from the wall he tries to leap
forward when Briggs touches the wall before him.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Oh, looks like I win.
                                                            
                       BOY 2
What? But...
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
I never said I wasn't playing.
                                                            
                       BOY 1
What?
                                                            
Briggs shoots them in the head at the same time. After
holstering his weapons, Briggs pulls their bodies by the
arms toward the safety rails, and throws them over board one
at a time. The ferry captain watches amazed out how easily
Briggs killed the boys without hesitation or remorse. Briggs
looks at the captain as he pulls the last boy toward the
rail.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
They should have stayed home.
                                                            
 
INT. TITUS' HOME, MIAMI - LATER
                                                            
GARAGE
                                                            
Amos runs down the emergency stairwell with the last of his
belongings and throws them inside of a black pickup that he
has pulled out. He takes a quick inventory in his head and
pulls the straps down so everything is secure. He goes and
gets his favorite motorcycle and pushes into a small towing
trailer attached to the back of the truck, he then loads the
motorcycle he cam in next to it and straps them down. After
everything is secure he runs to the driver's side where he
is surprised by Titus that is just standing next to the door
looking at him.
                                                            
                       TITUS
I take it, you're moving out?
                                                            

171.

                       AMOS
Yeah.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Who's bike is that?
                                                            
                       AMOS
It came with my new house.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Your new house. In Key Largo?
                                                            
                       AMOS
What does it matter, you sided
with Santana on something that so
obviously is wrong, and it looks
like you disowned me because of
someone that I love. Maybe once
you open your eyes you can look me
up.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Not likely, as long as you are
with that test tube bitch, we are
no longer brothers.
                                                            
                       AMOS
What do you mean test tube?
                                                            
                       TITUS
For someone obsessed with the
obvious, you cannot see that she
is an alien human hybrid. Humans
do not come from outer space, she
is an abomination to God and all
that is natural.
                                                            
                       AMOS
I didn't know you were so
religious, and I am sorry you feel
that way Titus.
                                                            
Amos opens the door to the truck and jumps inside, the
entire time Titus is staring at him with pure anger.
                                                            
                       AMOS
By the way my home is in Key
Largo.
                                                            
Titus turns around and walks away as Amos takes off in the
truck. Titus steps inside of the elevator to go upstairs and
yells as he punches every wall cracking most of the safety
glass. When he arrives upstairs he walks down the hallway

172.

and into the dark living room where he falls to his knees
looking out of the large window cursing at God.
                                                            
                       TITUS
First you take Danella, my Mother,
and my friends! And now, now you
take my brother from me! What in
the hell else do you want from me?
                                                            
After a moment of crying Titus puts his hands on the floor
and goes quiet. He begins to grin a demonic smile with anger
and hate behind his eyes. Titus stares at his palms in the
dark laughing sadistically.
                                                            
 
INT. ICON SOUTH BEACH, MIAMI - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
PENTHOUSE SUITE
                                                            
Santana walks into the room, when he turns the light on he
finds Jennifer waiting naked for him in the bed. She is on
her knees holding a silk sheet in front of her as she bites
on the corner.
                                                            
                       JENNY
      (Smiling)
I'm sorry for your loss, is there
anything I can do to cheer you up,
Senator?
                                                            
Santana raises his eyebrow with a smile, he turns around and
makes sure the door is locked.
                                                            
                       JENNY
It's just the two of us now.
                                                            
Santana removes his shirt and begins to dim the lights as he
walks toward Jenny unbuckling his belt.
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
BEACH
                                                            
As soon as the ferry docks in Key Largo, Briggs looks at the
crowd of thousands attending the Arrival party, when he sees
Jonny frantically making his way through the crowd. Briggs
decides to put finding Amos aside while he runs to catch up
to the man he thinks was dead.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Whispers to
       himself)
What are the fuckin' odds?
            (MORE)

173.

                       BRIGGS (cont'd)
      (Yells to Jonny)
Jonny? Jonny wait!
                                                            
Jonny stops running and turns to Briggs, he does not say a
word however Briggs knows something is wrong with him.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Thank God you're alive Jonny,
Santana told me everything and...
                                                            
Jonny grabs Briggs by the collar, pulls him down with him so
no one will see them.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Whatever Santana told you is a
lie.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Tell me about it, he said you all
had died and that he barely made
it out.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Yeah? Truth is Joe had a slim
chance, had he received immediate
medical care at least he would be
in critical condition and not
dead! I was fine, I led Santana
through the damn smoke! but he
goes and removes the hand jacks
leaving me behind.
                                                            
Jonny puts his fingers in front of Briggs' face, as Briggs
is stunned to hear what Jonny is saying.
                                                            
                       JONNY
My fingers were smashed under the
door when he pulled out the jacks
trapping me inside.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Confused)
Your finger's look fine.
                                                            
                       JONNY
That's because I made a deal with,
ah!
                                                            
Jonny holds his head in pain and falls to his knees letting
go of Briggs' collar.
                                                            

174.

                       BRIGGS
Jonny what's wrong?
                                                            
                       JONNY
The Devil, the Devil, I made a
deal with the Devil!
      (Whispers)
No one else.
                                                            
As Jonny is saying Devil he is pointing at the Renoobian
ship with one hand and holding his head with his other hand.
Briggs looks at the ship and knows what Jonny means.
                                                            
                       JONNY
I need to find a reporter.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Any reporter?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Yeah, but you best stay out of
this, for your own good.
                                                            
Jonny stands up and runs through the crowd with Briggs
following him. Jonny spots KANDOLITE LOPEZ the local traffic
girl from the news. When Jonny shouts to get her attention.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Kandolite!
                                                            
Kandolite turns around and sees him, but her tall and
muscular boyfriend steps in the way to stop Jonny.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE'S BOYFRIEND
Hey, stay back bro!
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (To Kandolite)
Kandolite Lopez the traffic girl
right?
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE'S BOYFRIEND
      (To Kandolite)
You know this guy Babe?
                                                            
Kandolite looks at Jonny and nods her head.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
No
                                                            
                       JONNY
I know you don't know me but I
really need you right now!
      (Pauses)
            (MORE)

175.

                       JONNY (cont'd)
That came out wrong.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE'S BOYFRIEND
That's enough.
                                                            
KANDOLITE'S BOYFRIEND pushes Jonny back, Jonny looks at him,
jumps a few inches off of the ground and does a roundhouse
kick to her boyfriend's head. Kandolite's Boyfriend falls
flat to the ground, Kandolite thinks Jonny is a crazy
stalker and steps back in surprise.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
What the hell, who are you?
                                                            
                       JONNY
I'm really sorry for that, look I
have the opportunity of a lifetime
for you. After this you will no
longer have to be the traffic girl
anymore.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
What's the matter, Lillian Harris
turn you down?
                                                            
                       JONNY
What? No!
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
The Bitch is somewhere here drunk
off of her ass.
                                                            
                       JONNY
No I saw you first and thought you
would make a better interviewer,
that is... if you don't mind going
there.
                                                            
Jonny points at the ship, Kandolite follows his finger and
laughs. She turns around laughing thinking that Jonny is
joking.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
Ha, ha very funny, you are good.
For a moment you actually had me
going.
                                                            
Jonny grabs her by her wrist holding her in place.
                                                            
                       JONNY
I'm serious.
                                                            

176.

                       KANDOLITE
      (Smiling)
Even if you were for real, I don't
have a camera or anything.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Don't worry about that, I will
find one.
                                                            
Jonny looks down at Kandolite's Boyfriend as he is barely
waking up.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Can no-neck here hold a camera?
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
He is my boyfriend and my camera
man, so yes he can.
                                                            
Her boyfriend stands up furious when Jonny pulls Kandolite
by the hand running to the parking lot. Kandolite's
boyfriend does not know what is going on he is just running
after Jonny. They pass by a white van that says "Channel 2"
on the side. Jonny breaks the window with his elbow, reaches
inside and unlocks the door. He lets go of her wrist and
slides the side door open for her.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Here get whatever you need.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
Wait this is Channel 2, I am on
Channel 14.
                                                            
                       JONNY
So?
                                                            
Kandolite points at the tall hydraulic antenna on top of the
van.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
See that? It is linked with
Channel 2's satelite, I will lose
my job not to mention arrested for
theft.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Look I don't know shit about the
news industry, but I can almost
guarantee Channel 2 will give you
a better job after seeing what you
can do.
                                                            

177.

                       KANDOLITE
      (Hesitant)
I don't know.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE'S BOYFRIEND
Babe this asshole is making a
point.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
Alright what the hell.
                                                            
Kandolite and her boyfriend take everything they need as
Jonny leads them away from the crowd into the darker side of
the beach. Jonny pauses to catch his breath at the edge of
the water looking at the ship, he begins to worry and feels
the back of his head thinking his timing will affect the
nano-bomb.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Alright do your thing, your intro.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE'S BOYFRIEND
Are you ready?
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
Hold on I am going to get a hold
of Channel 2's producer.
                                                            
Kandolite pulls out her cellphone and walks away from them.
Briggs stays his distance looking at them.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE'S BOYFRIEND
      (To Jonny)
Listen soldier boy, you better be
for real. If you make her look
like a fool so help me God I
will...
                                                            
                       JONNY
Fall down on the ground again?
                                                            
Kandolite's Boyfriend realizes he cannot intimidate Jonny so
he takes a step back as Kandolite comes back.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
Alright I have Channel 2's go
ahead, the producer is not too
happy of how we got the equipment
but he is willing to forgive and
give me a job if I can pull this
off. So you better not fuck
anything up for me, what's your
name?
                                                            

178.

                       JONNY
Jonny Isla, and you should be the
one worried about fucking up,
Helius does not look like he plays
around.
                                                            
All around the world Channel 2 interrupts the broadcast to
bring them live on the beach.
                                                            
 
INT. ICON SOUTH BEACH, MIAMI - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
PENTHOUSE SUITE
                                                            
Jenny walks away from the refrigerator with a bottle of
champagne and two glasses wearing a silk bathrobe, when she
recognizes Jonny on the screen standing next to Kandolite
Lopez.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Off Screen)
Hurry up Babe!
                                                            
                       JENNY
Um, Santana Honey?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Off Screen)
What is it?
                                                            
                       JENNY
Jonny is on the T.V. you better
come and see this!
                                                            
Santana is out in the balcony inside of his hot tub. He
quickly gets out of the hot tube and wraps a towel around
his waist. He runs into the living room area and stands next
to Jenny watching the television.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
      (On T.V.)
Hello I am Kandolite Lopez live in
Key Largo. Behind me is, as most
of the world now knows, the
Renoobian spaceship that landed
overnight. There is still no
official comment of President De
La Paz's meeting with the
Renoobian's earlier. All we know
at this time is that the only
people to have returned to the
limousine was Senator Santana De
La Paz and one of his bodyguards.
When they returned they ran
            (MORE)

179.

                       KANDOLITE (cont'd)
directly into the limousine giving
no comment. The United States
Military is not allowing any news
crews near the spacecraft as of
yet, however right now I am
standing next to Situation Control
Team Agent Jonny Isla. Agent Isla
claims that he will be able to
take us on board for a first hand
look inside.
                                                            
Jonny leans close to the microphone that she is holding.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (On T.V.)
No offense Kandolite but claims
are for the unsure. I am telling
you we will be going on board any
moment now.
                                                            
The camera moves off to the side when a side door on the
ship opens. A circular shaped torquise glowing object flies
at them beneath the water and quickly stops at the tides
edge. They look down as a metalic pad four feet in diameter
glowing torquise from beneath slowly rises and hovers above
the water's surface much like the pad Jonny stepped on
earlier. Kandolite jumps back surprised and looks at Jonny
as he does not move.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
      (On T.V.)
Oh my God
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (On T.V.)
See what did I say?
                                                            
Jonny leads them onto the pad as Kandolite turns around
facing the camera breathing harder as she is nervous. Once
they are on, the pad glides smoothly beneath the ship, once
alined with the doorway above the pad lifts up like an
elevator and stops at the open doorway. Helius' silhouette
appears at the doorway as Jonny leads them closer. Helius
lets Jonny pass and invites Kandolite inside.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (On T.V.)
Relax, even the most seasoned
reporter would be nervous if put
in your current position. Come in
I am Helius.
                                                            

180.

Kandolite nods with her mouth opened staring at Helius in
amazement. She swallows a knot in her throat and turns to
face the camera.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
      (On T.V.)
Thank you, and I would like to
advise you that we are live on air
all around the world.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (On T.V.)
Perfect I did ask Jonny to find a
good reporter brave enough to come
on board so I may clearify our
involvment in an earlier incident.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
      (On T.V.)
Could you specify to what incident
you are referring to?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (On T.V.)
The death of a few S.C.T. Agents,
Jonny's team mates, and also the
death of the President of your
United States.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
      (On T.V.)
So you are confirming that
President De La Paz has passed
away?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (On T.V.)
That is correct. Now I want to
deliver a message to the people of
Earth. We are not here to start a
war, we are simply here to survive
and much like you would, we will
do whatever it takes to do so.
                                                            
Santana nods his head and begins to panic as he paces back
and forth.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
No, no, no, no. No!
                                                            
                       JENNY
I thought everyone was dead.
                                                            

181.

                       KANDOLITE
      (On T.V.)
I see, and Helius, can you tell us
who is responsible for their
deaths?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (On T.V.)
I will let my new friend Jonny
Isla elaborate on the details.
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
BEACH PARKING LOT
                                                            
Some drunk and rowdy college kids have made their way up to
the Channel 2 news van and are looking through the open
door. They begin to rock the van back and forth trying to
tip it over. Another kid jumps on top of the van and starts
to shake the hydraulic satelite as he climbs it.
                                                            
 
INT. ICON SOUTH BEACH, MIAMI - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
PENTHOUSE SUITE
                                                            
Santana is pacing back and forth behind Jenny. Jenny is
worried for Santana watching T.V.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (On T.V.)
I am Jonny Isla former agent of
the secret government organization
known as the S.C.T. or Situation
Control Team. We answered only to
the president and Senator De La
Paz. Our mission was to retrieve
and cover up any evidence of
extraterretrial life on Earth in
order to continue denying their
existance. That is until last
night, we were given new orders to
assassinate the U.S. President. We
were to make it look like the
Renoobian's did it, which is a
lie, we are in fact inderictly
responsible.
                                                            

182.

                       KANDOLITE
      (On T.V.)
And who gave you the new orders to
assassinate President Rhea De La
Paz?
                                                            
Santana pauses looking at the television with his eyes wide
open and jaw slightly dropped.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
You're a dead man Isla.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (On T.V.)
The man that gave us these orders
was none other than...
                                                            
Santana looks at the television as it turns into static and
white noise. He grins and takes a deep breath. They both
sigh in relief and laugh.
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
BEACH PARKING LOT
                                                            
The hydraulic satellite on the van has been broken in half
and all of the cables have been ripped by the college kids
jumping all over it trying to start a riot.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
SIDE ENTRANCE
                                                            
Kandolite's boyfriend sees a signal lost icon in the video
camera. He becomes nervous as Jonny answers Kandolite's
question.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Senator Santana De La Paz
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Perfect.
                                                            
Helius whispers to Saikat to have them finish. Saikat leans
toward the cameraman and whispers in his ear. Kandolites
boyfriend signals with one hand to Kandolite to wrap it up.
Kandolite looks at him from the corner of her eye and
slightly nods.
                                                            

183.

                       KANDOLITE
Alright I just received word that
this is all of the time that we
have for this interview. For
Channel 2 News I am Kandolite
Lopez.
                                                            
Once she sees the camera's recording light turn off
Kandolite walks over to her boyfriend with an excited smile.
Jonny walks over next to them in case he has to escort them
off.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
So how did I do?
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE'S BOYFRIEND
You did great, however we lost the
signal before Jonny said who gave
him the orders.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
What?
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE'S BOYFRIEND
Don't worry it still recorded, all
we have to do is get it to the
station and we can air it again.
                                                            
Jonny slowly nods his head.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Shit, I am going to have to tell
him.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
      (Worried)
No don't tell him, we can just
take the disc to the station and
rebroadcast it from there.
                                                            
Kandolite and her boyfriend watch as Jonny walks over to
Helius and Saikat. As he tells them what happened Helius
looks at the worried couple. Helius hands Jonny a light
weight weapon smaller than his AR-15 but much more powerful.
Jonny walks over to the couple with a smile.
                                                            
                       JONNY
He wants me to escort you there to
make sure it is aired as soon as
possible.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
No problem.
                                                            

184.

                       JONNY
Where's the disk?
                                                            
Kandolite taps her pocket and smiles.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Alright, let's go.
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
OUTSIDE OF AN ELECTRONICS STORE
                                                            
Briggs was watching everything on a television that was on
display near the window. The window has been broken however
since the store is so close to the military personnel no one
has stolen anything. Briggs looks at his clothes and
realizes he is wearing the same uniform as Jonny and does
not want to be associated with the S.C.T. anymore. He begins
to remove his clothes as he walks behind the store into the
dark alley. He hides his weapons on his body and in his
pants pockets, throwing his duty belt on the ground. He
climbs up a fire escape latter behind the store and decides
to call Amos to see if he will answer. Briggs dials Amos'
number and turns the video phone so it will show him. To his
surprise Kira quickly opens Amos' phone and looks at him,
she quickly sees that it is not Amos and closes the phone
ending the call.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Whispers)
What the hell?
                                                            
Briggs goes to the menu on the phone that gives him the
option to replay the last call. He plays the call in slow
motion getting a look at Kira, he sees that she answered the
phone in a room with a window behind her. Briggs zooms in on
the background and can see the store that he is on top of.
He looks at the ship and back at the phone with a smile. The
picture is interrupted by a call from Santana that says
"Answer" or "Ignore" he quickly answers it and sees Santana
on the screen looking at him.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (On screen)
Kill the reporter and her camera
man, then bring me the disc.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
What disc?
                                                            

185.

                       SANTANA
      (On screen)
The message may not have aired,
however the camera did still
record it.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
I see.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (On screen)
Bring Isla alive.
                                                            
Briggs nods his head and looks down when he answers.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Yes Sir.
                                                            
Briggs closes the phone and puts it in his pocket. He
positions himself behind a large neon letter that spells the
store's name and looks at the crowd of people hoping to find
Jonny. He immediately finds Jonny, Kandolite, and her
boyfriend in the distance. Briggs attaches a scope to his
AR-16 to get a closer look making sure it is them. Briggs
removes a silencer from the side of the gun and screws it on
the muzzle, he aims the cross hairs of the scope over
Kandolite's Boyfriend's heart.
                                                            
BEACH
                                                            
Kandolite's Boyfriend is holding Kandolites hand as he is
walking next to her following Jonny. No gunshot is heard as
Kandolite's Boyfriend is shot in the heart, the bullet's
impact throws him back making him release Kandolites hand.
Jonny turns around when she screams, When they see blood
seep through his shirt in the chest area they know he has
been shot. Kandolite tries to help him as Jonny traces the
path of the bullet to the rooftop where he sees a shadowed
figure. Jonny aims his new weapon in that direction and with
a single pull of the trigger a barrage of red lasers hit the
top of the building blowing up all of the neon letters.
Jonny grabs Kandolite's hand and pulls her off of her
boyfriend leading her away as the crowd of people begin to
run in different directions.
                                                            
STORE ROOFTOP
                                                            
Briggs is on his stomach covering the back of his head as he
rolled away just in time. He rolls onto his back amazed at
the fire power that Jonny has, he slowly peeks over as he
hears the screams of people.
                                                            
BEACH
                                                            

186.

Jonny and Kandolite are running through the crowd crouched
down so Briggs cannot spot them so easy. Kandolite is crying
and keeps looking back for her boyfriend, they arrive at a
blue Honda Civic. Jonny sits her down against the car as he
opens the driver door to hot wire the vehicle. As he holds
two wires in his hand he hears something small pierce
through the windshield. Jonny looks up and sees a blinking
dart-grenade.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (To Kandolite)
Shit, move!
                                                            
The two jump away from the vehicle and dive into the sand as
the grenade explodes inside of the car. Jonny knows Briggs
is just trying to lure them out of hiding he quickly has her
crawl back toward the burning car so that they can use it as
cover as he tries to think of his next move. Jonny sees a
bullet narrowly miss his foot, and moves Kandolite to the
rear of the car.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Stay close behind the car!
                                                            
Jonny slowly crawls to the middle of the car aiming his gun
looking for Briggs when Kandolite crawls toward him.
                                                            
                       KANDOLITE
Jonny!
                                                            
Jonny looks back at her and sees that she has moved.
                                                            
                       JONNY
I said stay behind the car!
                                                            
Jonny sees a single silenced bullet pierce through
Kandolites head. Kandolite is instantly killed and falls to
the ground. Jonny closes his eyes in disappointment, but
knows he has to continue on so he turns her body around and
searches through her pockets for the disc. When he finally
finds the disc he feels the warmth of the AR-16's muzzle
touch the back of his head.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Damn it.
                                                            
Jonny raises his hands holding the disc in between his
middle and index fingers. Briggs snatches the disc case and
puts it in his pocket.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
You are good Jonny, but I am
better, that's why I am Captain.
                                                            

187.

                       JONNY
Why are you siding with Santana? I
told you what really happened.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Look around you Jonny, chaos
everywhere. If the public hears
this entire message they will know
that the government is no longer
in control and everything will be
sheer anarchy. Do you honestly
want that?
                                                            
As Jonny's weapon hangs from his shoulder strap it senses
that he is in danger and identifies Briggs as the threat.
The muzzle of the weapon slowly bends and rotates aiming
just over Briggs' waist. The weapon fires one single laser
that burns through him and ends up disintegrating one of his
lower spinal vertebra from the inside out. Briggs is
instantly paralyzed from the waist down and falls to his
back screaming, Jonny looks at the weapon and laughs.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Laughing)
If it's wrong to love a gun I
don't wanna be right.
                                                            
Jonny takes Briggs' gun and throws it out of his reach, he
takes the disc case from him not realizing the extent of
Briggs' injury until he sees Briggs looking down at his legs
in shock. Briggs tries to pull himself away but cries and
panics when he realizes he cannot feel or move his legs.
                                                            
                       JONNY
And I believe that this belongs to
me.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Panicking)
Jonny I can't feel my legs! Please
man help me... Oh God!
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Fake sympathy)
Oh no... are you serious?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Crying)
Yeah, I think I'm paralyzed I
can't move them man, you gotta
help me...
                                                            

188.

                       JONNY
Well now you know, if you're gonna
pull the trigger, pull it. don't
ever stall with a speech.
                                                            
Jonny begins to walk away when he looks up at the ship. He
looks back down at Briggs which has his lower torso soaked
in blood as he bleeds from his side and his back. In the
distance they hear police and ambulance sirens coming
closer.
                                                            
                       JONNY
You know hospital or not, you'll
still end up paralyzed for life. I
don't know the extent of the alien
medical advancements so don't
quote me, but jump sides now and
in a few hours you might be able
to walk again.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Panting)
That's what you did? You switched
sides so you could get your
fingers back?
                                                            
                       JONNY
I jumped sides because it was the
right thing to do. The flesh and
bone fingers were just an
incentive.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
You know if good people go bad,
they...
                                                            
                       JONNY
Listen, before you go on with a
heart felt speech, remember I was
never "good people". We were never
"good people"! We killed and lied
for a living... Helius helps. Now
are you in or out?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
You are nothing but a traitor. You
are betraying your own species!
                                                            
                       JONNY
And I get something in return, I
lied to my own species and what
did I get? Left behind to die,
that's what!
                                                            

189.

Jonny pulls his knife from his pocket, bends down next to
Briggs and flips it open. Jonny stabs the blade into Briggs'
thigh, Briggs does not feel the pain he only looks at Jonny
with anger.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Laughs)
You'd be able to feel that if you
came with me.
                                                            
Jonny pulls the knife out, closes it, and sticks it back in
his pocket with a smile. He stands up and begins to walk
away toward the ship.
                                                            
 
INT. AMOS' HOME - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
GARAGE
                                                            
Amos has his truck parked backward in the driveway leaving
the bed of the truck part way in the garage. As he unpacks
his belongings and takes them inside he watches police
vehicles cruise by watching all of the chaos and doing
nothing about it. Amos walks in the house to leave a box of
his belongings, and to make sure that the front door is
locked. As soon as he returns to the garage he sees someone
sitting in the driver's seat of the truck looking for the
keys trying to steal it. Amos walks up to the guy, and pulls
him by the collar slamming him on the driveway.
                                                            
                       AMOS
All these damn houses and you pick
mine, big mistake!
                                                            
Amos puts his knee on the mans torso and begins to punch the
man in the face. The man is trying to block the hits with
his hands up, while yelling for Amos to stop. After a minute
of punching the man passes out with a face covered in blood.
Amos drags him to the sidewalk by the legs, he kicks the man
into the street accidentally rolling him in the path of a
speeding vehicle that hits the man, but does not stop. Amos
stares at the body shocked by what happened, he then shrugs
his shoulders as he begins to drag the bodies of the thugs
that he hurt and killed earlier. When he is dragging the
last body he looks up as a white and orange Flight For Life
helicopter flies above his head, just above the rooftops
making its way to the beach.
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
BEACH
                                                            

190.

The helicopter lands on the road just above the beach where
Briggs is laying on the sand. Two medics quickly get down
with a stretcher and run down to him. Briggs is still
conscious as they explain to him what they are doing, MEDIC
1 injects Briggs with a syringe as MEDIC 2 prepares the
stretcher board and begins to put a neck brace around
Briggs' neck.
                                                            
                       MEDIC 1
Sir I am going to inject you with
a strong sedative that will ease
the pain. Now, we just need you to
try and relax so we can stop the
bleeding.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Crying)
I can't feel my legs...
                                                            
                       MEDIC 1
What?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
I'm hit in the back, not just in
my side.
                                                            
Medic 1 slightly rolls Briggs on his side and sees the exit
wound in the middle of his back. Medic 1 looks at Briggs and
does not know what to say to comfort him.
                                                            
                       MEDIC 1
      (Nervous)
Um, listen... you just hang in
there and we will get you to the
hospital ASAP
                                                            
The two Medics move Briggs onto the stretcher board and
begin to secure him. Before they can strap his upper body
down, Briggs pulls Medic 1 closer to him by his collar.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Listen
                                                            
                       MEDIC 1
Yes Sir.
                                                            
Briggs slowly closes his eyes and opens them quickly trying
to stay awake as the sedatives begin to take effect. Medic 1
lays Briggs back and straps him in while still listening to
him.
                                                            

191.

                       BRIGGS
      (Dazing off)
My phone is in my right front
pocket, I need you to call someone
for me.
                                                            
                       MEDIC 1
Alright just let us get you inside
of the helicopter first.
                                                            
The two medics carry him on the stretcher board and load him
inside of the helicopter. They quickly jump inside and lock
the stretcher down as they begin to lift off.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - LATER
                                                            
OUTSIDE OF HELIUS' DEN
                                                            
Jonny is walking down the hallway about to enter Helius' Den
when his phone rings. He takes it out of his pocket and sees
that the caller is Briggs. Jonny grins nodding his head when
he answers the phone.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Briggs you son of a bitch, you're
still alive?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Weak voice)
Unfortunately yeah. I thought
everything over and I want to
jump, is the offer still valid?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Sorry Briggs, it was a one time
offer that you passed on, besides
what the hell do we need you for?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Weak voice)
I imagine your new boss wouldn't
be so happy when all you hand him
is an empty disc case.
                                                            
Jonny's eyes open wide when he reaches into his pocket and
grabs the disc case. He opens it to find that it is empty
and drops the case on the floor.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Whispers)
When?
                                                            

192.

                       BRIGGS
      (Weak voice)
When you bent over to stab me,
next time quit while you're ahead
fucker! Miami General top floor.
                                                            
                       JONNY
I'll see what I can do.
                                                            
Jonny closes his phone, and puts it back in his pocket as he
knocks on Helius' door.
                                                            
 
EXT. MIAMI VALLEY HOSPITAL, MIAMI - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
Santana comes speeding to the side of the curb in his black
Mercedes that is equipped with undercover police lights in
the grill allowing him to speed through traffic. Santana
steps out of the car leaving it running with the red and
blue lights still flashing. He looks up at the tall building
and then runs inside.
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
BEACH
                                                            
The remaining party goers who were not scared off by the gun
fire watch the Renoobian ship as a side door opens up. Three
beings run out onto the ocean surface, they crouch down as
they slide on the water, and leap high into the air as if
from a solid surface. While in the air they hover for a
second before they speed away out of site. Minutes later
people are talking amongst each other about the three aliens
when they hear four fighter jets fly above them breaking the
speed of sound as they fly in the same direction as the
Renoobians.
                                                            
 
EXT. MIAMI VALLEY HOSPITAL, MIAMI - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
The three aliens arrive in the city a few minutes later and
circle the tall buildings looking for the hospital. A female
alien spots the hospital, and hovers around the entire top
floor with her eyes closed trying to locate Briggs. When she
opens her eyes she is in front of a window looking down a
hallway where Santana is walking toward the elevator. When
he looks up at the window he sees her fly straight at the
window toward him. Santana covers his face shielding himself
as he is expecting glass to shatter when she breaks through
it. Instead she flies through the glass, and through Santana
as if they were not there.
                                                            
 

193.

INT. MIAMI VALLEY HOSPITAL, MIAMI - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
TOP FLOOR
                                                            
Santana feels a slight nudge when she passes through him and
opens his eyes, he turns around and sees her land in a speed
walking position. He looks outside and sees the other two
aliens hovering outside of the window looking at him. The
female alien walks into the room where Briggs is at ignoring
everyone around her. She walks up to Briggs, rips all of his
restraints off with ease, and picks him up in a cradling
position. Santana stands at the doorway when the alien
pushes him out of the way with her shoulder.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Jason, are you okay?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
I talked to Jonny.
                                                            
Santana pauses for a moment with his mouth slightly opened
watching them walk away toward the window.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Soon the entire world will know
you for what you really are.
                                                            
The alien removes her helmet and tries to slip it over
Briggs' head, he moves his head to the side so she cannot
fit it on him.
                                                            
                       FEMALE ALIEN
      (Authorative)
Your skeletal structure is not
adapt to the speeds at which we
travel. Now put it on or you will
not survive the trip.
                                                            
As Santana reaches for his gun, Briggs reluctantly puts the
helmet on. The alien senses Santana behind her knowing what
he is thinking about doing and runs at the glass, within
feet from hitting it she dives out passing through the glass
without causing any damage. Santana leaves his weapon where
it was without anyone ever knowing he was reaching for it.
                                                            
 
EXT. MIAMI VALLEY HOSPITAL, MIAMI - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
OUTSIDE OF TOP FLOOR
                                                            
When the female alien stops outside of the window and hovers
she sees the five jets flying around the city.
                                                            

194.

                       FEMALE ALIEN
Here they come
                                                            
The jets immediately spot the three aliens but have to stay
outside of the cities buildings, so they circle above
keeping an eye on them.
                                                            
                       FALCON 07
Falcon zero-seven to ATC how do
you read?
                                                            
                       AIR FORCE TRAFFIC CONTROL 2
Loud and clear. Go ahead
zero-seven
                                                            
Before he can say anything the pilot is amazed at how the
three beings along with Briggs fly away faster than a
fighter jet at full speed from a still position.
                                                            
                       AIR FORCE TRAFFIC CONTROL 2
      (Over radio)
Falcon zero-seven go ahead.
                                                            
The other three aircrafts saw what Falcon 07 saw and know
there is no chance of them catching up to the aliens.
                                                            
                       FALCON 12
Your call zero-seven.
                                                            
                       FALCON 07
Falcon zero-seven to ATC cancel
transmission.
                                                            
                       AIR FORCE TRAFFIC CONTROL 2
10-4
                                                            
                       FALCON 07
We're returning to base.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
MEDICAL BAY
                                                            
When the Flying Renoobians arrive with Briggs, Helius and
Jonny are waiting with two surgeons. Helius looks at Briggs
and then at the two surgeons with a grin.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Fix him
                                                            

195.

                       SURGEON 1
      (Whispers)
Helius, By what Jonny has told us
it sounds as if he may have broken
several of his lower vertebra. If
he has lost...
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Let me stop you there. I have no
knowledge in the medical field so
I just need to know if you can fix
him.
                                                            
                       SURGEON 2
Well yes and no. You see our bones
are similar to theirs which would
be no problem to replicate,
however their bodily fluids such
as cerebrospinal fluid is
completely different.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Can our bodily fluids be
interchanged?
                                                            
                       SURGEON 1
I suppose in theory they can...
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Well let's turn that "in theory"
into "reality".
                                                            
                       SURGEON 1
Yes Sir
                                                            
 
INT. AMOS' HOME - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
UPSTAIRS
                                                            
Amos wanders down the hallway and walks into Danella's room
looking at photos of her and a woman that was probably her
mother. He looks down at other framed photos of her and her
friends, memories she was forced to leave behind. He sets
the small picture frame back where it was and turns around
to leave the room when he notices a telescope that is folded
up in the corner of her room. He runs out of the room and
into the dad's room where he saw a large gun safe that was
partly open, he opens the safe, pulls out a shotgun, grabs
some ammunition, and runs back into Danella's room. He
straps the shotgun to his back, grabs the telescope and
tripod then carefully steps outside of her window making his
way up to the roof.
                                                            

196.

ROOFTOP
                                                            
Amos climbs behind a slope that is covered in chalk
drawings, he turns his head sideways to see what they are
and laughs. It looks as if that is where Danella went to
think to herself. Amos sets up the telescope on the tripod,
looks through the scope and focuses it at the ship to see if
he can get a look through the windows, but most of them are
closed.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - NIGHT
                                                            
HELIUS' DEN
                                                            
Helius and Richter are seated facing each other as they
talk, while Saikat is in a seat in the corner cleaning his
extend-able rod shaped laser weapon. Surgeon 1 knocks on the
door twice and opens it before anyone has the chance to say
anything. Surgeon 1 pauses when he sees that Richter is
there.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
I do not recall telling you to
enter.
                                                            
                       SURGEON 1
I know and I am sorry, however you
did tell me to keep you updated,
and well he is waking up.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Perfect, come father I wish to
show you something.
                                                            
MEDICAL BAY
                                                            
Surgeon 2 watches Briggs wake up, he slowly opens his eyes,
as he slightly twitches. He immediately puts his hands on
his head and closes his eyes in pain, he bends his legs to
try and hold in the pain. Briggs opens his eyes surprised
that he bent his legs, he looks down at them and starts
laughing with excitement. A pain in his head takes over his
smile and laughter causing him to a scream in pain. Helius
walks in the room in time to see him arch his body in pain
and suddenly drop as his headache disappeared as quick as it
came. Briggs breaths heavily as he turns to look at Helius.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Welcome back Captain Briggs
                                                            

197.

                       BRIGGS
Why does my head hurt? You worked
on my back not on my head.
                                                            
                       SURGEON 2
Mr. Briggs, you lost a certain
fluid which is of vital importance
to fix your kind of injury...
                                                            
Briggs interrupts Surgeon 2.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Skip all the medical terminology
and tell me why I have a headache?
                                                            
                       SURGEON 2
We replaced vertebra in your spine
that are similar to ours, so the
logical thing to do is replace
what ran through your spine with
that which runs through ours.
Unfortunately our spines are
connected to our brains.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Angry)
You put alien blood inside of me?
                                                            
                       SURGEON 2
Well not blood, it's a similar
chemical...
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Interrupts)
That is found in your body.
                                                            
                       SURGEON 2
Yes, now if you just calm down and
let your system adjust the
headaches should go away.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Should? You mean you don't know?
                                                            
                       SURGEON 1
Well the entire procedure was
expiremental.
                                                            
As Briggs tries to process all of the information he looks
at everyone in the room while laying on his side. He slowly
sits up at the edge of the stretcher and looks at Jonny who
is standing at the doorway next to Helius.
                                                            

198.

                       BRIGGS
      (To Jonny)
You talked me into this so you
could have the last laugh, didn't
you Jonny?
                                                            
                       JONNY
No.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (To Jonny)
Than where is your alien...
"chemical" huh Mr. New Fingers?
                                                            
Briggs wiggles his fingers at Jonny, Jonny stares back not
saying a word knowing Briggs is slowly losing his mind.
                                                            
                       SURGEON 1
He had nothing to do with this Mr.
Briggs. This is the only way you
stood a chance at survival.
                                                            
Briggs hangs on to the edge of the steel table closing his
eyes. He soon starts to shiver, he hears a gasp and opens
his eyes to see that his hands have absorbed the steel
properties of the table. He panics when he sees that his
fists appear to be made of steel and jumps off of the table
falling to the floor on his knees. He has tears rolling down
his face as he panics looking up at everyone.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Yells)
What's happening to me?
                                                            
Everyone looks down at him in amazement and disgust when he
vomits on the floor. He starts to relax and smiles when he
sees his hands slowly turn back into skin. His smile quickly
goes away as he starts to scream when his hands begin to
absorb the granite floor tile.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Lord please help me!
                                                            
Richter steps forward and kicks him in the face knocking him
out on the floor.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Well that was unexpected. What did
you kick him for?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
The man was suffering, now it
appears that the donor of the
substitute fluid came from an
            (MORE)

199.

                       RICHTER (cont'd)
Absorber. He will need a pair of
anti-absorption gloves when he
wakes up.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Yes Father
                                                            
 
INT. MARINE HELICOPTER - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
Santana is sitting with his hands between his thighs,
twiddling his thumbs. He appears nervous and distracted, he
looks out of the window and bites his thumb nail. He turns
to Jenny who is sitting in the seat across staring at him.
                                                            
                       JENNY
Are you sure about this?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Unless you see another way?
                                                            
                       JENNY
Nuke 'em
                                                            
                       SANTANA
You have to learn to pick your
battles, this is one we will not
win so I might as well meet them
half way.
                                                            
After a few minutes the helicopter flies above the crowd of
people, blowing wind and sand everywhere. The helicopter
comes close to military vehicles landing next to the tent
that is the command center, when Santana steps out he looks
back at Jenny with a worried look. She nods at him with a
smile trying to reassure him in what he is going to do.
Santana walks passed the soldiers who recognize him and into
the command center. Santana salutes a female GENERAL in her
late fifties she nods her head acknowledging his salute.
                                                            
COMMAND CENTER
                                                            
                       GENERAL
Senator De La Paz, how may I help
you?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
General I need a boat, I am going
to the ship... alone. Tell the
soldiers to confiscate any audio
and video recording devices on the
beach.
                                                            

200.

                       GENERAL
Yes Sir, but may I ask why you
want to go alone?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I'd rather you didn't.
                                                            
                       GENERAL
Very well, come with me and we
will get you sea-bound.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
MEDICAL BAY
                                                            
Briggs wakes up again, this time he is strapped down on the
table. His palms are strapped at the side of his thighs
facing up so he does not absorb anything. He turns his head
and sees Jonny standing at the doorway staring at him.
Briggs' eyes are glazed over and he has a look on his face
as if he needs to vomit again.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Cap are you alright?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Mumbling)
I believe Jason will do, from here
on... just Jason...
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Smirks)
Alright, Jason how do you feel?
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
      (Mumbling)
Not good Jonny, not good. Do me a
favor yeah?
                                                            
                       JONNY
What is it?
                                                            
Briggs stares at Jonny momentarily and sighs.
                                                            
                       BRIGGS
Don't let them put any type of
military association on my
Epitaph. No "Captain" or "Served
his country" nothing. I don't
deserve it.
                                                            

201.

                       JONNY
Epitaph? You're not gonna die
Briggs.
                                                            
Briggs stares blankly into the air when he starts to have a
seizure. He tries to yell but makes a low gurgling sound as
he begins to bleed out of his nose and mouth. Jonny steps
out of the room yelling for help, the two surgeons
immediately come running in just in time to see him stop
convulsing. Helius comes running after and sees that
everyone is looking at Briggs lie motionless with his eyes
and mouth slightly opened.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
What happened?
                                                            
                       JONNY
I think he's dead.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
I can see that for myself, I meant
how?
                                                            
                       JONNY
I don't know, one second he was
talking to me and the next he
started to have some kind of
seizure.
                                                            
                       SURGEON 1
We did say it was experimental.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Did you ever get the disc from
him?
                                                            
                       SURGEON 2
Yes Sir.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Good, give it to me and incinerate
his body.
                                                            
                       JONNY
No, before he died he asked a
favor of me involving his burial.
                                                            
Helius stares at Jonny for a moment, then looks at Briggs,
and nods his head in approval.
                                                            
                       JONNY
He was my friend.
                                                            

202.

                       HELIUS
Very well.
                                                            
HALLWAY
                                                            
A Reptilian guard comes running at Lord Richter as he walks
down the hallway.
                                                            
                       REPTILE GUARD
My Lord there is someone on a boat
waving his hands frantically at
the main entrance.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Do you know who it is?
                                                            
                       REPTILE GUARD
A scan revealed it is Senator De
La Paz again, he is unarmed and
there are no weapons on his boat.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Send a teleport to get him, let us
see what he wants this time.
                                                            
OUTSIDE
                                                            
Santana is waving his hands looking up at the ship, yelling
trying to get their attention when he hears WHOOSH noise
behind him, he sees a tall alien figure out of the corner of
his eye, before Santana can turn around the alien wraps his
arms around him and teleports them both into the ship.
                                                            
MAIN ENTRANCE
                                                            
Santana and the Teleport appear inside the ship's main
entrance in seconds. the Teleport lets go of Santana,
leaving him standing in front of the Reptilian alien.
Santana is in shock and breathing hard as his human body is
not accustomed to teleportation.
                                                            
                       REPTILE GUARD
Wait there, Lord Richter will be
here in a moment.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I am not here to see him, my
business is with Helius.
                                                            
Richter walks in, in time to hear what Santana said.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
What is your business with my son?
                                                            

203.

                       SANTANA
I need to speak with him.
                                                            
Helius and Saikat walk in and see Santana, Helius walks over
to Santana.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
What do you want?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I wanted to tell you that your
message was not aired in it's
entirety.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
I am aware of that, however I have
a copy so I can air it at the time
of my choosing.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I know you do, and I know you can,
now hear me out...
                                                            
                       RICHTER
What message do you speak of?
                                                            
Santana shifts his eyes momentarily at Richter unaware that
he did not know about the message. Santana answers him but
stays looking at Helius the entire time.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I'm sure he will explain later,
right now I have a proposition for
you.
                                                            
Helius nods his head at him showing that he is interested
and wants to hear what he has to say.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I will officially clear out all of
the Florida Keys so your people
may... flourish. It will fix any
negative image our public may have
percieved about you, showing that
we can co-exist in peace. All I
ask in return is that you give me
the disc and any copies.
                                                            
Helius looks around thinking for a moment, he looks back at
Saikat to see what he thinks about the proposition. Saikat
shrugs his shoulders and nods showing his approval. Helius
looks back at Santana with a grin.
                                                            

204.

                       HELIUS
How do I know you will keep your
word?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I can have a contract drawn up...
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Save the paper, a verbal contract
will suffice, after all a paper
contract is only as good as the
man who writes it.
                                                            
Helius steps closer to Santana.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Know this, if you do not remain
true to your word, I will
personally cut off your
reproductive organ and see to it
that you taste every inch.
                                                            
Although taking his threat seriously Santana lets out a
small laugh as Jonny smirks behind Helius holding in his
laugh. Helius looks back at Jonny and at Santana.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Did I say something that amuses
you?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
No, it was just a poor choice of
words on your behalf.
                                                            
Santana looks down and sees that Helius is holding the
plastic disc case. Santana takes it from his hand and puts
it in his pocket with a smile on his face.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
This is no laughing matter
Senator, you have five days to
hold up your end of the proposal.
                                                            
Santana does not say a word, he just looks at Jonny who is
standing behind Helius.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Why are you doing this Jonny?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Because here I not only matter, I
serve a purpose.
                                                            

205.

                       SANTANA
      (Scoffs)
As what, a lap dog?
                                                            
Jonny tightens his mouth with nothing to say and looks away.
                                                            
 
INT. ICON SOUTH BEACH, MIAMI - MORNING
                                                            
TOP FLOOR HALLWAY
                                                            
Titus steps out of the elevator and into the hallway leading
to Santana's penthouse. He sees that it is busy with people
walking in and out of the suite. An INTERN steps inside from
the balcony busy reading the screen of his note tablet. The
intern accidentally bumps Titus on the shoulder nearly
dropping the tablet when Titus catches it.
                                                            
                       INTERN
Whoa, sorry.
                                                            
                       TITUS
What's this?
                                                            
Titus turns the tablet so he can read it.
                                                            
                       INTERN
Hey!
                                                            
                       TITUS
Shut up.
                                                            
The intern is easily intimidated and quietly takes a step
away looking at Titus letting him read the tablet.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Quietly)
As a peace agreement between we
the people of these United States
and the Renoobians. I am asking
that all citizens of the Florida
Keys, evacuate permanently within
four days time. Citizens will be
compensated for their properties
and will receive assistance with
relocation. Those who wish to stay
will be subject to the Renoobian
laws. Further information will be
provided by calling 1-888-blah
blah blah...
      (To Intern)
What is this?
                                                            

206.

                       INTERN
It's the rough draft of Santana's
speech. I was going to run it by
him so he can take a look at it.
                                                            
                       TITUS
You know what I'll take it. I'm on
my way to talk to him.
                                                            
                       INTERN
      (Unsure)
Alright, thanks...
                                                            
Titus turns around reading the speech again as he enters the
suite.
                                                            
PENTHOUSE SUITE
                                                            
Santana is talking with a man, when he sees Titus he sends
the man out of the room. Titus walks up to Santana and shows
him the tablet.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Good morning Senator, what the
hell is this?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Judging by the U.S. Seal on the
frame it looks like an official
government tablet, am I right?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Yes Sir, quick important question
for you. Why are you evacuating
the Florida Keys for these damn
aliens?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Quietly)
Lower your voice, I'm closing
bridges with gaps...
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Interrupts him)
Closing bridges with gaps, huh?
You're so full of shit you can't
even say it right. What's really
going on?
                                                            

207.

                       SANTANA
Nothing, I am just closing gaps
with bridges. There, now it's all
grammatically correct, what does
it matter to you anyway?
                                                            
                       TITUS
You have just given Amos the
freedom to walk around with his
bitch not just in Key Largo, but
on any Key he pleases.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Why does that matter?
                                                            
                       TITUS
His happiness is what matters to
me.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
His happiness matters to you?
Enlighten me, please.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Why the fuck should he get to be
happy huh? He turned his back on
us, his family for an alien, and
he gets to live in bliss. Why
can't I be happy!
                                                            
Santana looks up to see if anyone is listening, he walks
over to the door, and shuts it. He walks up to Titus and
speaks low.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Have you been drinking?
                                                            
                       TITUS
What? No!
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Are you using drugs?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Damn it Dad no!
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Keep your voice down! Look I know
you have been through a lot in a
short period of time. Son, I'm
thinking maybe you should talk to
someone, a professional, you know
just to get things off of your
            (MORE)

208.

                       SANTANA (cont'd)
chest.
                                                            
Titus squints his eyes and stares at Santana with his jaw
locked.
                                                            
                       TITUS
What do you mean?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I'm thinking maybe you should see
a therapist.
                                                            
                       TITUS
I'm not crazy Dad.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I said therapist not psychiatrist,
there is a difference.
                                                            
Titus steps away from him nodding his head and walks around
him slowly making his way to the door.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Same damn thing, you think I'm
sick in the head...
                                                            
                       SANTANA
No I don't
                                                            
                       TITUS
I don't know why I'm wasting my
time here, I can handle my own.
                                                            
Titus turns around, puts his hand on the door knob, and
takes a deep breath before he walks out.
                                                            
ROOFTOP
                                                            
A MARINE PILOT and CO-PILOT are sitting inside of a
helicopter that was normally on stand-by for the president,
but now is there for Senator De La Paz. They are both
leaning back watching a movie on a fold out screen.
                                                            
                       MARINE PILOT
Hey, hand me one of Santana's
beers.
                                                            
The Co-Pilot twists around, opens a small fridge that is in
the back, and pauses looking back at the Pilot.
                                                            

209.

                       MARINE CO-PILOT
Wait, you can't drink now, we
might need to take off any moment.
                                                            
                       MARINE PILOT
Once you think about it, it really
only takes one of us to fly this
thing. Basically you are here to
help me in case something were to
go bad and to flip a couple of
switches which I will still be
able to do. It's not like I'm
gonna get wasted.
                                                            
The Co-Pilot sucks his teeth while looking at the Pilot and
then gives in to pressure.
                                                            
                       MARINE CO-PILOT
Fine I'll get you a damn beer.
                                                            
                       MARINE PILOT
Thank you, now for legal and
safety purposes I crown thee "Main
Pilot" Do you accept the temporary
promotion?
                                                            
                       MARINE CO-PILOT
Yeah whatever, I accept.
                                                            
While the Co-Pilot is about to get the beer, the Pilot sees
Titus walking straight at them. The Pilot taps the Co-Pilot
on the back.
                                                            
                       MARINE PILOT
Yo cancel the beer, here comes
Titus.
                                                            
Titus steps into the back and grabs a set of headphones.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Get this thing in the air.
                                                            
                       MARINE PILOT
Yes Sir, were too?
                                                            
The two pilots begin to flip a few switches starting the
engines.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Kay Largo
                                                            
The Pilot stops the Co-Pilot from flipping any other
switches.
                                                            

210.

                       MARINE PILOT
Whoa no, sorry Titus that is a
no-fly zone.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Normally yes, however Santana
needs us to do a low altitude
surveillance, nowhere near the
actual ship.
                                                            
                       MARINE PILOT
I don't know man, I don't wanna
lose my license or anything.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Hey I'm just telling you like he
told me, if you want to question
the orders be my guest and call
him.
                                                            
                       MARINE PILOT
Na I'm good, sit back, buckle up,
and let's go survey the shit out
of the island.
                                                            
The Pilot looks at the Co-Pilot as they begin to lift off.
                                                            
                       MARINE CO-PILOT
      (To Titus)
Um, exactly what kind of surveying
are we doing?
                                                            
                       TITUS
We are assessing the damage done
to the city. He wants us to get a
ballpark estimate.
                                                            
                       MARINE PILOT
Hey as long as it makes sense to
one of us right?
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
KIRA'S ROOM
                                                            
Kira is sitting on a small wooden stool brushing her long
black hair in front of a vanity mirror when Nira walks in.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Well someone looks excited, you
must have already heard the good
news.
                                                            

211.

                       KIRA
      (Cheerful)
Yes I have, and I am excited
because I will be seeing Amos
soon.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Ha, says who?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Says Father, of course I will be
escorted by security this time,
nevertheless I get to go.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Now how did you manage to pull
that off?
                                                            
Kira puts the hair brush down and turns to Nira on her
stool.
                                                            
                       KIRA
We both know that I was created in
their image so I could be the link
between Renoobian and Human
relations.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Yeah the first step into them
accepting us or whatever... but
why is he letting you be with
Amos?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Because it is not often that fate
and choice cross each other's
paths.
                                                            
                       NIRA
How poetic, simplified you are
fated to be with a human. However
if you act now you will be with a
human of your choosing.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Exactly
                                                            
                       NIRA
So have you thought about how you
are going to find this boy that
you are so in love with?
                                                            

212.

Kira pauses realizing she does not know where to find Amos,
she slightly opens her mouth and makes a stuttering sound.
Nira looks down at her and laughs.
                                                            
                       NIRA
      (Laughs)
Oh this is great, you have
permission to be off ship to see
your boyfriend, but you have no
idea where to start looking for
him.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Confident)
He will find me.
                                                            
                       NIRA
That is if he is even looking.
                                                            
Kira angrily watches Nira leaves the room laughing at her
expense.
                                                            
 
INT. AMOS' HOME - LATER
                                                            
AMOS' BEDROOM
                                                            
Amos steps out of the restroom with a towel wrapped around
his waist. He looks at his reflection in the dresser mirror
as he opens the window facing the street to let fresh air
inside. After he opens it he cannot believe his eyes when he
sees Kira walking down the sidewalk accompanied by six armed
guards. Four large Reptilian guards surround her constantly
looking around for threats as two thin fast running aliens
are at each of her sides ready to take her back to the ship
at a seconds notice. Amos quickly gets dressed in a T-shirt
and shorts, he walks over to the window as he puts his shoes
on, looks down at the height of the window calculating the
distance in his head and yells for Kira out of the window.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Yells)
Kira!
                                                            
Kira and her guards pause when she looks back and sees him
peeking his head out of the window.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Amos?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Wait right there!
                                                            

213.

Amos takes a few steps back and runs at the window, jumping
over the ledge like a hurtle. As soon as his feet touch the
grass he tucks and rolls on his back making him land safely.
Amos quickly stands up and runs toward Kira.
                                                            
FRONT LAWN
                                                            
                       AMOS
What are you doing here? It's
dangerous out, besides I told you
I would go to you.
                                                            
                       KIRA
I know it is, but I came because
it is not often that fate and
choice cross eachother's path.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Okay, I'm not sure what that
means.
                                                            
                       KIRA
It means, you do not always like
what you were fated, but this time
I agree with it. Fate crossed our
paths and I want to be with you.
That is, if you will have me.
                                                            
Amos pulls her into his arms and holds her.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Does this mean you will have me?
                                                            
                       AMOS
It means I will never leave you.
                                                            
INSIDE OF THE HELICOPTER
                                                            
High above them Titus is looking out of the open door of the
silenced helicopter and sees Amos and Kira hug.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (To himself)
Found ya.
      (To Pilot)
Let's turn this bird around and go
back!
                                                            
                       MARINE CO-PILOT
But we haven't even assessed the
damage of half of Key Largo yet.
                                                            

214.

Before Titus can answer, they hear a loud beep and then a
ring tone inside of their helmets telling them that there is
an urgent call coming in. The Pilot presses a button on the
side of his helmet to answer it.
                                                            
                       MARINE PILOT
Go for Sky Bird.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Over radio)
Where in the hell are you with my
helicopter?
                                                            
                       MARINE PILOT
We are assessing the damage in Key
Largo like you asked.
                                                            
Titus hears Santana and opens his eyes wide.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Over radio)
I don't know what you are talking
about, just get over here now!
                                                            
                       MARINE PILOT
Yes Sir E.T.A. fifteen minutes.
                                                            
AMOS' LIVING ROOM
                                                            
All of the guards are posted at the front and back doors of
the house, keeping an eye on Kira while giving them some
privacy.
                                                            
                       AMOS
I can't believe that you are here,
with me... right now.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Well it is just a visit, but maybe
after the move I will live nearby.
                                                            
                       AMOS
What move?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Oh you have yet to hear, last
night Senator De La Paz came to
let us know that he is having the
Florida Keys evacuated so we may
live on them, is that not grand?
                                                            

215.

                       AMOS
      (Distracted)
Yeah that's, that's grand alright.
                                                            
                       KIRA
You do not look as if you think it
is.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Santana never does anything unless
he has something to gain from it.
                                                            
Kira looks at Amos with a confused and curious expression.
                                                            
                       KIRA
I do not understand
                                                            
                       AMOS
Forget about it, all that matters
is that you are here at my side.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Great, because I do believe that
the house next door is empty,
maybe we can be neighbors.
                                                            
Amos smiles and nods his head.
                                                            
                       AMOS
That would be cool.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Only if you make it.
                                                            
                       AMOS
What?
                                                            
                       KIRA
You said "cool", "cool" refers to
the temperature does it not?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Well yes, but it can also mean
that you think something is a good
idea.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Confused)
Cool means... good idea?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Something like that
                                                            

216.

Kira steps close to Amos and holds her hands between their
bodies. She looks up at him and smiles asking a sincere
question in a timid tone.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Will you teach me how to be a real
human?
                                                            
                       AMOS
I can only teach you how to fit
in.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Okay, that sounds... cool?
                                                            
Kira looks at Amos hoping that she used the word "cool" in
the right context. They both laugh as he pulls her close to
him.
                                                            
 
EXT. ICON SOUTH BEACH, MIAMI - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
ROOF TOP
                                                            
Santana is standing on the rooftop watching his helicopter
head his way in the distance. When they arrive the pilot
circles over the helipad before landing it, he sees that
Santana is angry and standing with his arms crossed so the
pilots take their time powering down. They see Titus step
out and get off of the helipad.
                                                            
                       MARINE CO-PILOT
You think we are gonna be in
trouble?
                                                            
                       MARINE PILOT
Of course, we stole his
helicopter.
                                                            
                       MARINE CO-PILOT
Yeah but not on purpose.
                                                            
                       MARINE PILOT
Hey as long as we look busy we're
good.
                                                            
Titus walks straight up to Santana and looks at him
expecting him to be angry. Santana looks at Titus with a
calm face.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Are you gonna yell at me?
                                                            

217.

                       SANTANA
No, I just want to know if you've
thought over what we talked about
down stairs?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I don't vent to anyone, I solve my
own problems. Now let's just drop
the subject.
                                                            
Titus tries to walk passed Santana, but Santana puts his
hand on Titus' chest stopping him. Titus looks down at
Santana's hand and then looks up at his eye level.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Alright, but before you go, fill
her up.
                                                            
                       TITUS
What do you mean "fill her up"?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
You borrowed my helicopter I
expect it back how you found it.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Isn't that what you pay the pilots
for?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Follow me
                                                            
Titus follows Santana as he walks over to the co-pilot who
is walking with the refueling hose in his hand. Santana
stops him before he steps onto the helipad.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (To the Co-Pilot)
Hold on I need to talk to you.
                                                            
The Co-Pilot blinks slowly, and nods his head as he thinks
that Santana is going to get mad at him.
                                                            
                       MARINE CO-PILOT
      (Nervous)
Yes Sir?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
My son here is going to fill her
up, so just show him how.
                                                            
                       MARINE CO-PILOT
Alright.
                                                            

218.

                       SANTANA
Now this helicopter only leaves
the rooftop on three conditions.
One, if I am on it. Two, you
receive my direct orders. Three,
if the damn building is on fire.
And if the building is on fire I
better be on the helicopter giving
you direct orders to get us away
from here, understand?
                                                            
                       MARINE CO-PILOT
Yes Sir.
                                                            
After Santana is out of ear shot the Co-Pilot drags the hose
by the large refueling nozzle to the helicopter. He slides
open a small door on the side of the helicopter and attaches
the nozzle which slides in.
                                                            
                       MARINE CO-PILOT
Alright man this is really simple.
The nozzle slides right in, pull
these latches to lock it, and you
just shake it to make sure it is
secure.
                                                            
The entire time the Co-Pilot is securing the hose in he is
watching Titus, as Titus looks around not paying any
attention. They walk toward the building to the water pipe
and pull a lever.
                                                            
                       MARINE CO-PILOT
And you just pull this down and
wait for it to fill up. Now we
weren't gone very long so we
didn't waste much fuel. Now we
just wait and make sure it doesn't
over-fill.
                                                            
The Co-Pilot knows that Titus is mad that he has to learn
how to refill the helicopter, so the Co-Pilot tries to be
funny about the situation.
                                                            
                       MARINE CO-PILOT
Hey but even if it does over-fill,
it's just water right? We'll just
get a mop and...
                                                            
Titus pulls the handle closing the water valve and looks
straight at the Co-Pilot.
                                                            

219.

                       TITUS
I'm turning this off now because
I'm not about to humiliate myself
by grabbing a mop...
                                                            
                       MARINE CO-PILOT
I'm sorry you fill that this is
humiliating work, but most of us
do have to earn our money. Besides
this is a great job! I mean, I
could be a garbage man. Granted
it's dirty work, the pay is good,
or did you even know that someone
actually handles your garbage and
gets paid to do so?
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Sarcastically)
And here I thought my garbage
threw itself...
                                                            
Titus pushes the Co-Pilot back against the water valve
turning it on. The Co-Pilot looks at Titus as he stares at
him with a menacing smile, Titus' menacing expression
changes back to normal as quickly as it appeared. The Pilot
yells at them from the helipad as the water is over filling.
Titus steps away with a lost look in his eyes, almost as if
he did not realize what he just did. He pulls the Co-Pilot
away from the wall and closes the water valve.
                                                            
                       TITUS
I'm sorry I, I have to go.
                                                            
Titus slowly turns around looking at the floor, and walks
inside thinking to himself.
                                                            
 
INT. AMOS' HOME - AFTERNOON
                                                            
KITCHEN
                                                            
                                         TWO WEEKS LATER
                                                            
Kira is leaning inside of the fridge when she stands up
holding a clear air locked container filled with
strawberries. She opens it up, closes her eyes, and inhales
the fresh smell with a smile. Kira opens her eyes when she
hears a knock on the wooden door frame as she has the side
door wide opened. When she turns around she sees Titus in
the doorway she drops the strawberries on the floor. Kira
quickly runs to the door and tries to slam it closed, but
Titus puts his foot in the way keeping it from closing, she
pushes on it but he over powers her and forces it open. She

220.

quickly backs away to the kitchen island stepping on the
strawberries that are on the floor. She decides to stand her
ground and tries to hide her fear of him.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Well what kind of way is that to
treat a guest?
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Scared)
I must say, I, I was not um...
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Interrupts)
Expecting me?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Yes
                                                            
                       TITUS
Why so nervous, I have yet to do
you a thing.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Guards!
                                                            
When Kira yells for her guards Titus shows her his hands
that are covered in the alien's blue blood. He calmly steps
inside and closes the door behind him.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Yeah, I don't think they'll be
showing up.
      (Smiling)
May I wash my hands in your sink?
I seemed to have got them dirty.
                                                            
                       KIRA
There is water in the garden hose
outside.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Oh Kira, you and your odd sense of
humor... I would much rather wash
my hands indoors like a civilized
person.
                                                            
                       KIRA
What do you really want Titus?
                                                            
Titus walks over to the island sink and looks at her.
                                                            

221.

                       TITUS
Right now I would really like for
you to turn on the faucet for me.
I would hate to get blood all over
those beautifully polished chrome
handles.
                                                            
When Titus walks over to the sink Kira runs for the door,
when she puts her hand on the handle she barely cracks it
when Titus aims his gun at her.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Yelling)
I said get your ass over here and
turn the damn water on!
                                                            
                       KIRA
Okay
                                                            
Kira walks over to him and turns the water on, she stays at
his side afraid that he will hurt her if she moves. Titus
looks at her up and down as he washes his hands and slowly
inhales her scent. With his wet hand he pulls her close to
him by her chin and slowly licks the side of her face. She
closes her eyes and tries to pull away but he holds her
tight.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Now I see what my brother sees in
you, it's a shame that you're not
human.
                                                            
                       KIRA
It is people like you that make me
glad I am not.
                                                            
Titus lets her go, Kira quickly steps back wiping her face
in disgust.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Amos will be home any moment now!
                                                            
                       TITUS
Than we better get started.
                                                            
OUTSIDE
                                                            
A few minutes later Amos pulls into the driveway on his
motorcycle with a grocery bag in his hand. When he steps off
of the motorcycle he sees one of the guards hand sticking
out from behind the house on the grass. Amos drops the
groceries, ducks down, and runs to the back yard where he
sees the dead guards lying on the grass. He pulls the gun

222.

from his rear waistband, cocks it, and tactically makes his
way to the door. He notices that the door is slightly open
from when Kira tried to escape, he peeks inside through the
crack but does not see anything. Amos quickly pushes the
door open, and runs inside when Titus kicks him in the face,
snatches his gun from his hands, pulls him inside, and
closes the door behind him all in one swift move. Amos uses
the momentum Titus gave him by pulling him in, and rolls on
the floor once back onto his feet. Amos takes a step forward
ready to run at Titus, but Titus aims his gun at Amos' face
before he can make a move. Amos slowly puts his hands up
looking at the gun, he then looks at Kira as she is sitting
on a wooden chair with her arms bound behind her and the
chair's back. She has a piece of cloth in her mouth tied
around her head to keep her quiet.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Kira are you okay?
                                                            
Kira nods yes with tears rolling down her face as she sees
Titus aiming his gun at Amos face.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Well isn't that nice. you just got
your ass kicked and your only
weapon pulled from you. Now you
stare at the barrel of a gun and
yet you still worry about her
first.
                                                            
                       AMOS
What are you doing here Titus?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Well I originally came to kill
Kira, but then I found that I
couldn't because she's so damn
sexy.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Look, whatever your problems are,
they are with me so let her go.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Normal voice)
Well aren't you the smart one,
telling me who my problems are
with? Tell me what kind of problem
would I have with you?
      (Loud voice)
Oh, that's right, you killed
Danella! And by default so did
your bitch.
                                                            

223.

Amos slowly gets out of his forward stepping position and
stands up straight, showing Titus that he does not want to
fight.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Calm voice)
No this is an "us" matter, leave
her out of this. Please...
                                                            
                       TITUS
I'd rather not.
                                                            
Titus points the gun at Kira's face, she closes her eyes as
she cries.
                                                            
                       TITUS
I have the gun, I make the demands
so don't you tell me "No"!
                                                            
                       AMOS
Okay, okay, just please, please
don't hurt her.
                                                            
                       TITUS
If I can't have a happy-go-lucky
life, no one can!
                                                            
Titus slowly squeezes the trigger half way when Amos says
something to stop him.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Wait!, Please don't do this, don't
hurt her. I'm begging you...
                                                            
                       TITUS
No one is truly begging until
they're on their knees.
                                                            
                       AMOS
You want me to get on my knees,
fine I'll beg on my...
                                                            
Titus quickly shoots both of Amos' knee caps out, Amos falls
to the floor on his bloody knees and leans forward onto the
palms of his hands. As he yells in pain, Kira's eyes flash a
bright blue, she stretches the rope as far as it will go,
and leaps into the air sliding her arms around the chair.
She stands on the chair with her arms still tied behind her
back. Kira jumps backward over the chair, lifts it up with
her left leg and kicks it at Titus. She runs behind the
chair, leaps into the air, and kicks it into Titus' face.
When he falls back against the wall Kira jumps back and
swings her arms under her body. While Titus is stunned she

224.

removes the cloth from her mouth and begins to unbind her
hands with her teeth.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Yells)
You Bitch!
                                                            
Titus stands up and points his gun at her, but Kira runs up
to him and wraps the muzzle of the gun in between her wrists
with the binding. She pushes against him making the muzzle
of the gun face up, it accidentally fires twice into the
ceiling. One bullet flies so close to Titus' face that it
grazes his pupil and pierces his eyebrow before it hits the
ceiling. Titus drops the gun, pushes Kira away and stumbles
backward covering his face with his hands. Titus uncovers
his face, looks at his hands that are covered in his purple
blood, and screams in anger. Kira delivers a roundhouse-kick
to his face that spins him around and causes him to hit the
wall face first. Titus turns around holding his broken nose
and kicks Kira in the stomach throwing her back against the
kitchen island. Titus breaks his nose back into place and
laughs in pain as he sees Kira and Amos both on the floor
next to eachother. He bends over and picks the gun up from
the floor still holding his nose with one hand.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (To Kira)
You're good, I'll give you that.
                                                            
Titus points the gun at her, right as he squeezes the
trigger Amos throws a kitchen knife at his right shoulder
making him turn his body and miss. Amos manages to stand up
and jump off of his shattered knees tackling Titus. Amos
pushes Titus' left hand close to his body while his finger
is in the trigger guard and causes the gun to go off. The
bullet hits Amos in the jugular vein once, as they both fall
to the ground the gun is fired once more into Amos' chest.
Titus watches as the bullet explode out of the center of
Amos back in mid-air. When they hit the floor Titus panics
and quickly throws Amos off of his body making him land next
to Kira who has her unbinded hands covering her mouth in
shock. She quickly crawls over to him and lifts his head up
off of the floor with her trembling hands. Titus stands up
nodding his head looking at Amos in disbelief.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (To Kira)
Look what you made me do!
                                                            
Titus hits the wall with his fist punching a whole through
it, he looks at his gun and at Kira. Instead of doing any
more damage he simply walks out of the house with tears
rolling down his face. Amos spits up blood as he manages to

225.

shift his eyes at Kira, He looks at her body as it is
covered in his blood. He breaths shallow breaths in pain as
he turns his head away and sees the bloody mess all over the
floor. Amos looks back at Kira and smiles at her.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Whispers)
That's alot of blood...
                                                            
Kira grins with tears rolling down her face knowing Amos
wanted her to laugh. Kira knows Amos is scared, so she
caresses his face with her hand.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Whispers)
You're gonna be okay now...
                                                            
Amos slowly closes his eyes as his body goes limp. Kira
stares at him holding him close to her body. She looks
passed the open door at the sky and closes her eyes.
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
CITY STREET
                                                            
Titus walks down the sidewalk looking at his bloody clothes
holding his gun at his side in plain sight. He wipes the
tears from his face and realizes he is only tearing from one
eye, and that he cannot see out of the eye that was grazed
by the bullet. He closes his eyes tight and throws his gun
into a bush in someone's yard. Titus and continues walking
slowly still in disbelief of what he did.
                                                            
 
INT. AMOS' HOME - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
KITCHEN
                                                            
Kira stares out of the open door when the air ripples like
water as a clear portal opens in the doorway. Richter walks
in and sees Kira on the floor holding Amos in her arms and
then looks at an alien medic standing at his side. When
Richter nods his head, three other medics pushing a hovering
stretcher rush through the portal. They quickly pick him up
with two Renoobians at his legs and the other two carrying
his upper body. They lay him on the stretcher and rush him
back through the portal which leads to the ship. Kira stands
up running at the door trying to follow, but the portal
closes before she can reach it. She walks straight through
the doorway and turns around looking at Richter, she runs to
him and buries her face in his cape as he holds her tight.
                                                            
 

226.

INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
MEDICAL BAY
                                                            
The medics bring Amos into an operating room and transfer
his body from the stretcher onto a cold steel operating
table. A medic is cutting Amos' clothes off of his body as
two surgeons insert I.V.s into all of his major veins
pumping blue donor blood into his body. Another medic tilts
his head back and slides a clear tube down his throat to
supply Amos' lungs with oxygen. The head surgeon slices him
open, and break his rip cage apart so they can repair the
bullet hole in his heart with a laser. After a few minutes
they finish and close him back up sealing everything with a
laser leaving no scaring behind. The surgeons quickly move
down to work on his knees as the medics begin to shock Amos
with a defibrillator trying to revive him. With a second
shock to the heart Amos' eyes open wide, the surgeons are so
startled that they drop their tools when he sits up. Amos
pulls the oxygen hose out of his throat and takes a deep
breath, he continues to breath hard as he sees blue blood
flowing through his veins. As the blue blood makes its way
into his brain it unlocks the chromosome that the Renoobians
made dormant when they created the Human species. He can
think faster and clearer than any normal human being. He
stops breathing hard and looks around as everything becomes
clear to him. He scoffs and looks at his arms as the I.V.
needles push out of his body on their own.
                                                            
                       SURGEON 1
Amos?
                                                            
Amos looks at him and sees that he is staring at his knees
that are still waiting to be operated on. Amos stares at his
knees when they make a cracking sound as the bones begin to
heal on their own. Once they are whole again they make a
loud pop as they put themselves in place. Amos laughs when
the wounds close leaving his knees looking normal but
covered in dry blood.
                                                            
                       SURGEON 2
How do you feel?
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Whispers)
Where's Kira?
                                                            
 
INT. AMOS' HOME - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
RESTROOM
                                                            

227.

Kira is washing her hands and face in the sink, she grabs a
small hand towel and dries her face trying to hold back her
tears. She steps out of the restroom and sees that one of
the medics has come through the open portal, she quickly
runs passed them and through the portal. The medic quickly
follows her letting Richter be the last to slowly walk
inside and teleport back onto the ship.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
MEDICAL BAY
                                                            
Kira appears out of what seems like nowhere running down the
hallway. She pauses looking around to get her bearings. Once
she figures out exactly where she is at she quickly runs
toward the operating room. She pauses when she hears Amos'
voice come from inside a recovery room she passed.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Kira?
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Excited)
Amos!
                                                            
Kira turns around and sees Amos step out of the recovery
room wearing only long loose pajama bottoms obviously made
for a much taller creature. His upper torso is still stained
with dry blue and red blood on his body. Kira smiles when
she sees him holding the pajama bottoms by the waist band to
keep them from falling off, and runs inside of the room with
him. She wraps her arms around him kissing and hugging him
with tears of joy in her eyes.
                                                            
NIRA'S ROOM
                                                            
Jonny is wondering the halls of the ship when he passes by
Nira's room which has the door open. He stops and walks
backward when he sees her looking out of the window, Jonny
stares at her waiting for her to notice him.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Can I help you?
                                                            
                       JONNY
I'm just enjoying the view.
                                                            
Nira smiles, closes the window shade, and turns around
walking over to Jonny who is still standing in her doorway.
                                                            

228.

                       NIRA
There, the view is gone, you may
move on.
                                                            
                       JONNY
That's not the view I was talking
about.
                                                            
Nira stands a foot away from him and puts one hand on his
shoulder, slowly tilting her head as she looks at his body.
Jonny stands still looking at her with one hand on each side
of the doorway.
                                                            
                       NIRA
      (Whispers)
What do you really want Jonny?
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Whispers)
I want you.
                                                            
Nira laughs and playfully pushes Jonny away with her hand.
He leans back in smiling as she grins.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Listen, just because my sister is
down with the human thing, does
not mean I am.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Aren't you the least bit curious?
                                                            
                       NIRA
No.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Liar, you answered too fast.
                                                            
Nira rolls her eyes and sighs with a smile.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Okay you got me, now come here so
I can show you how we get down in
outer space.
                                                            
Jonny smiles and lets go of the doorway, as he is about to
step in Nira looks over his shoulder in surprise.
                                                            
                       NIRA
      (Surprised)
Father?
                                                            

229.

Jonny jumps inside of the room and turns around, only to see
that no one is there. He looks at her and laughs.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Sarcastic)
Very funny.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Look, even if I was the least bit
curious, which I am not, I would
want someone who is not going to
jump away scared the second my
father appears.
                                                            
Jonny walks back to the doorway with a cocky smile and hangs
on to the top of the doorway with both hands.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Is that right?
                                                            
                       NIRA
Yes
                                                            
                       JONNY
Look at me, nerves of steal baby.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Hello Father
                                                            
                       JONNY
See not one jump, now how about
it?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
How about what Jonny?
                                                            
Jonny freezes in place when he hears Richter's voice behind
him.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Um...
                                                            
                       NIRA
Father, Jonny told me he wants me,
but I told him I am nothing like
Kira.
                                                            
Jonny turns around and backs into Nira's room stepping away
from Richter.
                                                            

230.

                       JONNY
      (Nervous)
Lord Richter, I assure you I did
no such thing.
                                                            
Richter lowers to Jonny's eye level.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Do not even think about it.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Yeah Jonny, and he means that
literally because he can ready
every thought that enters your
head. Even the dirty ones...
                                                            
Lord Richter steps back into the hallway and walks away,
Jonny takes a few steps out walking in the opposite
direction. Nira quietly pulls Jonny back inside of her room
keeping him facing the hallway and whispers into his ear.
                                                            
                       NIRA
      (Whispers)
So maybe I am a little curious.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Really?
                                                            
Nira reveals her serpent-like tongue and licks his earlobe
and slowly slides it down the side of his face. Jonny
breathes hard as Nira licks his lips with her long tongue
and quickly retracts her tongue. She lets him go and laughs
cleaning off her tongue as if she is disgusted.
                                                            
                       NIRA
      (Laughs)
No, not really...
                                                            
Jonny looks at her disappointed.
                                                            
                       JONNY
That's harsh
                                                            
                       NIRA
Maybe in the future, who knows...
                                                            
She pushes Jonny outside of the room and closes the door.
                                                            
RECOVERY ROOM
                                                            

231.

Kira walks into the dark recovery room where Amos' is
sitting on bed with his eyes tightly closed. He immediately
senses her walk in and turns his head in her direction with
his eyes closed.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Kira?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Yes, how are you feeling?
                                                            
Amos lowers his head and turns away with his eyes still
closed tight. Kira closes the door behind her and walks over
to his side.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Fine, I just hate having to keep
my eyes closed, but if i open them
things start flying off of
shelves.
                                                            
Kira removes her silk belt from her waist and puts it across
his face. Amos quickly pulls away.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Relax, it's just my belt.
                                                            
Amos nods his head and lets her wrap it over his eyes and
ties it behind his head.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Whispers)
There now you can open you eyes,
and have...
                                                            
Kira straddles him on the bed and kisses his lips.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Whispers)
No distractions...
                                                            
Kira holds his face softly with her hands as she leans in to
kiss him some more, when items on the shelves begin to
vibrate. A glass jar comes closer to the edge of a shelf
ready to fall.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Whispers)
Relax
                                                            
Amos pulls her close and begins to kiss her back, they
slowly lay back on the bed as she bites his earlobe.
                                                            
 

232.

INT. TITUS' GUEST HOUSE, MIAMI - LATER
                                                            
LIVING ROOM
                                                            
Santana is sitting on the couch watching television with
STEVE, one of his closest bodyguards and friends. He flips
through the channels and stops when he sees distant shots of
Rhea's funeral. The hostess makes a big deal of how Santana
sheds almost no tears, the picture moves to a more recent
picture taken by paparazzi. The picture taken has him
sitting across a table eating lunch with Jenny at a popular
outdoor cafe. Santana's mouth slowly opens when they start
talking about a possible love triangle between him, Jenny,
and Rhea. He looks over to the restroom down the hallway
where Jenny is taking a shower.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Yells)
Babe!
                                                            
He hears her turn off the shower and open the shower door.
                                                            
                       JENNY
      (Yells)
Yeah?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Yells)
How do you feel about leaving the
country for a while?
                                                            
Jenny comes walking out of the bathroom wearing a bathrobe
and with a towel wrapped around her hair.
                                                            
                       JENNY
Sounds nice, where are we going?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Not we, just you. The media is
starting to talk about a possible
love triangle between me, you, and
Rhea. I think it would be best if
you left until this cools down a
little.
                                                            
                       JENNY
When and where?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Just go to the airport with Steve
here, pick a destination, and call
me when you get there.
                                                            

233.

                       JENNY
I have always wanted to go to
Rome.
                                                            
                       STEVE
Sounds good!
                                                            
                       JENNY
No wait! I changed my mind, I want
to go to Italy instead.
                                                            
Santana and Steve look at each other wanting to laugh.
                                                            
                       STEVE
Can I?
                                                            
Santana nods his head at Steve letting him know it is okay
if he wants to say something.
                                                            
                       STEVE
Yo Jenny, Rome is in Italy!
                                                            
                       JENNY
Really? I could have sworn it was
in...
                                                            
                       STEVE
Nope, it's always been in Italy.
                                                            
                       JENNY
You didn't even let me finish!
                                                            
                       STEVE
As long as that sentence didn't
end in Italy you were gonna be
wrong.
                                                            
                       JENNY
Smart-Ass, that's why nobody likes
you.
                                                            
                       STEVE
Aren't you like fresh out of
college or did I imagine that?
                                                            
                       JENNY
No you didn't imagine that
Asshole, class of 2037. What does
that have to do with anything?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Jenny what Steve is trying to say
is that he will be glad to
accompany you wherever you decide
            (MORE)

234.

                       SANTANA (cont'd)
to go.
                                                            
Steve stops grinning as he is messing around with Jenny and
looks at Santana with a surprised expression.
                                                            
                       STEVE
What?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Isn't that right?
                                                            
                       STEVE
Yeah
                                                            
Jenny walks into the room wearing only a short T-shirt,
short shorts, and sandals.
                                                            
                       JENNY
Cool, we're gonna party into all
hours of the night.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Get your purse, you're leaving
now.
                                                            
                       JENNY
Shouldn't I pack?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Look, the sooner you both get out
the better off I am. So buy a
whole new wardrobe over there.
                                                            
Santana kisses her on the lips.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Whispers)
Be safe alright?
                                                            
Jenny sadly nods her head and walks passed him. Santana
stops Steve before he leaves.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
If any man touches her, kill him.
                                                            
                       STEVE
You got it boss.
                                                            
As Jenny and Steve leave out of the front door Titus is
walking in with his head slightly ducked down. He quickly
sits on the end of the couch so his damaged eye will be out
of Santana's sight. Santana closes the door behind Jenny and

235.

Steve, then sits back on the couch, and starts talking with
Titus.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
What's wrong?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Nothing, I just came to watch some
TV with you, what kind of host
would I be if I just left you all
alone in the guest house?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Skip the bullshit, what have you
done that makes you so ashamed to
look me in the eyes?
                                                            
Titus stares at the floor in front of him trying to hide his
eye.
                                                            
                       TITUS
I um...
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Look at me when you talk.
                                                            
Titus slowly turns his head and looks at Santana, Santana
moves toward Titus so he can get a closer look at the
damaged pupil.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
What happened to you?
                                                            
Titus takes a deep breath looking Santana in the face.
                                                            
                       TITUS
I, I killed my brother. I grazed
my eye with a bullet, that's why
it looks like this. Now that I
told you just know that whatever
you do to me will not bring Amos
back.
                                                            
Santana scoffs and slightly laughs, he stands up and walks
toward the window. Santana holds his hands behind his back
as he looks out of the window. Titus slowly gets up and
walks up to him.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
You killed Amos?
                                                            

236.

                       TITUS
I was aiming for Kira but he
jumped in the way and...
                                                            
                       SANTANA
You killed your brother, my son?
                                                            
Without warning Santana turns around, punches Titus in the
face, and then hits him on the sides of his head using both
hands. Santana then grabs Titus by the back of the head and
swings him around into a wall. Titus steps away with a gash
on his forehead and his lip busted open. Titus turns away
and looks down wiping his face checking for blood.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Are you gonna do something or just
stand there and bleed?
                                                            
Titus laughs, and turns around so Santana can see the gash
on his forehead close on its own. Titus wipes his forehead
of the little blood it drew and smiles at Santana.
                                                            
                       TITUS
I won't even do that.
                                                            
Santana watches in disbelief when Titus licks the blood from
his lip revealing that it is no longer split.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
What have you done to yourself?
                                                            
                       TITUS
Me? I haven't done a damn thing,
Richter on the other hand...
                                                            
Titus steps forward and grabs Santana by his throat
centering his thumb on Santana's Adam's apple. He pushes his
thumb in while squeezing his neck with slightly stronger
strength. Santana tries to remove Titus' hand but cannot
break his grip.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Has given me the power you so
vainly sought.
                                                            
Santana's eyes roll back into his head as he begins to pass
out, he takes one shallow breath. Santana reaches into each
of his side pockets and pulls out two small knives. He gets
a grip on them and stabs Titus on each side of his torso
multiple times. Titus still holds his grip tight when as his
last desperate move Santana swings his arms around Titus and
stabs him in his lungs through his back, and leaves the
knives in. Titus screams, let's Santana fall to the floor,

237.

and stumbles backward. Titus removes the knives, drops them
on the floor, and barely catches himself as he nearly falls
down.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Breathing hard)
I thought you.. didn't care for
him anymore.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I will always care for Amos, he is
my own flesh and blood. You, now
you are a disappointment, you were
just ten-year-old extra baggage
that came with your mother when I
met her.
                                                            
Titus' breaths become shallow as he bleeds from his back and
sides.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Don't say that!
                                                            
                       SANTANA
A dying man deserves to hear the
truth.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Dad?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
This is when you make your dying
declaration.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Okay, sleep with you eyes open.
                                                            
Titus laughs and spits out blood when he finally collapses
on his back. Titus lets his last breath out, and closes his
eyes, dying with a smile on his face. Santana bends down,
takes Titus' gun out of his waistband, he checks if it is
loaded, and then fires two shots at the wall behind himself.
He quickly dives on top of Titus' body acting like he just
tackled him down, he slips the gun into Titus hand as he
takes one of the blades from the floor. As soon as his two
security guards KEVIN and TRINA bust in with their guns
drawn he covers Titus face with one hand and stabs Titus
with the knife in his heart. Santana acts like he is out of
breath and slowly gets off of Titus pretending as if he
thinks Titus might suddenly get up.
                                                            

238.

                       SANTANA
That son of a bitch tried to kill
me!
                                                            
The female guard looks at the male guard and then at Titus'
body. She looks at Santana, however before she can say
anything Santana raises his voice.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Get him out of here!
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
CORRIDOR
                                                            
Helius is walking down the hallway when he peeks into Amos'
recovery room where he sees Kira laying on top of him
resting her eyes. Helius quickly steps away from the window
and walks away, as he turns to go down a hallway he bumps
into Saikat. Helius points behind himself to tell Saikat
what he just seen.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Did you know that...
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
      (Interrupts)
Yes, were they all over eachother?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
What? No, I do not even want to
picture that.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
I must admit that in the two weeks
that we have been here, I am
starting to find human females
attractive, even Kira.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Hey, shut up.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
What? All I am saying is that she
is...
                                                            
                       HELIUS
My sister, so hold your tongue.
                                                            
Saikat stays quiet as they walk down the hallway to Helius'
den. He looks at the floor and at Helius to break the
silence.
                                                            

239.

                       SAIKAT
So are you saying that if you had
the chance, you would not have sex
with a human female?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
That is precisely what I am
saying.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
That is rubbish, we are
practically brothers, if I think
some are attractive you must
definately...
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Whispers)
Okay yes, I have seen a few from
afar that I have found attractive.
However unlike my sister or you, I
would not act upon my thoughts.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
You lie
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Honestly I would not.
                                                            
Saikat stops Helius and rests his hand on his shoulder
looking him in the eyes to see if he will give in. Helius
looks at Saikat's hand and stares back at him. Helius sighs
and decides to tell Saikat the truth.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Sighs)
Fine, okay I would, but with their
permission of course.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
      (Laughs)
Aw gross I knew it, you are down
with the Renoobian and Human sex.
It must run in the family because
I was just lying to see what you
would say.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Alright this conversation is at
its end, and now you made me
forget what I was really going to
ask you.
                                                            
HELIUS' DEN
                                                            

240.

                       SAIKAT
      (Speaks fast)
refresher, you just saw Amos and
Kira in the recovery room, he had
a blindfold on and she had a sad
yet happy look on her face.
Answer, Amos was killed sounds odd
I know, however your father took
your experimental procedure with
Briggs and slightly modified it.
So now Amos is back and Kira is
there comforting him yet she is
wondering if what she had done is
ethical. As for the blindfold on
Amos' eyes, I do not know, it must
be some stupid human thing.
Anything else your highness?
                                                            
Helius is thinking to himself while he absorbs the
information in his head and arranges it so it makes sense.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
How do you know all of this?
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
I am not always at your side, I do
own a life.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
And this life that you claim to
own, you spend it spying on
people?
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
Hey, do not judge me and I will
not judge you on your female human
fetish.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
I just said that to shut you up,
now elaborate on the story about
my father modifying my experiment.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
From what I have heard the only
difference was, instead of
draining him of all of his human
blood and replacing it with donor
plasma like you did to Briggs.
They just mixed the donor plasma
in with his blood. From what the
surgeons can make of it they think
the combination must have somehow
            (MORE)

241.

                       SAIKAT (cont'd)
activated the dormit chromosone.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
The chromosome that makes Humans a
weaker version of Renoobians?
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
The one and only difference maker.
However his senses have superseded
any known Renoobian including his
telepathy. Here is the kick of the
story, the mixing of his blood and
whoever the donor blood came from
is giving him our abilities as
well.
                                                            
Helius is in disbelief and amazement.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Our abilities as in you and me,
healing and fire?
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
Well no fire yet, however the
surgeons believe that by the signs
he is exhibiting, the possibility
of him receiving everyone's
abilities is growing.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
There is no way he will live. That
seems like too much power to exist
in a single entity, right?
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
You honestly want my opinion on
the subject at hand?
                                                            
Helius tilts his head at Saikat wanting him to say what he
thinks.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
Okay, I think if your sister is
happy, nothing else should matter.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
If it makes her happy that is
great, however I am thinking
beyond Kira. I am thinking about
all of us. If he decides to turn
his back on us with all that power
he has. He could annihilate us for
            (MORE)

242.

                       HELIUS (cont'd)
the good of humankind.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
Now this sounds dangerous, we
should report this to your father.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
My father is smart, I am sure he
has calculated all of the possible
outcomes.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
And if he has not?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
There would not be much we can do
anyway, he is already stronger
than us.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
What if we are just over reacting,
you know giving him more credit
than he is worth. Who knows it
could all fade tomorrow.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
It is better to give one's
opponent more credit than he
deserves than to underestimate his
true potential.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
      (Joking)
I see and where did you hear that
at?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Joking)
I came up with it myself, do you
like it?
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
It is not bad.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Look in all seriousness even if we
told my father, we would never
convince him to cause any pain to
his pride and joy Kira.
                                                            
 

243.

INT. VENETIAN CAUSEWAY, DRAWBRIDGE - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
INSIDE MORGUE VAN
                                                            
Kevin and Trina are in the van taking Titus' body to the
morgue. Kevin looks at Trina as he is driving, and can tell
by her expression that she has something on her mind.
                                                            
                       KEVIN
Are you okay?
                                                            
                       TRINA
Kind of, but is it just me or did
you get a strange vibe from
Santana?
                                                            
                       KEVIN
Santana has all kinds of issues,
but as long as the pay keeps
rolling in I don't ask questions.
                                                            
                       TRINA
I guess what I am really saying
is, we're not like the henchmen on
movies that are paid to protect
the bad guy, are we? For example
right now, Santana told us to take
his son's body away and we do, no
questions asked, no investigation,
we just do it...
                                                            
Titus wakes up inside of a black body bag laying in the
floor of the van, he unzips it quietly and slips out. He
crawls up to the rear window and knows where he is at. He
knows that they are about to cross the Venetian Causeway
drawbridge, so he quickly counts the vehicles behind them. A
small car is following close while a pick up truck is behind
them. He sees a tractor trailer closer to the pick up truck
only on the right lane closest to the bridge side rails.
Titus blesses himself and nods his head.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Whispers to
       himself)
This is gonna hurt, God please
don't let me die.
                                                            
He quickly opens the back doors and leaps onto the hood of
the car behind them. He cracks the windshield as he rolls
once over the car before he positions himself facing the
pick up truck behind the car. He immediately jumps onto the
truck and on top of it's camper, he carefully stands up on
top of the camper balancing himself. He takes a leap from

244.

the camper top to the hood of a tractor trailer, he smiles
when he makes it and looks at the driver with a smile. The
trucker does not know how to react he just stares back at
him. Titus signals for the trucker to keep still so he can
stand up on the hood. Titus looks forward to see how much
time he has to jump, he signals for the driver to get closer
to the side rail. The driver stares at him and nods, Titus
aggressively waves his hand signaling for him to get closer.
The truck driver reluctantly gets closer to the rail letting
Titus take a flying leap over the rail and into the water
below. Trina is in the back of the van and got to see Titus
leap over the side rail.
                                                            
                       TRINA
      (To Kevin)
Shit, pull over now!
                                                            
Kevin swerves onto the right lane and hits the brakes to try
and pull over not noticing how close the tractor trailer was
to them. The tractor trailer slams his breaks but hits the
corner of the van causing them to spin out of control on the
highway. When they come to a stop they are facing the semi
head on. Trina hears the semi trucks tires screeching, she
looks at Kevin who is frozen hanging on to the steering
wheel. Trina knows that the semi is not going to stop in
time so she jumps out of the back of the van. Trina runs to
the side and barely dodges the van when the semi hits it.
Trina stands still looking at the accident when she hears
the trailer tires screeching. She looks to her side when she
sees the trailer fishtailing toward her.
                                                            
                       TRINA
Shit.
                                                            
Trina stands in the center of the trailer with nowhere to
run, by the time she thinks of ducking the trailer
decapitates her. Only a red blood spot is left on the side
of the trailer. Her body lies under the semi with no head,
neck, or upper shoulders.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - EVENING
                                                            
NIRA'S HALLWAY
                                                            
Helius is crossing Nira's hallway when he sees Jonny step
out of Nira's room. Helius backs up and looks at Jonny, the
smile on Jonny's face immediately disappears because he
knows that he has no choice but to talk to Helius.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Isla
                                                            

245.

                       JONNY
Yes?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Have you heard about Amos being
onboard with Kira?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Yeah, tentacle head told me
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Saikat?
                                                            
                       JONNY
That would be him
                                                            
Helius looks away annoyed and whispers to himself.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Whispers)
Damn it, why am I the last to be
informed?
                                                            
                       JONNY
What?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
No, nothing. Go about your
business.
                                                            
Jonny looks at Helius confused, Jonny was expecting Helius
to come and give him orders to do something.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Okay.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Speaking of which, this is Nira's
sector.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Yeah, and?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
What are you doing up here?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Helius you said "Go about your
business" which means I should go
do what it was I was about to do,
and that is I was going to my
living quarters.
                                                            

246.

Helius nods when he figures out what Jonny was doing in her
room.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Nira is not like Kira.
                                                            
                       JONNY
I don't see Nira in the way Amos
sees Kira if that is what you're
insinuating.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
I know she puts up a tough
exterior but inside she is soft
and vulnerable like everyone else.
Know this, if you are making a toy
of her emotions, it will not be
the nano-bomb in your head that
you must worry about. Are we at an
understanding?
                                                            
Jonny looks Helius in the eyes and nods his head slightly,
agreeing with him.
                                                            
KIRA'S BEDROOM
                                                            
Amos and Kira are fooling around on her bed under the covers
when Amos pauses.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Relax no one knows you left the
recovery room.
                                                            
                       AMOS
It's not that.
                                                            
Kira quickly uncovers herself and sits at the edge of the
bed with her hands on her knees looking innocent.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Nervous)
Shoot, is my father coming?
                                                            
                       AMOS
No it's not that, I think we're
good. I just keep getting these
images of the guest house behind
my old home.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Why would you be thinking of that
while we are playing?
                                                            

247.

                       AMOS
Trust me I'm not. These images
just, all of a sudden appear in my
mind as if I am looking through
someone else's eyes.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Perspective viewing?
                                                            
Amos sits up on the opposite edge of the bed.
                                                            
                       AMOS
What's perspective viewing?
                                                            
                       KIRA
It's an ability few Renoobians
have. It's kind of like
astral-projection only in real
time. Their astral-mind is
constantly flying around searching
for something that might be of
importance to the viewer.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Confused)
So what I am seeing actually
happened?
                                                            
                       KIRA
No it did not happen, it is
happening at this moment.
                                                            
                       AMOS
If whatever I am seeing could be
of importance to me, I think I
better go.
                                                            
Kira gets on her hands and knees and crawls on the bed over
to Amos as he stands up.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Please do not go, I do not want to
lose you again.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Last time I wasn't like this.
                                                            
Amos runs his hands down his sides pointing out that he is
different.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Fine, how will you get there?
                                                            

248.

Amos clicks his tongue in his mouth while he thinks to
himself. He looks down at his feet and smiles.
                                                            
                       AMOS
I'm not one hundred percent on
this, but I feel as if that won't
be a problem.
                                                            
                       KIRA
What are you going to do?
                                                            
Amos walks to the door, opens it with a smile, and then
speeds out of the room like a blur.
                                                            
 
EXT. OVERSEAS HIGHWAY - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
EAST BRIDGE
                                                            
Amos is running down the road faster than a fighter jet at
top speed. He looks ahead and sees that the bridge is still
damaged where it was bombarded by missiles. He catches more
speed as he jumps over the missing sections, he looks down
at the waves as they are crashing against the support beams
down below. When he is about to land he thinks that he is
going to hurt his feet so he closes his eyes and hits the
ground rolling. Amos stands up and looks around and laughs
as he was not hurt at all, he takes a deep breath and speeds
away toward the mainland.
                                                            
 
INT. TITUS' HOME - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
GUEST HOME
                                                            
Amos arrives at the front entrance to the guest house behind
Titus' home. He stops at the front door with his hand on the
door handle and thinks for a moment. Amos twists the handle
quietly and opens the door slowly to the dimly lit living
room and walks inside.
                                                            
LIVING ROOM
                                                            
Amos sees the blood all over the carpet like he saw in his
mind, when he walks closer he hears a gun cock. Amos stops
and looks to his side where Santana is sitting on the couch
with his legs crossed aiming his gun at him. Santana lowers
the gun when Amos turns around to face him, he stands up and
takes a couple steps toward him putting his gun back in his
waistband.
                                                            

249.

                       SANTANA
      (Shocked)
Amos, I thought you were...
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Interrupts)
What is this?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Son I was told you were dead.
                                                            
Amos shifts his eyes away from the blood stain momentarily,
he briefly looks at Santana.
                                                            
                       AMOS
It's complicated, and don't ever
call me son. You disowned me,
remember? Santana.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Unfortunately I do, and no father
should say as I did.
                                                            
Amos nods his head and looks down at the blood stain.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Where is Titus?
                                                            
Santana does not say a word he simply looks at the puddle of
blood and presents it to Amos by swinging his hand over it.
Amos stares at Santana with haterd in his eyes. As he grows
angry an invisible telekinetic force radiates from him,
knocking pictures off of the wall, and moving the couch a
few inches. Santana takes a step back nodding his head in
disappointment.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
No Amos, not you too...
                                                            
                       AMOS
Why did you kill him?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I did it for you, he confessed to
killing you. So I did what any
father would have done.
                                                            
                       AMOS
You are not my father!
                                                            

250.

The telekinetic force radiates again, this time it is
stronger, it knocks the flat screen television on the floor
shattering the screen, and blows Santana's clothes like the
wind.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
You are one of them now, aren't
you?
                                                            
                       AMOS
No, I'm something else.
                                                            
Amos looks at the open door behind Santana.
                                                            
                       AMOS
By the way, you killed him because
you wanted to. You don't give a
damn about anyone but yourself!
You only used me as an excuse to
justify your actions.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Titus was a psychopath! With the
road he was walking on, it was
just a matter of time.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Yeah Titus had issues, but he did
not deserve to die, not by your
hands.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
By my hands, your hands, what's
the difference?
                                                            
                       AMOS
I wouldn't have enjoyed it.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
As much.
                                                            
Santana looks at Amos with a grin on his face.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Look me in the eyes and tell me
you wouldn't have enjoyed it.
                                                            
Amos stares at Santana but does not say a word or make a
different expression.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
As I thought, now use that
"Something else" you have become
and do to me what you know you
            (MORE)

251.

                       SANTANA (cont'd)
came to do to Titus.
                                                            
Santana steps closer to Amos looking down at him.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Do it now and you may prevent
countless of lives from being lost
because I am going to turn Key
Largo into a necropolis.
                                                            
                       AMOS
City of the dead? You are not
capable of that.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
It only took one man to commit
genocide before, all it will take
to do it again is another.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Yeah but he had an entire army
backing him, you're just a
senator.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
It's not politics that gives you
power.
                                                            
                       AMOS
I will deal with you when the time
comes, but in the meantime...
                                                            
Amos speeds out of the front door like a blur. This time
Amos is so fast he breaks the sound barrier in the distance.
Freddy the security guard comes running inside having no
idea that Amos was just there.
                                                            
                       FREDDY
      (Breathing hard)
Sir!
                                                            
                       SANTANA
What is it?
                                                            
                       FREDDY
      (Breathing hard)
The police called, Kevin and Trina
are both dead.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
How did this happen?
                                                            

252.

                       FREDDY
They had a major accident over the
bridge,a few were injured. They
were the only one's that were
killed. But Sir, Titus' body is
missing.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
What?
                                                            
                       FREDDY
I asked them about the body in the
back and they said that there was
no body.
                                                            
Santana puts his hands on the window ledge and looks out of
the window in frustration taking a deep breath.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
First Richter turns my son into
some kind of freak, and now he
steals my other boy's body?
                                                            
                       FREDDY
What do you mean stold his body?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Think about it, who would be
capable of killing two of my
security guards while in transit
and then take a corpse without
anyone seeing a damn thing!
                                                            
                       FREDDY
Do you think the aliens stole
Titus' body?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Who else? Doing something like
this in broad daylight, a human
would have been seen. Aliens can
do things with precision and avoid
detection.
                                                            
                       FREDDY
The detective said that a truck
driver saw someone leaping from
vehicle to vehicle and then onto
the hood of his semi. He lost
sight of him when he jumped off
and into the water. Do you think
it was one of them?
                                                            

253.

                       SANTANA
I'm sure it was.
                                                            
 
INT. TORRE MAYOR, MEXICO CITY - AFTERNOON
                                                            
55TH FLOOR
                                                            
Two days later on the fifty-fifth floor, MR. DE LA PAZ, an
older Hispanic man in his mid-seventies stands in his office
looking out of the window. The man is dressed in a cream
colored business suite with his gray and white hair slicked
back. He is looking down at the Mexico City Angel thinking
to himself when there is a knock at the door. The knock on
the door startles him out of his day dream, he does not look
back, the old man does not get many visitors so he assumes
that it is just one of his many bodyguards.
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
      (Spanish)
Come in
                                                            
Titus peeks his head inside the door, Mr. De La Paz looks
back and smiles when he sees Titus. He turns around and
walks to Titus with his hands out ready to hug him.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Spanish)
Abuelo.
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
      (Spanish)
How are you?
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Spanish)
Bien, Bien Abuelo, and you?
                                                            
Titus tries to be respectful by speaking to his grandfather
in Spanish however Titus' Spanish is limited. Titus
understands his grandfathers Spanish and "Broken English".
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
      (Spanish)
Just another year older.
                                                            
They both share a laugh when Mr. De La Paz's face goes from
happy to sympathetic.
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
I hear on TV what happened to your
mother. I am sorry.
                                                            

254.

Mr. De La Paz holds Titus' hands together as he talks, Titus
simply nods his head thanking him.
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
How is your dad?
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Spanish)
My dad is... well, he has seen
better days.
                                                            
They both laugh when they know that they have reached the
extent of Titus' Spanish.
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
I like that you come see me, Amos
and Santana they don't come in
years. At least you call.
                                                            
Mr. De La Paz pats Titus on the shoulder and smiles.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Well I cannot speak on their
behalf, but I say cherish family
while they are here, you never
know when you will lose them.
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
Si, familia is very important,
your father, he don't see it like
that. He no see me in two years,
Amos is same way as him, two years
not one call. This is why when I
die, everything that is mine...
will be yours.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Smiles)
Is that right?
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
Yes, but always remember that this
business type is very dangerous,
especially in Mexico. If you have
money or power, people always
trying to take it.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Mexico, America, hell probably
even Japan it does not matter.
There is always someone who will
stop at nothing to have what you
have.
                                                            

255.

                       MR. DE LA PAZ
You are a smart man, last week a
young man wearing a hood sweater
try to kill me. I have bullet
proof vest on, I was like
Superman...
                                                            
Mr. De La Paz taps on his chest so Titus can hear the sound
of his bullet proof vest and laughs.
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
Yes I fall because I am old, but I
get up and I live, you know what I
am saying to you?
                                                            
                       TITUS
I know exactly what you are
saying, so what happened?
                                                            
Mr. De La Paz thinks to himself and looks down, Titus puts
his hand on the old man's shoulder. Mr. De La Paz holds
Titus' hand on his shoulder and nods his head with a smirk
on his face.
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
      (Smiling)
I got a new hood sweater hanging
in my closet.
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY LARGO - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
                                         SEVEN MONTHS LATER
                                                            
In the passed months The Renoobians have built three
identical self sufficient towers signifying the islands that
they occupy; Key Largo, Key West, and Islamorada. The towers
are small cities built vertically as they are equipped with
restaurants, large apartments, and a center court yard. At
the very top is Amos and Kira's penthouse apartment.

Helius has colonized Key West as a military based city that
is more tolerant of sin. However the few laws he does
enforce, are unforced by martial law.

Islamorada remains a neutral island until Nira feels that
she is ready for the responsibility to govern her city.
Until then she remains on the ship with Jonny as her lover,
but still watches over Islamorada from a distance.

In Miami, Santana has married Jenny and has taken Titus'
home as their own and have since knocked down the guest
house in the back. Santana has retired from his political

256.

position but has remained in the public eye as he runs the
not so secret Situation Control Team, keeping them prepared
for what he considers an inevitable alien invasion.

Titus has never returned to the United States. He remains
with his grandfather in Mexico City, Mexico.
                                                            
 
INT. TOWER ONE, KEY LARGO - MORNING
                                                            
AMOS AND KIRA'S APARTMENT
                                                            
The two sit on a love seat watching television, Kira is now
six months pregnant and has yet to tell Amos. Kira straddles
Amos and holds his hands back and leans in for a kiss. When
their lips are about to meet she pulls away teasing him.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Amos I have been thinking
                                                            
                       AMOS
Yeah, did it hurt your head?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Of course not, wait quit being an
ass, I want to be serious for a
minute.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Okay I'm sorry, can I have a kiss
before we go on?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Okay
                                                            
Kira leans in tilting her head sideways for a kiss, Amos
closes his eyes when Kira gives him a peck on the cheek.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Disappointed)
What was that?
                                                            
                       KIRA
You just said a kiss, you did not
specify what kind.
                                                            
                       AMOS
So does that mean if I tell you
exactly what I want you to do, you
will do it?
                                                            
Amos easily overpowers her and slides his hands under her
butt, he repositions her on his lap with a smile.
                                                            

257.

                       KIRA
It doesn't work that way, but
this...
                                                            
Kira slides his hands from under her and sets them at his
sides.
                                                            
                       KIRA
..is kind of what we need to talk
about.
                                                            
                       AMOS
We are gonna talk about my hands
on your booty?
                                                            
                       KIRA
No, let me say that again. I need
to tell you something and you need
to listen, so zip it.
                                                            
Kira pretends to close a zipper over his mouth.
                                                            
                       KIRA
You know I sometimes go to the
nursery to help the ladies out,
because I like to hold the little
babies. I like to feed them, it's
fun. Do you like things like that?
                                                            
Amos mumbles acting like the zipper on his mouth is keeping
him from talking. Kira sighs and unzips his mouth, Amos
gasps for air and laughs.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Okay smart-ass, I unzipped your
mouth now it's answer time.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Oh wow, is this what I think it
is?
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Smiles)
Maybe, what do you think it is?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Well you asked me if I like
holding babies, and then if I like
to feed them. It doesn't take a
genius to figure this one out.
                                                            
Kira smiles as Amos answers her.
                                                            

258.

                       AMOS
Kira, are you trying to tell me
that... the nursery is looking for
a volunteer?
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Interrupts)
No...
                                                            
                       AMOS
Then why did you ask if I liked
feeding and...
                                                            
                       KIRA
I was trying to see how you felt
about babies.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Well you should have just asked,
yeah babies are cool.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Great because I'm pregnant!
                                                            
Kira smiles and jumps while on top of him, Amos looks
shocked with his mouth open.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Really?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Yes, isn't it grand?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Yeah it's great, but how?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Hmm... let me think, I believe it
might have a little something to
do with the sex we have.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Well obviously, I just didn't
think we could because well, you
are not human.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Neither are you and you haven't
been for like six or seven months
and I am six months pregnant, do
the math.
                                                            

259.

                       AMOS
I'm sure the math adds up some
how. Don't get me wrong I am happy
for us, I'm just a little
confused, because the only thing
that has changed is the color of
my blood and you are well, alien.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Well I did not really think about
that, it doesn't make much sense.
                                                            
They both look like they are trying to think hard when Kira
snaps her fingers with excitement.
                                                            
                       KIRA
I got it!
                                                            
                       AMOS
How?
                                                            
                       KIRA
We can go ask my father, he will
know the answer.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Whoa, no no no... let's keep him
out of the loop for now, it does
not matter how it happened. The
point is it happened and we're
both happy.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Yeah, but it matters to me, I need
to find out and you are coming
with me.
                                                            
                       AMOS
I'm gonna pass on that.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
RICHTER'S ROOM
                                                            
Amos and Kira are sitting on a large cushion sofa waiting
for Richter to come in. They look at each other nervously
awaiting for what he will have to say. They both sit with
their hands on their knees when Richter walks in. Richter
pauses and looks at them as he can sense that they are both
nervous, he reads their thoughts and looks at Kira with a
smile.
                                                            

260.

                       KIRA
Daddy?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
      (To Kira)
When were you planning on telling
me?
      (To Amos)
I know you were not.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Today because we need to know that
since I am not technically human
and neither is Amos, how is it
possible for me to be with his
child?
                                                            
Richter takes a deep breath and sits on a sofa across from
them, he interlocks his fingers and nods.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Kira it is time you know the
truth.
                                                            
                       KIRA
What truth?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
I did not create you in with hope
that you would be the first step
toward Humanity accepting us. This
was never your destiny. In fact I
did not create you at all. You are
of natural birth...
                                                            
                       KIRA
Natural birth? But Helius and Nira
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Are not your blood relations,
Helius only knows the story that
you do. Nira might not remember
the truth, she was but a child
when it happened...
                                                            
Amos looks at Kira as she does not know whether to be mad or
sad by the story so she looks at Amos to let him ask the
question he knows that she wants to ask.
                                                            
                       AMOS
When what happened?
                                                            

261.

                       RICHTER
All of us on the ship are not
Renoobian, we are Avahcian a
sub-species. You are the only true
Renoobian Kira.
                                                            
                       KIRA
I do not understand...
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Earth is but one of five planets
created by the Renoobians as an
alternate home for themselves in
case of a cataclysmic event on
Renoobia. When they put life on
this planet they created the
Humans in their own image. The
only difference is a single
chromosome in the human DNA which
they made dormant, thus keeping
them the stronger and smarter
being. When our blood went into
Amos' body it somehow must of
unlocked that chromosome, making
you two the perfect match.
                                                            
                       KIRA
So you are not really my father.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Of course I am, I raised you as my
daughter.
                                                            
Kira begins to cry so she cups her hands over her eyes and
bends over looking at the floor. Amos rubs her back trying
to comfort her when she pops her head up with a look of
realization.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Why do you have me?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
You are with us because we grew
tired of their forced servitude,
so we revolted.
                                                            
                       KIRA
The entire story of the planet
drying up, it is just a story?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
When we left twenty five years ago
Renoobia was drying up, so one day
they had us build a ship, the
            (MORE)

262.

                       RICHTER (cont'd)
R.S.S. Viata. They told us that we
were going to relocate to one of
the Alternates. Later we found out
they were going to leave us behind
to die. So the night before they
were to board the ship, we took
it. We knew that Cronos, your
birth father, would simply destroy
the ship once out of the
atmsophere so...
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Interrupts
       Richter)
You kidnapped me to insure your
survival, you knew my father would
not destroy the ship if I was
onboard.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
I am not proud of my actions, but
I did what it took to survive.
                                                            
Kira stares at Richter with watery eyes but does not cry,
she looks at Amos as he looks at the floor thinking.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Is he looking for me?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
There are five Alternate planets,
it would be a daunting task to
look through each one. At that he
would still have had to build a
ship that is capable of the same
traveling speeds as this one.
                                                            
Amos stands up and looks down at Richter with hatred in his
eyes.
                                                            
                       AMOS
You didn't happen to stumble upon
us that night, you knew Earth
could sustain life. Instead of
just coming over you made up an
unnecessary lie, and because of
you Danella, Titus, and Rhea are
dead! All of my teammates are
dead!
                                                            
Amos walks around frustrated looking at Kira and at Richter.
                                                            

263.

                       AMOS
You know what I hope Santana does
not nuke you, because I am going
to kill you one by one. I'm saving
you for last!
                                                            
                       KIRA
Amos.
                                                            
                       AMOS
As polluted as it is he does not
deserve to breath our air, he is
nothing but a murderous deciever.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Kira?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Don't speak my name you are
nothing but a savage slave that
resorted to kidnapping for his own
selfish gain. Maybe Renoobians had
reason to destroy such a violent
species.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Out of curiosity, Why did you
present yourselves as Renoobians
and not call yourself what you
truely are? Avahcian.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Renoobian means superior.
                                                            
                       AMOS
And Avahcian?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Loosely translated... slave.
                                                            
                       KIRA
We will be off of the island
before night fall.
                                                            
Kira leads Amos to the elevator leaving Richter standing in
his place staring at them as the doors close.
                                                            
 
INT. SANTANA AND JENNY'S HOME - EVENING
                                                            
Santana and Jenny walk into the house to find Amos sitting
in the dark on a recliner facing the door. When Santana
turns on the light he backs away startled blocking Jenny

264.

from coming in. When he realizes it is Amos he walks in with
no worry.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Amos, I don't know what the law is
over there, but this is America.
Here it's a crime called breaking
and entering, which is a felony by
the way.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Diplomatic Immunity, look it up.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I know what it means, but tell me
how that applies to you.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Is a Political Informant a title
or did I make that up?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I'm not sure, however with a title
like that, you now have my
undivided attention.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Long story short, they are not who
they made themselves out to be.
You're not safe without me nearby.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Are you saying you want to come
back?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Yeah, but I want to bring Kira
with me.
                                                            
Santana takes a seat on the sofa. Jenny turns on the light
in the kitchen and opens the fridge.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
You know I dropped out of the
political game. I have nothing to
do with her being here.
                                                            
                       JENNY (OS)
      (To Amos)
Would you like a drink Amos?
                                                            
Amos momentarily looks at Jenny and quickly nods his head up
and down once.
                                                            

265.

                       AMOS
I want her to be free to walk the
streets with no hassle by anyone.
I know you have friends that can
make that happen.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I know they are going to say
absolutely no aliens beyond that
border.
                                                            
Jenny steps in and hands them both a glass of iced tea, and
sits down next to Santana with hers in her hand.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Look she cannot go back, it turns
out she is not even an alien, in
fact she is more human than you or
me.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Laughs)
This I must hear.
                                                            
                       AMOS
It's a long story.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I have plenty of time.
                                                            
 
INT. TOWER ONE, KEY LARGO - LATER
                                                            
AMOS AND KIRA'S APARTMENT
                                                            
Kira is packing up their belongings trying not to cry when
she hears a knock on the door. She stops packing and wipes
her tears away as she walks to answer the door.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Who is it?
                                                            
                       NIRA
It's Nira
                                                            
                       JONNY
And Jonny!
                                                            
Kira unlocks and opens the door.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Come inside.
                                                            

266.

Jonny sees her tears and looks at Nira, he discretely nods
his head toward Kira pointing out her tears.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Sister, why were you shedding
tears?
                                                            
                       JONNY
And why are you packing?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Please, do not call me sister
anymore.
                                                            
                       NIRA
      (Scoffs)
And why would I do that?
                                                            
                       KIRA
You can cut the
twenty-five-year-long act. I know
the truth, your father told me
this morning.
                                                            
                       NIRA
I see, so I take it you are
leaving Key Largo?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Yes
                                                            
                       JONNY
Where will you go?
                                                            
                       KIRA
I don't know, Amos did not say.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Come with us to Islamorada, I will
govern it free of Richter.
                                                            
Kira thinks for a moment and then looks Nira in the eyes
still wanting to cry.
                                                            
                       KIRA
How could you lie to me this
entire time Nira?
                                                            
                       NIRA
You must understand, I was told
this as a child, I was maybe
two-years-old. The stories of
slavery are just that, stories, I
never lived those days. Look Kira
            (MORE)

267.

                       NIRA (cont'd)
we are sisters no matter what,
that is how we were raised and you
cannot just pretend twenty-five
years of your life never happened.
                                                            
                       KIRA
We are not sisters, you are not
even Renoobian!
                                                            
                       JONNY
Okay, now I'm lost.
                                                            
                       NIRA
      (To Kira)
I did not know you would feel that
way.
                                                            
Nira looks down in sadness, Jonny looks at them both still
trying to make sense of what is going on.
                                                            
                       KIRA
How did you expect me to feel? My
entire existance is a lie!
                                                            
                       NIRA
For what it matters I will always
think of you as my sister.
                                                            
                       KIRA
That is where we differ.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Let's go Jonny.
                                                            
Nira walks passed Jonny and leads him out the door. Jonny
pauses for a moment to talk to Kira by the doorway.
                                                            
                       JONNY
When are you guys leaving?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Tonight.
                                                            
Jonny nods his head and catches up to Nira in the hallway.
Kira closes the door, locks it, and starts crying.
                                                            
HALLWAY
                                                            
                       NIRA
Where do you think they are going?
                                                            

268.

                       JONNY
I don't know, They are not staying
here, they can't go to the U.S.
They might just go to Mexico.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Why Mexico?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Amos' grandfather owns De La Paz
Pharmaceuticals in Mexico City.
It's a cover up for urban
pharmaceuticals if you know what I
mean.
                                                            
 
INT. TORRE MAYOR, MEXICO CITY - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
55TH FLOOR
                                                            
Titus sits on the couch with his feet on top of a glass
table looking out the window. Behind him Mr. De La Paz is
sitting at his desk signing some paper work.
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Spanish)
Abuelito?
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
      (Spanish)
What?
                                                            
                       TITUS
What are you doing?
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
Lots and lots of papers need my
signing, I don't like to do it but
someone has to, you know?
                                                            
                       TITUS
What if I do it?
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
You think that you can do this?
                                                            
                       TITUS
No, I know I can, because I will.
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
Remember I tell you the day I die,
this will all be...
                                                            

269.

The old man slowly lifts his head to take a break from the
paper work as he speaks to Titus. When he looks up Titus is
aiming a gun at his face, the old man nods his head knowing
he is facing certain death.
                                                            
                       TITUS
...Mine.
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
Oh Mijo, why you do this?
                                                            
                       TITUS
      (Spanish)
Perdona me (Forgive me)
                                                            
                       MR. DE LA PAZ
      (Disappointed)
I already forgive you.
      (Spanish)
Now you have to ask God for
forgiveness.
                                                            
                       TITUS
I've never been much of a
believer.
                                                            
When Titus shoots his grandfather in the forehead, blood
spatters on his face. Titus quickly turns around aiming his
gun at the door. When the first two security guards bust in
he shoots them in the head before they can finish pulling
out their weapons. Titus runs over to the glass table he had
his feet on and turns the gun on himself. He uses his weak
right hand, shoots himself in the shoulder once, and then in
the stomach. The pain is too great that he screams as he
struggles to hide his concealed shoulder holster. Once he
manages to put it away he is breathing short breaths to try
and take the pain but trips and falls back through the glass
table. When he hits the ground he is still conscious and
begins to panic thinking he may have made his wounds to
serious. He holds his stomach crying in pain as more
security guards run inside the office.
                                                            
 
INT. SANTANA AND JENNY'S HOME - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
Amos stands up from the sofa as he finishes telling Santana
and Jenny the story. Santana stands up with him and extends
his hand to Amos, however Amos simply looks at it.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Alright son, when will you be
coming?
                                                            

270.

                       AMOS
I don't know, in an hour or so.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I'll have them ready the penthouse
for you two.
                                                            
As Santana is about to bring his hand back to his side Amos
grabs and shakes it. Amos looks at the door, opens it, and
runs away using his super speed. Santana smiles as the wind
left behind blows his clothes and Jenny's hair back. Jenny
clears her throat to get his attention.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
What?
                                                            
                       JENNY
So what happened to disowning him
and so forth?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Allow me to show you the big
picture.
                                                            
                       JENNY
Okay go.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Look, now that I have him on my
side I am free to annihilate those
Renoobians without fear of
retaliation.
                                                            
                       JENNY
Avahcians
                                                            
                       SANTANA
What about them?
                                                            
                       JENNY
You said Renoobians, the ones here
are Avahcians. All of the real
Renoobians are still on Renoobia
excluding Kira.
                                                            
Santana laughs and looks at Jenny as she waits for him with
her eyebrow raised.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
All of this coming from someone
who had no idea that Rome was in
Italy yet wanted to visit.
                                                            

271.

                       JENNY
      (Playful)
Shut up.
                                                            
 
INT. TOWER ONE, KEY LARGO - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
AMOS AND KIRA'S APARTMENT
                                                            
Amos comes speeding in as Kira has their belongings packed,
she sits on their sofa in the dark. When she sees Amos she
looks up at him momentarily and then goes back to staring at
the floor with her fingers interlocked.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Calm)
I am ready.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Alright, did anyone come by?
                                                            
Kira thinks to herself for a moment letting a single tear
roll down her cheek. She looks up at Amos and answers
quietly.
                                                            
                       KIRA
No.
                                                            
Amos knows she is lying but does not say anything he just
helps her up and holds her in his arms.
                                                            
                       AMOS
We're gonna be fine.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Where are we going?
                                                            
                       AMOS
You are not going to be happy
about it, but I talked with my
father and he said we can use the
penthouse in Miami for as long as
we need.
                                                            
Kira quickly steps out of Amos' arms with a worried
expression.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Baby no
                                                            
                       AMOS
Kira it's not safe here!
                                                            

272.

                       KIRA
And it's not safe over there
either! At least not for me.
                                                            
                       AMOS
How about we stay a couple of
days, and if you don't like it we
will go wherever you want.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Reluctantly)
Okay
                                                            
They both hear a thud on the bottom of the door, when Nira
accidentally hits her foot on the door as she listens in on
their conversation while invisible. She quickly walks away
and pauses as to not make any noise when Amos opens the
door. Amos looks up and down the empty hallway, and closes
the door.
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
CITY STREET
                                                            
Jonny is walking down the street alone when Nira sneaks up
on him, she turns visible when she pokes him on his sides.
He jumps away and looks back at her as she is laughing at
him.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Boo!
                                                            
                       JONNY
Damn girl, what did I say about
doing that?
                                                            
                       NIRA
About what? Scaring you out of
your panties?
                                                            
                       JONNY
You didn't scare me, you just kind
of surprised me a little.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Cow shit, you jumped like a little
girl.
                                                            
                       JONNY
The saying is bull shit or horse
shit, not cow shit.
                                                            

273.

                       NIRA
What about eat shit, Jonny?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Ha ha, so any in-tel?
                                                            
                       NIRA
Intel, what am I your spy?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Sorry let me ask you like it is.
Did you hear anything of
importance while eaves dropping on
their conversation?
                                                            
                       NIRA
      (Talking like a
       soldier)
Whatever General Isla. The new
in-tel consists of the following
data Sir...
                                                            
                       JONNY
Don't patronize me.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Patronize? Don't go hurt your head
using big words now. So I heard
them say they were going to stay a
few days at a penthouse in Miami.
They are not sure where they will
go from there.
                                                            
Jonny can tell by the tone of her voice that she is trying
to hide her feelings behind her tough attitude so he puts
his hand on her shoulder.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Concerned)
Are you alright?
                                                            
                       NIRA
Of course I'm not, he has taken my
sister from me, and after tonight
I may never know where to. He is
turning her against us, I just
wish there were something I could
do.
                                                            
                       JONNY
I can have him dealt with tonight,
after that she will not know who
to turn to, except for you.
                                                            

274.

                       NIRA
Amos will obliterate you.
                                                            
                       JONNY
That's why I won't be going.
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY WEST, FLORIDA - LATER
                                                            
HELIUS' TRAINING FACILITY
                                                            
Forty-five minutes later Jonny pulls up to Helius on his
motorcycle. Helius is leaning over a guard rail that
surrounds a fifteen foot deep concrete pit cheering
alongside of many of his soldiers. He looks to his side when
he sees Jonny lean over the rail.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Playful)
Jonny, always a delight to see
your hideous face.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Is that right?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
No, what are you doing here?
                                                            
                       JONNY
I need a favor
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Can it wait?
                                                            
                       JONNY
For what?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
We're training here.
                                                            
Jonny looks at Helius' soldiers fighting inmates from the
jail inside the pit. He looks at all of the other soldiers
leaning on the guard rails cheering them on.
                                                            
                       JONNY
I hardly think this counts as
training.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Fine what would you call it?
                                                            

275.

                       JONNY
For your men, fun and
entertainment, for the inmates,
cruel and unusual punishment.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Cruel and unusual punishment? Do
not go and forget what side of the
border you are on Isla.
                                                            
                       JONNY
I know where I am at, that is why
I have come to you for a favor.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
What is the matter, did Richter
turn you down?
                                                            
                       JONNY
Richter cannot know, now are you
gonna help or not?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Let's see obviously my team is
involved, and for some unknown
reason Richter cannot know of
this, mission?
                                                            
                       JONNY
That's the gist of it.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Let me talk it over with my
advisor.
                                                            
Helius turns around and whispers to Saikat, Saikat tilts his
head as if he is undecided. Helius turns around and smiles
at Jonny.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Ignoring Saikat)
Saikat says yes...
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
That is not what I said...
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Ignoring Saikat)
...on one condition, if you fight
him.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
What?
                                                            

276.

Before Saikat can move, Jonny quickly draws his gun and
shoots Saikat in between the eyes. Saikat falls flat on the
ground next to Helius, Helius is surprised at how fast Jonny
acted and laughs.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Looks like I win.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
Nice shot, let us talk details. I
will fill Saikat in whenever he
wakes up.
                                                            
 
INT. ICON SOUTH BEACH, MIAMI - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
PENTHOUSE
                                                            
Amos walks in carrying Kira in the cradling position, she
laughs as he pretends that she is heavy when he is really
carrying her with ease.
                                                            
                       KIRA
You know you don't have to carry
me in, I am capable of walking.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Call it practice.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Happy)
Practice for what?
                                                            
Amos looks at her and grins. He sets her down on her feet,
closes the door behind them, and leads her through a set of
sliding glass doors leading to the balcony so she can see
the view of Miami.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Look at that
                                                            
                       KIRA
Wow, the view is amazing from
here.
                                                            
Kira looks down at the street forty-one floors below and
steps back.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Wow, maybe staying here would be
nice. I mean the city is beautiful
and I feel so safe knowing that no
Avahcian is allowed anywhere near
            (MORE)

277.

                       KIRA (cont'd)
here.
                                                            
                       AMOS
So you want to stay in Miami?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Well maybe after we see the world,
you know using those fast feet of
yours.
                                                            
                       AMOS
How about we go see the sunrise
from The Great Wall?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Unless you have the ability to
turn back time I think we are
about five hours to late for that.
                                                            
Amos looks out at the city skyline thinking about what she
said.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Do you think if I ran clockwise
around the world fast enough I
could turn back time?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Do you mean change the Earth's
rotation from East to West?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Yeah...
                                                            
                       KIRA
How would that turn back time?
                                                            
                       AMOS
I don't know, I saw it in a movie.
                                                            
                       KIRA
If some how you did manage to
reverse the Earth's rotation, you
would just cause catastrophic
weather changes, not to mention
probably demolish everything in
your path so you could keep a
straight trajectory.
                                                            
Amos looks over Kira's head as she steps closer to him in
his arms with an almost look of disappointment.
                                                            

278.

                       AMOS
      (Disappointed)
Wow, does not having an
imagination suck?
                                                            
Kira lets Amos hold her but looks at him with a smile as he
genuinely sounds disappointed.
                                                            
                       KIRA
I am sorry, but I just applied a
dash of realism to what I hope is
a hypothetical question.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Yeah well realism sucks, that is
why you should have answered with
an answer so dumb it sounds
plausible.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Sarcastic)
Okay, wow do you realize if you
did that the sun would rise in the
West and set in the East!
                                                            
                       AMOS
See that's what I'm talking about,
because I'm not sure if it is true
or not. You could probably pass
that off as a fact.
                                                            
Kira turns around and looks at Amos for a moment before her
curiosity gets to her.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Why did whoever ran around the
world backward do what he did?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Actually he flew around the world,
and he did it because the woman he
loved died.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Joking)
That's sweet, but if anything ever
was to happen to me don't try
anything that silly.
                                                            
Amos puts his hand out like a notebook and pretends to right
down what she is saying. He jokes around by reading what he
is pretending to write out loud.
                                                            

279.

                       AMOS
      (Joking)
In case of death do not run around
the world and try to spin it
backward, got it.
                                                            
Kira looks behind Amos through the glass wall into the
kitchen that is equipped with a steel refrigerator, steel
counter tops, and all steel appliances.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Okay I have been trying to ignore
it but it is too much. If we stay
here, all of the steel definitely
has to go. It does not feel homey,
it feels cold and heartless.
                                                            
                       AMOS
That's because Santana had this
place redesigned to fit his
personality. Cold and Heartless.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Before we go around the world, how
about we go around the house. I
want to see what I am getting
myself into.
                                                            
Kira runs her hand over the clean hot tub and touches the
massaging jets on the sides.
                                                            
                       KIRA
I could definitely see myself
relaxing in this after putting
Arely to bed.
                                                            
Kira walks inside down the hallway to the master bedroom,
she turns on the light and takes a step back when she sees
the king sized bed.
                                                            
                       AMOS
You said something about Arely?
                                                            
                       KIRA
It is a name I have been thinking
of, do you like it?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Actually I do, it sounds exotic,
but what if it's a boy?
                                                            
                       KIRA
It's not.
                                                            

280.

                       AMOS
      (Disappointed)
You checked?
                                                            
                       KIRA
No, I can sense it.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Okay but if it's a boy I get to
name him, I'm thinking Arelo.
                                                            
                       KIRA
No way!
                                                            
                       AMOS
I'm kidding, but seriously if it's
a boy I am naming him.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Okay.
                                                            
 
INT. ABC HOSPITAL, MEXICO CITY - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
RECOVERY ROOM
                                                            
Titus is in his recovery room laying in bed with bandages
over his bullet wounds. He lays with his face looking at the
wall thinking to himself when he sees the nurses shadow as
she walks into the room. Titus looks up at her when she
comes close to him.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Where is my grandfather?
                                                            
                       NURSE
Oh my, no one told you? I am sorry
but Senior De La Paz's wounds were
fatal.
                                                            
Titus slowly turns his face away trying to make himself cry
tears of sympathy.
                                                            
                       TITUS
He didn't suffer, did he?
                                                            
                       NURSE
We do not believe so.
                                                            

281.

                       TITUS
I just remember him being shot,
and when I turned around I was
shot. I would give anything to not
have that in my memory.
                                                            
The nurse lifts the bloody bandage on Titus' shoulder and
takes a quick peek at his wound. Titus looks at the nurse
with one tear coming out of each eye.
                                                            
                       NURSE
I know it is not much consolation,
but you are healing remarkably
well and fast.
                                                            
                       TITUS
I would welcome a slow and painful
recovery if it meant having my
grandfather back.
                                                            
                       NURSE
I am so sorry.
                                                            
                       TITUS
Don't be, it was not you.
                                                            
 
INT. ICON SOUTH BEACH, MIAMI - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
PENTHOUSE
                                                            
Amos and Kira are sitting inside of their bedroom, Amos is
unzipping a bag while Kira looks through another. To Amos'
surprise their is an automatic weapon equipped with a small
grenade launcher attached to it.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Wow, no wonder you feel safe here.
Even without me you could take out
a small army on your own.
                                                            
                       KIRA
How did that get in there?
                                                            
                       AMOS
I didn't know you owned a gun,
where has it been this entire
time?
                                                            
Amos tries to take it out of the bag, but she stops him and
zips the bag up.
                                                            

282.

                       KIRA
Don't touch it!
                                                            
                       AMOS
Fine, I'm not gonna share my toys
with you either.
                                                            
                       KIRA
It's not that, I had it adjusted
to my touch. If anyone but me puts
their finger in the trigger guard,
it basically becomes a grenade.
                                                            
                       AMOS
That is cool...
                                                            
Amos pauses when they hear a knock at the front door, he
quickly stands up and peeks out of the room at the door.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Whispers)
Stay here.
                                                            
Amos quietly runs up to the door and presses a button that
momentarily turns the door into one giant x-ray screen. He
sees the skeleton of an unarmed person standing on the other
side of the door and releases the button. He unlocks the
door and slightly opens it only to find Santana standing on
the other side.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Come in.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Actually, I came to see if you
would accompany me on a walk.
                                                            
                       AMOS
A walk, now?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I need to have a talk with you.
                                                            
Amos looks back at the bedroom and then back at Santana.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Amos who is it?
                                                            
                       AMOS
It's just my dad, I will be back
okay?
                                                            

283.

                       KIRA
      (Concerned)
Amos...
                                                            
                       AMOS
I know, I'm sorry I will be back
in a few minutes.
                                                            
Kira stands outside of the bedroom door looking at Amos with
her arms crossed in anger. Amos looks at her and mouths "I'm
sorry" to her as soon as he closes the door all of the locks
automatically close. Amos and Santana walk into the elevator
down the hallway.
                                                            
ELEVATOR
                                                            
                       AMOS
What did you need to talk about?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Not yet, wait until we are
outside.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Okay
                                                            
Amos shrugs his shoulders, pulls out a small music player
from his pocket, and puts a wireless ear bud inside of his
ear. He presses a button that projects a holographic menu
that he can touch.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
What are you looking for?
                                                            
                       AMOS
An apology song, I left her alone
twice today which has to be the
worst day of her life. I feel like
a complete ass... What do you
think of "This years love"?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
David Gray?
                                                            
                       AMOS
You know the song?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
It got me out of the dog house
once or twice.
                                                            
Amos buys the song by putting his thumb on the finger print
scanner on the music device. After it scans it, the hologram

284.

reads "Thanks for your purchase" Amos turns it off and puts
it back in his pocket. Santana watches him as he removes the
ear bud from his ear.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
There's an amp connection on the
wall. Left side of the door.
                                                            
                       AMOS
I saw it.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Don't forget the roses.
                                                            
Santana smirks when he talks, Amos thinks that he is making
fun of what he is doing and looks at him while Santana looks
at the elevator doors.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Not that you care much but she
does like roses, the pink ones.
Not every relationship is based on
sex.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Correct me if I am wrong but isn't
she pregnant?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Whatever.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Are you planning on marrying her?
                                                            
They arrive in the lobby and walk toward the front doors as
they continue their conversation.
                                                            
LOBBY
                                                            
                       AMOS
I think you are a little over a
decade too late for this talk.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
I'm serious I want to know. I mean
you have done so much for her just
to be your girlfriend of seven or
eight months.
                                                            
Amos quickly pulls a small flat velvet box from his pocket,
and opens it showing Santana the ring. Amos smiles and puts
it back in his pocket.
                                                            

285.

                       AMOS
Well actually I have been wanting
to do it for the passed couple of
weeks, the timing just never seems
to be right. I am waiting for that
perfect moment, you know?
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Amos this is reality, the timing
will never be perfect. It's after
you do it that makes the moment
perfect. It's hardly ever like
Hollywood portrays it.
                                                            
OUTSIDE
                                                            
When they reach the front door they hear a crash of thunder
and look up at the sky.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Are you sure you want to walk? It
looks like it might rain.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Are you made of sugar or what?
                                                            
                       AMOS
No
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Then let's walk, besides it looks
more like a lightening storm, most
likely heading for the keys.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Alright but before you start
talking I have to tell you that,
this banner has to go.
                                                            
They look up at a large red silk banner that spans almost
the entire length of the building. The banner says "Vote De
La Paz in 2038"
                                                            
                       SANTANA
There is no way that is coming
down.
                                                            
                       AMOS
It's outdated besides you are not
even in politics anymore.
                                                            

286.

                       SANTANA
Do you know how much it cost to
make that banner?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Lets see a four hundred foot long
silk banner by what, ten feet
wide? Custom stitching, I would
guess it was... ridiculously
expensive.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
You'd be right, so it's staying up
until the damn owner forces me to
take it down. So like I wanted to
say...
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - LATER
                                                            
CITY STREET
                                                            
Jonny and Nira are holding hands walking down the sidewalk
side by side. A loud crash of thunder interrupts them while
they are laughing.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Looks like it might rain.
                                                            
                       JONNY
It's not supposed to, not tonight.
                                                            
                       NIRA
What are you, a meteorologist?
                                                            
                       JONNY
No but I did see one on TV and he
was calling for a clear warm
night.
                                                            
                       NIRA
They are not always right.
                                                            
Jonny looks up as the cloud almost seems to be positioning
itself above them.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Yeah, but they are not usually
this wrong, look at the storm
coming, it's huge. A miscalculated
rain cloud is one thing but this
storm is something else.
                                                            

287.

RICHTER'S ON-SHORE PALACE
                                                            
Richter is getting ready to leave the mansion to go back to
his ship when his aide hears the crash of thunder and sees
the flash of lightening.
                                                            
                       AIDE
Why do you not just stay the night
here my Lord it looks like a bad
lightening storm.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Are you sensing the same thing?
                                                            
                       AIDE
That this is no ordinary storm?
                                                            
Richter stares at his Aide with a worried expression when
his aide realizes what is about to happen.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
I believe we will stay here for
the night, is Nira home?
                                                            
                       AIDE
I will check on that my Lord.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Also, assemble the militants, have
them position themselves inside
and out.
                                                            
 
EXT. MIAMI FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
CITY STREET
                                                            
Santana finishes telling Amos his plan as they pass a flower
shop. Amos turns around and takes a bouquet of roses that
were hanging as a decoration.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
So what do you think?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Well, I don't approve of it, but I
won't come to their rescue either.
However by no means does that mean
I am going to back you up.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
That is all I needed to hear.
                                                            

288.

Santana stops next to his Mercedes that is parked near the
front doors of the building. Amos walks inside and quickly
walks passed the elevator to the stairs. He looks around,
when no one is looking at him he uses his super-speed to run
upstairs. Outside Santana speeds away down the street, he is
beating on the steering wheel with the beat of the music.
Santana starts to dial a number on his phone, when he turns
right he notices that the stoplights behind him have all
changed to yellow and have started to flash. Santana slows
down when he notices that the street lamps are dimmer than
usual, he looks through his rear view mirror and sees that
orange and white traffic barrels with blinking lights have
mysteriously appeared to block off traffic. When he shifts
his eyes forward he notices that the same has been done to
the intersection ahead. Santana takes his foot off of the
accelerator and cautiously coasts down the street when his
phone makes a beeping noise. Santana looks at the phone's
screen and sees a picture of his battery meter draining. The
phone beeps twice and turns off.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Whispers)
What the Hell?
                                                            
He looks at the vehicles gauges as they flicker and turn off
when the entire car dies. He lets the car come to a slow
stop on its own, then shifts the vehicle into park, and
pulls the parking break up. Santana looks forward and sees
Helius standing five yards in front of the car.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Whispers)
Son of a bitch....
                                                            
Santana hears Helius whistle so he steps out of his vehicle,
closes the door and stands next to the car looking at
Helius.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Well if it isn't
Mini-Black-Richter.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
The name is Helius, after I am
done with you, you will never
forget it.
                                                            
Santana becomes nervous when Helius smiles at him, however
he tries not to show it.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Nervous)
That was, that was some trick you
did, with the lights back there.
            (MORE)

289.

                       SANTANA (cont'd)
Did you use your mind or...
                                                            
Helius snaps his fingers on both hands with his arms out on
his sides. Along with the snap of his fingers flames come
out of the palm of his hands. He lets the fire engulf his
hands and slowly move half way up his forearms.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
      (Softly)
Fuck me.
                                                            
 
INT. ICON SOUTH BEACH, MIAMI - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
PENTHOUSE
                                                            
After unlocking the front door Amos uses his super speed to
set a bottle of champagne and two glasses on the table. He
lights a single candle in the center of the table and runs
back to stand in front of the door.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Kira, come out here real quick!
                                                            
When he hears her get up he scrolls through his music player
and finds the song he bought. He attaches it to the
amplifier and presses play. When Kira steps into the dim
living room "This years love" by David Gray begins to play
on the surround system. Kira stands in the hallway looking
at Amos as the full moon shines on him just enough for her
to see the bouquet of pink roses in front of him. Kira
smiles and lets out a breath of laughter.
                                                            
                       KIRA
You are so cheesy.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Just go with it.
                                                            
Kira slowly begins to walk toward him with a smile on her
face, to her surprise the closer she gets to him the more
her eyes begin to tear with emotion. Amos takes a couple of
steps forward to meet her in the middle of the living room.
Kira takes the bouquet out of his hand and smells it. Amos
sets one hand on her waist and pulls her close to him,
slowly swaying side to side as they begin to dance to the
music. He looks at her aqua blue eyes that seem to shine at
night and kisses her.
                                                            
                       KIRA
What is all of this for?
                                                            

290.

                       AMOS
I am sorry for today.
                                                            
                       KIRA
I love you.
                                                            
Kira does not wait for Amos to respond, she lays her head on
his shoulder and continues to slow dance.
                                                            
                       AMOS
I thought I was cheesy?
                                                            
                       KIRA
Sometimes cheesy is good.
                                                            
                       AMOS
I thought so.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Shut up, you didn't know.
                                                            
Kira lowers her head to Amos' chest and listens to his heart
beat while looking out of the window thinking. Amos kisses
her on the top of the head and rests his chin on her head.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Before I met you, I always felt so
alone, just waiting for the day I
would meet someone like myself.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Twenty-five years is a very long
time to wait.
                                                            
                       KIRA
      (Laughs)
You have no idea.
                                                            
Amos stops dancing and stands still. Kira looks up at him to
see why they have stopped dancing since the music is still
playing. Amos lets her go, takes a step back, and pulls out
the flat velvet case from his pocket. He faces it in her
direction and opens it revealing a platinum diamond
engagement ring.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Since the first night I saw you, I
knew I wanted to spend the rest of
my life with you...
                                                            
Kira's eyes open wide when she sees Amos bend down to one
knee and offer her the ring.
                                                            

291.

                       KIRA
Marry me Kira, and you'll never
have to be alone.
                                                            
Kira takes the ring from the box and fits it on with a
smile.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Oh goodness, Amos okay, I will...
                                                            
Before Kira can give Amos a complete response she is
interrupted when the front door is kicked in off of the
hinges. Kira jumps away, Amos quickly jumps to his feet
pushing Kira back to the hallway. Eight soldiers dressed in
black tactical uniforms wearing tinted motorcycle helmets,
armed with weapons run inside.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Whispers)
Kira get to the room.
                                                            
Kira turns around and runs to the room when SOLDIER 1
strikes Amos across the face with the butt of his gun. Amos
back hands the soldier once, knocking him out on the floor.
As soon as Soldier 1 falls on the floor Amos is hit with a
sharp Taser dart that shocks him with electricity. He
screams momentarily, removes the dart and throws it at the
SOLDIER 2 so hard it acts as a bullet and breaks through his
helmet's face shield. The dart kills Soldier 2 as it flies
through his head and out of the back of the helmet. Amos
grabs SOLDIER 3 and twists his neck completely around before
ripping it from his shoulders. Amos is shot in the back
again by more darts, they each send a jolt of electricity
into him before his body pushes the darts out.
                                                            
BEDROOM
                                                            
Kira has her ear pressed against the door listening to the
fighting, when she hears Amos scream as he is shot with a
real bullet. Kira looks back, slides to her bed, and pulls
out her luggage bag. She unzips it, pulls her gun out, and
pulls the slide back to make sure it is ready to fire. Kira
grabs two small rockets and slips them inside of the rocket
launcher that is attached under the gun barrel.
                                                            
LIVING ROOM
                                                            
SOLDIER 4 walks toward the hallway to the bedroom, Amos is
on the ground being held down by SOLDIER 5. Amos tries to
grab Soldier 4 by the ankle but misses.
                                                            
                       AMOS
No!
                                                            

292.

                       SOLDIER 5
Relax, Richter does not want her
harmed.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Richter?
                                                            
Kira busts out of the room fires the first rocket that fills
the entire living room with smoke. Soldier 4 drops to the
ground dodging the rocket, next Kira turns on the
holographic sight which is a small clear square shield that
clearly marks her target with a green laser dot that is
invisible to everyone else. She sees Soldier 4 duck, she
aims her gun down at him, and squeezes the trigger. The gun
fires several green rapid fire laser, blowing Soldier 4's
head off. As the smoke slowly clears she hits Soldier 5
directly in the head burning a single clean hole through his
head. Amos quickly throws him off of his body and stands up,
he sees SOLDIER 6 standing against the wall that snatches
the gun from Kira. Amos remembers what Kira said about the
gun and turns away. Kira turns away when the Soldier 6
attempts to shoot Amos, however nothing comes out of the
gun.
                                                            
                       KIRA
Three, two...
                                                            
Soldier 6 hears one long single beep and looks at the gun.
                                                            
                       KIRA
One.
                                                            
Kira closes her eyes when the gun explodes instantly killing
him. Kira sees SOLDIER 7 run up to Amos with a blade while
his back is turned. Kira runs toward the wall and kicks off
of it using it to throw her higher into the air. She lands
with her knee directly to the Soldiers 7's spine killing
him. Amos turns around with a surprised look, he looks at
the dead soldier on the ground and smiles.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Thanks.
                                                            
Soldier 1 stands up and grabs Kira, when Amos swings at him
SOLDIER 8 wraps a cable around Amos' neck and pulls on it
arching his back taking Amos' feet off of the floor. Amos
kicks the wall pushing them toward the glass window, Soldier
8 swings Amos against the glass cracking it. Kira slides out
of Soldier 1's grip, she runs at the Soldier 8 who is
choking Amos and jumps on his back. Soldier 1 runs to kick
Amos when Kira stabs Soldier 8 in the neck with a blade
causing him to let go of Amos. Amos falls to the floor
causing Soldier 1 to kick Soldier 8 in the stomach throwing

293.

him and Kira against the glass wall. The weakened glass
shatters throwing Kira out of the window.
                                                            
                       SOLDIER 1
No!
                                                            
                       AMOS
Kira!
                                                            
Amos quickly stands up and without thinking twice he dives
out of the window after Kira. Amos puts his arms at his
sides trying to catch up to Kira as she screams. He reaches
one hand out trying to use his telekinesis to stop her, but
cannot focus when Santana's banner waves blocking his view
of her.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Grab the banner!
                                                            
Kira tries to grab the waving banner but she is falling so
fast the banner acts like a blade and cuts the palm of her
hand.
                                                            
                       KIRA
I can't!
                                                            
Amos forms a force field around her that slows her fall,
Kira knows that the force field will not save her so she
looks over her shoulder to see how far the street is. Kira
looks at Amos and accepts the fact that she is going to die.
Kira stops screaming, closes her eyes, and rests her hands
over her belly. Even though she has her eyes closed her
eyebrows show her fear as she braces herself for impact. At
the last second Amos closes his eyes still focusing all of
his telekinetic energy on her. Kira hits the sidewalk so
hard she is instantly killed. Amos covers his face and hits
the ground next to her a split second after. When Amos hits
the sidewalk the force of his impact creates a small crater.
Amos remains face down as he was knocked out.
                                                            
 
EXT. KEY LARGO, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
CITY STREET
                                                            
Jonny and Nira are walking to the ship when three streams of
lightening come together as one and strike the street they
are on. Jonny pulls her off of the sidewalk onto someone's
front yard as the road is ripped open causing cars to roll
over onto the sidewalk. The lightening stays on the ground
and zig zags around causing massive damage to streets and
vehicles. As soon as the lightening dissipates they get up
and run down the street, Jonny stops at the corner of the

294.

last intersection and looks up. They see three streaks of
lightening come together in the sky to form another large
lightening bolt that hits the beach. They watch as the bolt
zig zags on the sand creating large spikes of glass that
form when the lightening touches the sand. The lightening
rides the surface of the water until it slices through one
of the ship's main engines.
                                                            
                       JONNY
Holy shit!
                                                            
Nira shifts her eyes to Jonny as she is in disbelief. The
three streaks of lightening appear again, this time they
stop before coming together and strike the ground
simultaneously as beams. When the beams dissipate Jonny and
Nira see two men and a woman dressed in Centurion armor
crouching in the sand. Jonny and Nira step back into the
shadows and press themselves against the wall hiding from
them. The people look at each other and run in separate
directions as fast as Amos.
                                                            
 
EXT. ICON SOUTH BEACH, MIAMI - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
OUTSIDE
                                                            
Amos hears a faint heartbeat and slowly lifts his head from
the crater he is in. He turns his head where he hears the
heartbeat and knows it is coming from inside of her womb. He
hears a sonic boom come from down the street when a man in
centurion armor stands over him. Amos looks up at him and
sees the distinctive aqua blue eyes. When Amos tries to get
up the man touches his index finger to Amos' forehead
paralyzing him on his knees. Amos is using all of his
strength to try and move, but he cannot do a thing but watch
the man take his cape off, drape it over Kira's body, and
pick her up. Amos frees himself of the parallelization and
stands up, he follows the man as he takes off running at his
super speed. A beam of light strikes in front of the man and
stays only long enough for him to run into it. When the beam
of light disappears Amos is left standing where it was,
looking up at the sky.
                                                            
 
INT. RICHTER'S ON-SHORE PALACE - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
INDOOR BALCONY
                                                            
Richter is overseeing the militants from the balcony as they
are crouched ten feet below him with their weapons in hand
aiming at the front door. Richter leans forward against the
rail closing his eyes. The Aide looks at him with concern as
he appears to be in pain.
                                                            

295.

                       AIDE
My Lord, are you well?
                                                            
Richter opens his eyes and looks straight forward and takes
a deep breath.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
      (Worried)
After twenty-five years he has
finally found us.
                                                            
The Aide takes a step back with a worried expression.
                                                            
                       AIDE
The Renoobian?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Yes, Cronos has come for his Kira.
                                                            
 
EXT. MIAMI, FLORIDA - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
CITY STREET
                                                            
Santana steps out toward the middle of the street in front
of Helius in an old western showdown position with his arms
at his sides with open palms. Santana draws his gun from his
rear waistband, in the mere second it takes him to draw his
weapon Helius runs up to him and slaps the gun out of his
hand, he tries to backhand Santana however Santana dodges
the hit and jumps away. Helius starts to attack wildly with
flaming punches, Santana uses strategy and tries to
calculate his every punch and kick so he will not get burned
as he fights Helius. After Santana lands almost every kick
and punch, Helius stomps on Santana's foot before he can
kick him. When Santana tries to pull his leg free, Helius
engulfs his own leg in fire just as he did with his fists.
The fire quickly spreads to Santana's leg and catches his
pant leg on fire. As Santana bends down to try and put out
the fire on his leg Helius takes advantage and hits Santana
with open palms so he can burn wider areas of Santana's
clothes. Santana tries to remove his clothing but Helius
grabs a hold of him from behind and holds him in a flaming
choke hold. Santana burns his hands as he tries to break
free from Helius' grip. Before Santana can scream with pain,
Helius covers his mouth with the flaming palm of his hand.
Once Helius feels Santana stop struggling he throws his body
aside. Santana rolls on his back and slowly pats down the
fire on his shoulders, he momentarily picks his head up to
check if any other part of his body is on fire. He laughs at
his smoking clothes and stares straight up at the sky. He
struggles to breath yet manages to try and insult Helius as
he is about to walk away.
                                                            

296.

                       SANTANA
What's the matter, run out of...
      (Takes a deep
       breath)
fight?
                                                            
Helius stops in his tracks and turns around looking down at
Santana.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
You continue to talk.
                                                            
Santana manages to crawl onto his hands and knees shivering
and breathing heavily. He is covered in third degree burns,
his lower lip is melted to the skin on the upper part of his
chin. Pieces of his hair are singed off of his head, he only
has one burned eyebrow and struggles to talk.
                                                            
                       SANTANA
Only death shall shut me up.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
I know what you are trying to do,
but I can assure you that you will
not be put out of your misery.
      (Smiles)
In fact I have bigger and better
plans for you.
                                                            
 
EXT. ICON SOUTH BEACH, MIAMI - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
FRONT SIDEWALK
                                                            
After Kira was taken into the sky Amos does not know what to
do, he turns around and slowly walks to the sidewalk where
Kira died. His morbid curiosity causes him to walk closer
until he sees the puddle of blood on the sidewalk, he
clinches his jaw as he wants to break down and cry. A sees
small piece of glass fall into the puddle of blood from high
above. He steps closer and sees another piece of glass land
on the sidewalk, he looks up at the broken window and
remembers that Soldier 7 and Soldier 8 are still alive. He
smiles demonically as a flash crosses his eyes, Amos runs
into the building and up to the penthouse. Amos surprises
the soldiers with his arrival, almost immediately their
screams of pain and ripping of flesh are heard on the
street. Everything goes quiet for a moment until Soldier 7's
head comes falling to the sidewalk and breaks in half
spewing brain matter on the sidewalk followed by a trickle
of blood that soon turns into a large puddle of alien blood.
                                                            
 

297.

INT. R.S.S. VREMEA, OUTER SPACE - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
Two Renoobian Emergency Medical Technicians and three
surgeons are running with Kira on a hover stretcher, pushing
her down the hallway. RENOOBIAN E.M.T. 1 opens her eyes to
look at her pupils using his small flashlight. He shouts
that she is non-responsive, the surgeon guiding the
stretcher turns to E.M.T. 2 who is using a sterilized towel
to try and control the bleeding from the back of her head.
                                                            
                       RENOOBIAN SURGEON
Give her a cardio shock!
                                                            
E.M.T. 2 pulls out a small defibrillator from under the
stretcher and charges it preparing to shock Kira.
                                                            
                       RENOOBIAN E.M.T. 2
Back away!
                                                            
E.M.T. 1 puts his hand out to keep E.M.T. 2 from shocking
Kira.
                                                            
                       RENOOBIAN E.M.T. 1
Wait! I think she is with child.
                                                            
                       RENOOBIAN SURGEON
Cancel defibrilator!
                                                            
SURGERY ROOM
                                                            
                       RENOOBIAN SURGEON
We need to cut her open, and get
the baby out.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - MOMENTS LATER
                                                            
NIRA'S BEDROOM
                                                            
Nira looks out of the window as the clouds begin to disburse
revealing the clear night sky. Jonny is sitting on the bed
when Nira turns around holding a small box and hands it to
Jonny.
                                                            
                       NIRA
I got you a present.
                                                            
                       JONNY
What's the occassion?
                                                            
                       NIRA
Nothing really, it's kind of a
token of our "love".
                                                            

298.

Jonny stands up and stops Nira when she does the air quotes
with her fingers as she says love.
                                                            
                       JONNY
What was that about?
                                                            
                       NIRA
What was what about?
                                                            
                       JONNY
You did the little air quote
things when you said love.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Hey this is already hard for me to
do Jonny, so don't get all
detailed okay?
                                                            
                       JONNY
I'm sorry Miss Hardcore, go on.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Just open the box.
                                                            
When Jonny opens the box he sees a pair of sun glasses that
are tinted red and raises his eyebrow. He moves a small
switch on the arm of the glasses that turn the lenses red,
he switches it back and looks at Nira.
                                                            
                       NIRA
      (Excited)
They're heat vision!
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Confused)
I see that.
                                                            
                       NIRA
      (Disappointed)
You do not like them.
                                                            
                       JONNY
No, no I do, actually I think
they're cool. I just fail to see
how heat vision glasses are a
token of our "love".
                                                            
                       NIRA
It means that I want you to see me
even when I am invisible, and when
we are invisible together. Jonny I
love you and I want to be with you
always.
                                                            

299.

                       JONNY
Nira I, I love you too. I would do
anything for you if it meant we
would be together forever.
                                                            
Nira quickly wipes a tear from her face and smiles when she
sees that Jonny saw her tear.
                                                            
                       NIRA
      (Joking)
Know that if you tell anyone that
I teared up, I will kill you.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Laughs)
Don't worry, I will not tell a
soul that you actually have
feelings.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Shut up and put them on.
                                                            
When Jonny puts the glasses on Nira turns invisible. Jonny
flips the switch on the side and sees Nira standing in front
of him. She wraps her arms around Jonny's waist and turns
them both invisible. Only they can see each other through
their body heat and laugh for a moment, then he kisses her.
                                                            
HELIUS' DEN
                                                            
Saikat comes running down the hallway up to the door and
knocks, he waits only a second when he does not hear an
answer. Saikat puts in the code to the door and opens it.
When he walks in, he sees Helius standing in a puddle of
green, blue, and purple blood. He looks up at Saikat in
shock as he is surrounded by body parts. Saikat looks at the
mess on the floor and nods his head.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
What is all of this?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
What does it look like? It's my
damn team.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
Amos did this?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Shocked)
Yes. I came to get some things,
Amos shows up with all of this
and...
      (Anger)
            (MORE)

300.

                       HELIUS (cont'd)
Kira is dead!
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
What?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
The team fucked up and now she is
dead, we are screwed! It is just a
matter of time until he finds out
that it was us and not my father.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
Wait, what did you say?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
I bought us some time by telling
him that my father used my team
for his bidding in an attempt to
frame me.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
No I figured that much, I was
questioning this "we" and "us"
talk.
                                                            
Helius steps over the body parts and walks over to Saikat
with a confused expression.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
What are you saying?
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
It was all you brother, don't
bring me into this. You accepted
the mission while I was dead. Or
do you not remember having Jonny
shoot me?
                                                            
Saikat turns around to open the door when Helius stops him.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Disbelief)
So, just like that? You are going
to opt out on me, in my time of
need?
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
Just like that.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Desperation)
Saikat I need you!
                                                            

301.

                       SAIKAT
I know you do, the thing is, I do
not need you.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Desperation)
Brother?
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
Not by blood.
                                                            
Saikat leaves the room leaving Helius alone. Helius looks
around the room trying to figure out what to do, he looks
down at the bloody mess in fear.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Under his breath)
I have to get out of here.
                                                            
 
INT. RICHTER'S ON-SHORE PALACE - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
SECOND FLOOR LANDING
                                                            
Richter turns around and steps away with a grin on his face.
The aide looks at him with concern because one moment he
looked worried, and the next he is smiling.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
      (Sigh of relief
       and confusion)
The Renoobian has gone.
                                                            
                       AIDE
Cronos has simply left?
                                                            
                       RICHTER
No war waged. No battle fought. It
seems as if he is too distraught
to do a thing...
                                                            
Richter feels a slight breeze that causes his hooded cape to
wave, he looks passed his aide and sees Amos standing behind
the aide. Richter looks down at the staircase and at the
militants whom are staring at the front door that is still
closing. Amos was so fast that the militants are just
noticing him on the staircase. Amos palms the side of the
aide's face and pushes him over the real with ease, the aide
flies over everyone and hits the wall over the front double
doors. Everyone watches as the aide's dead body falls to the
floor.
                                                            

302.

                       AMOS
I'm not.
                                                            
Richter takes a small nervous sigh.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
To what do I owe your grand return
Mr. De La Paz?
                                                            
                       AMOS
I believe we are far beyond the
pleasantries, Richter,and you know
all too well why I am here. I can
feel you searching through my
thoughts.
                                                            
After reading Amos' thoughts, Richter nods his head at him.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
And you believe that I would bring
such harm to Kira?
                                                            
                       AMOS
I wouldn't put it passed you.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
I would not have put it passed
myself either, on someone else of
course. You above all people know
that I love Kira as if she were my
own flesh and blood.
                                                            
Amos only stares at Richter and takes a step closer without
saying a word.
                                                            
                       RICHTER
Only the guilty run Amos, and I
have yet to move.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Guilty or innocent, everyone
dies...
                                                            
Amos swings his arms at Richter's face, Richter closes his
eyes and flinches when Amos stops his fist an inch away from
his face. Richter slowly opens his eyes when he feels Amos
carefully remove his platinum facial crown off of his face.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Eventually...
                                                            
When Richter realizes Amos was joking he joins in the laugh.
Amos holds the crown in his left inner forearm, without

303.

warning he turns his body slightly to the left using only
his hips. As his body returns to face Richter he bends down
slightly to position his left arm between Richter's legs and
leaps straight up into the air with a left uppercut. He uses
the metal crown as a blade and slices Richter into two
vertical pieces, Amos spins after the uppercut landing into
a fighting stance with his right foot forward. He waits the
second it takes for Richter's body to split apart and fall
to the floor. Amos grabs a hold of the rail and jumps into
the crowd of militants as they fire laser weapons at him.
                                                            
VESTIBULE
                                                            
Amos lands directly in the middle all of the soldiers, and
creates a shock-wave sending everyone flying backward. He
throws the crown toward the door and uses his telekinesis to
pause it in mid-air. Amos makes the crown spin like a blade,
then sends it flying around the room like a boomerang
decapitating most of the soldiers. He runs up to the door,
turns around to face the left over militants, and catches
the crown in his right hand when it returns. He raises two
soldiers with his telekinesis and throws them out of the
front windows on the sides of the front door. He faces the
doors and pulls the same two soldiers inside making them
break down the front doors with their bodies. The rest of
the militants surrender by dropping their weapons.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Surrender is not an option.
                                                            
Amos grins as he runs at them with his super speed and hits
them each in a different manner. He punches his fist
straight through one of the militants head causing it to
explode, he spins around and elbows another shattering every
bone in his face, when the alien falls forward in pain mos
rips his spine out of his back and throws it at the other
militant. The militant instinctively catches it and looks at
it in disgust, when he looks up at Amos, Amos kicks him in
the neck with a side kick snapping it killing him instantly.
Amos then faces another militant and stabs his fingers in
the middle of his rib cage and breaks them apart with ease
letting the alien fall back in pain as his insides fall out.
He finally telekinetically throws the few remaining soldiers
throw the wall behind them, leaving one last militant. The
militant stomps on the floor creating a puddle of ice that
runs up Amos' leg keeping him from running. He forms a sharp
icicle that he uses to stab Amos in the chest and back. The
desperate alien bombards Amos with different forms of ice
weapons ranging from balls of ice breaking them over Amos'
head to forming stalactites of ice on the cieling letting
them fall from high above. Finally on the floor the militant
grabs Amos by the throat and begins to freeze him. Amos
breaks free of the ice on his leg, wraps his arms around the

304.

militant and jumps up to the cieling stabbing one of the
stalactites that has not fallen stright through the alien's
head. Amos falls to the ground leaving the alien hanging,
Amos smiles and wipes the seat from his forehead knowing
that the militant put up a good fight.
                                                            
 
INT. R.S.S. VIATA, KEY LARGO - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
NIRA'S ROOM
                                                            
Saikat knocks on Nira's door, inside Jonny and her reappear
holding each other and look at the door. Jonny lets Nira go
so she can answer the door.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
Nira open up!
                                                            
Nira opens the door and stares at Saikat with an angry look.
                                                            
                       NIRA
What!
                                                            
Saikat tilts his head and looks at Jonny, Jonny walks over
to the door staying behind Nira.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
Helius' team messed up.
                                                            
                       JONNY
How?
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
Kira is dead.
                                                            
For a moment Jonny and Nira both stand still as their hearts
sink to the pit of their stomach. Jonny nods his head and
looks at Saikat.
                                                            
                       JONNY
That son of a bitch!
                                                            
Jonny moves Nira and pushes Saikat out of his way and runs
down the hallway toward Helius' den. Nira and Saikat run
behind Jonny.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
      (To Jonny)
Do not hurt him! It was not his
fault!
                                                            
                       NIRA
Jonny!
                                                            

305.

Jonny turns around and sees Nira extend her hand at him, he
slides the heat vision glasses down from the top of his head
and turns them on. Jonny grabs Nira's hand as she turns them
both invisible. Saikat runs as fast as he can knowing he has
to reach Helius first. When he turns down a hallway he sees
Helius just coming out of his den. Helius sees him running
and steps into the middle of the hallway.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
Helius run!
                                                            
Helius listens to Saikat and turns around to run when he is
thrown against one wall by an invisible force. Helius backs
up stunned when he is thrown against the opposite wall.
Saikat pauses for a moment thinking if he should try and
help, he decides to jump into the fight however when he
looks up, Helius turns invisible.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
Shit.
                                                            
Even though all he sees is an empty hallway Saikat decides
to run where he hears commotion in the hallway. As he gets
closer Jonny appears in front of him with his arm stretched
out and hand open. Helius reappears on his knees holding his
neck trying to catch his breath in time to see Saikat run
straight into Jonny's grip. He watches Jonny use Saikat's
own momentum to slam him on the floor flat on his back. Nira
reappears looking down at Helius, he looks at her in
confusion wondering how Jonny is able to hurt Saikat without
causing the nano-bomb in his head to explode. Nira grins
knowing what Helius is thinking.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Yes, that means he can hit you
too.
                                                            
Nira runs at Jonny while he runs toward Helius, when he is a
few feet away Nira touches him so he can disappear. Helius
closes his eyes and blocks his face with his hands, when he
does not get hit he opens his eyes and is thrown forward as
Jonny kicks him in the back of the head. Helius slides on
his stomach looking back where he thinks Jonny and Nira are
at. Jonny reappears in front of Helius and laughs.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
How?
                                                            
                       JONNY
There are ways around everything.
                                                            
Saikat tries to get up on all fours when Nira reappears and
kicks him in the ribs, throwing him against the wall. Helius

306.

kicks Jonny in the knee, causing him to lean forward. Helius
jumps to his feet and knees Jonny in the face. Helius forms
a glowing hot ball of lava in his hands and throws it at
Jonny. Jonny looks up and sees the fire coming at him when
Saikat appears in front of him and takes the hit in the
chest. The lava ball splashes on Saikat and catches him on
fire, Jonny moves out of the way as Saikat falls backward
screaming while in flames. Helius stares in surprise when
Nira grabs his arm and swings him to the floor. Jonny runs
up to him and steps on the side of his head while Nira pulls
his arm behind his back.
                                                            
                       NIRA
Helius how could you?
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (In pain)
It was an accident! They weren't
supposed to hurt her!
                                                            
Amos comes running in next to everyone, he looks at Saikat
who is lying dead with smoke steaming off his charred body.
Nira quickly lets go of Helius' arm and backs off, Amos uses
his telekinesis to push Jonny off of Helius head. Helius
turns on his back and opens his eyes wide when Amos picks
him up by the throat while pushing him against the wall.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Your lies have caught up to you
kid.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Choking)
What?
                                                            
                       AMOS
Richter's mind revealed the truth.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
      (Choking)
I am so sorry Amos, it was Jonny's
idea to send them. Please don't
kill me!
                                                            
Amos immediately lets Helius fall to the floor, Helius holds
his throat trying to catch his breath.
                                                            
                       AMOS
If I kill you now, I will just be
bored later.
                                                            
Helius slowly stands up and tries to leave however Amos
stops him by grabbing him by the shoulder.
                                                            

307.

                       AMOS
Before you go, I got you
something.
                                                            
Helius looks at Amos when he grabs Richter's crown that was
hanging half way out of his pocket.
                                                            
                       HELIUS
This is my fathers.
                                                            
Amos pushes it against Helius' face causing the blood from
Richter and his militants to ooze out of the sides all over
Helius' face.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Long live Lord Helius.
                                                            
Amos lets Helius run away, he turns his attention to Jonny
and nods his head in disappointment.
                                                            
                       AMOS
What happened Jonny?
                                                            
                       JONNY
They weren't supposed to hurt
Kira, it was an accident.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Accident implies that no one is at
fault and we both know who did it.
Now tell me...
      (Yells)
Why were they there in the first
place!
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Scared)
I didn't want to see Nira sad so I
did what I thought would make her
happy. I did it for her! Just like
I know you would have done for
Kira.
                                                            
                       AMOS
You had Kira killed to make Nira
happy?
                                                            
                       JONNY
No, they were there for you, I
figured with you out of the
picture Kira would come back to
Key Largo.
                                                            

308.

                       AMOS
So you sent them to kill me and
they fucked up, you're digging
your grave deeper.
                                                            
                       JONNY
      (Stuttering)
See I, I knew you, you could
handle your own. I was trying to
scare you away not kill you! You,
you gotta believe me man!
                                                            
Jonny bumps into the wall and slowly lowers his heat vision
glasses.
                                                            
                       AMOS
Just how Nira is your life Kira
was mine, and you took her away!
                                                            
                       NIRA
      (Sympathetic)
I am so sorry Amos it was my
fault.
                                                            
Amos pushes Jonny against the wall with his telekinesis and
looks at Nira.
                                                            
                       AMOS
If you're taking the blame because
you think I won't hit a girl.
You're right, but you're no girl.
You are not even human!
                                                            
Amos swings his arm at Nira but she ducks down dodging the
hit. She quickly touches Jonny and turns them both
invisible. Amos' hits the wall so hard that he breaks
through it. Leaving his fist inside of the wall he stares at
it almost as if he is in shock.
                                                            
                       AMOS
      (Shouts)
Tell the Avahcians I am coming for
them!
      (Voice lowers)
Each and every one of them.
                                                            
Amos hears Saikat wake up behind him, pulls his hand out of
the wall, and turns to Saikat who immediately drags himself
away against the wall in fear.
                                                            
                       SAIKAT
Amos...
                                                            
 

309.

INT. R.S.S. VREMEA, OUTER SPACE - CONTINUOUS
                                                            
WAITING ROOM
                                                            
Cronos and his wife Gia wait nervously, Cronos stares out of
the window looking at deep space when the head Renoobian
Surgeon walks into the room holding a baby wrapped in a pink
blanket. Cronos senses the bad news and does not turn
around.
                                                            
                       CRONOS
What time?
                                                            
                       RENOOBIAN SURGEON
Her time of death was called at
0112. However at 0113, we brought
new life into the family.
                                                            
Cronos turns around and sees the surgeon holding a baby
wrapped in a pink blanket.
                                                            
                       GIA
Oh my...
                                                            
The surgeon hands the baby over to Gia, she uncovers the
babies face and smiles.
                                                            
                       CRONOS
She is beautiful...
                                                            
                       GIA
What shall we call her?
                                                            
Cronos runs his finger down the babies face looking at her
prominent blue eyes that show as she tries to open her small
newborn eyes and smiles.
                                                            
                       CRONOS
Kira had already chosen a name...
Arely.
                                                            
 
INT. MIAMI VALLEY HOSPITAL, MIAMI - EVENING
                                                            
                                         ONE MONTH LATER
                                                            
ROOM 719
                                                            
The room door is slightly opened, the sound of an EKG
monitoring a steady heart beat interrupts the constant sound
of a ventilator machine compressing and decompressing. The
patient's hand lays at her side with an I.V. needle pierced
into her vein dripping nutrients and medication into her

310.

blood system. The patients head is wrapped in bandages, all
except the area around her eyes and mouth where she has the
clear vetilator tube inserted down her throat. A woman's
hand uses a syringe gun and injects her in the neck with
blue Avachian blood. The patient suddenly opens her eyes and
begins to gag on the ventilator tube. She slowly pulls it
out and tosses it aside trying to breathe a natural breath.
The patient sits up and runs the tips of her fingers over
her bandaged head. The EKG begins to beep faster when she
gently touches her mouth feeling that her skin is all scar
tissue. Her breath stutters wanting to cry as she feels her
damaged face, she becomes frightened and rips off the EKG
sensors. The EKG immediately flatlines and beeps loud. She
looks to the foot of the bed where Jenny is standing with a
smile on her face wearing a nurses uniform reading her
medical chart off of an electronic tablet aloud.
                                                            
                       JENNY
      (Reading medical
       chart)
Severe bruising to the brain,
broken nose, shattered jaw,
lacerations to the face, multiple
skull fractures.
      (Looks at her)
All courtesy of Titus De La Paz.
                                                            
Araceli looks at Jenny with a slightly confused look. Jenny
smiles at her.
                                                            
                       JENNY
You've been asleep far too long
Araceli. It's time to get up and
play.
                                                            


FADE OUT.


Back to Top of Page
Leave Feedback
Feedback
There is currently no feedback for this screenplay.

Back to Top of Page
Leave Feedback
You must be logged in to leave feedback.
Home    My Account    Products    Screenwriter Community    Screenwriter's Corner    Help
Forgot Your Password?    Privacy Policy    Copyright 2024, ScriptBuddy LLC.    Email help@scriptbuddy.com